Home

Toshiba MMU-AP0091H Two

1. Pressure Pressure Option Sensor Board Tryarr 63H1 esu E J A maT aa U V W r _ WHI BLU BE CN300 CN301 CN302 CN500 501 CN508 509 510 CN513 CN512 CN306 CN308 EHE TDi FAN IPDU s ir Power supply 4 bi BLU WHI RED WH RED R D WA BLU BLU WH BLU me VEL Board P C board for FAN I way BLU BLK e MC 89S B87 16 LA y CNO1 Is SA MM E o CN503 TD2 WHI RED i di CR500 J RY500 PNK me RED ji AU 200 REP 290 Ind Interface Control P C Board CN504 51 ANTE T MCC 1429 ine TON mou ON 2 JAE TS2 Cehtral rer CN311 BLU l 65 BLK it te controller BL d H4 fo SD CN505 FERE TE1 On CR502 n RY502 GRN BLK BLK CN507 TO CN310 WHI tH to YEL BLK GNO6 CN17 CR504 J RY504 JBLU BLK wa WHI RED BLK SV51 BL B E BLK o ond 1
2. CN314 224 17 2 6 Comp IPDU Board Replacement Procedure Manual This service board is commonly installed in different models If the board assembly is to be replaced replace it properly in with the correct version for the model and follow this procedure Replacement steps oar 8 9 Turn off the power supply to the outdoor unit Confirm that the capacitor has been fully discharged confirm that the voltage between CN13 and CN15 is 0 V Remove the connectors fasteners and screw terminals connected to the A3 IPDU board Remove 2 screws that fix the IGBT Q200 of the Comp IPDU board to the heat sink Remove the Comp IPDU board from the four card edge spacers Set the dip Switch SW801 of the Comp IPDU board as instructed in the table below If the model is not specified inspection L29 is displayed and the equipment will not operate Comp IPDU No JAt shipment No 1 After setting the dip Switch of the service board apply silicone grease evenly onto the IGBT and install it in the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the card edge spacers Fix the IGBT of the Comp IPDU board to the heat sink with two screws Connect connectors fasteners and confirm they are correctly and securely inserted 10 If a component part on the board is bent during board replacement adjust it manually s
3. Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup remote controller for only one header unit is set Remote Automatic address Setup from SW15 on the interface P C board of the header unit up ie Manual address Setup from the wired remote controller It is temporarily necessary to set the indoor unit and wired to 1 1 H r unit interf P pi In group operation and in time without remote controller Address setup procedure 2 ol ae i 1 Using SW13 and 14 on the interface board of the i234li234 1234 1234 outdoor unit in each system set up the address for each ki ki ki L i i ki ki system At shipment from factory Set to Address 1 a swit e SW12 ae su Sun Note Be careful not to duplicate addresses with the other 128 j 244 12341234 Automatic Address Setup refrigerant line ff bal a a a af ad a a a l SWi SW10 06 Swoz SW08 SWO09 Without central control To the address setup procedure 1 With central control the address setup procedure 2 Line address switch on outdoor interface P C board O Switch ON x Switch OFF However go to the procedure 1 when the central control is performed in a single refrigerant line o gt Line address Line address x Example In case of central control in a single refrigerant line In case of central control over refrigerant lines Address setup procedure To procedur
4. Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Service P C board of P C board P C board the unit to be changed CN 4 41 ZEE Case 2 ZEIT petens 1 1 A ZEE Remove CN41 ELL m Jem Bl emove connectors of the indoor units other of 77 5 7 rs than the units to be changed in the same group Group wire Remote controller 219 Procedure 3 Writing in of setup contents to EEPROM The EEPROM contents which are installed on the service P C board have been set up at shipment from the factory 1 Push 5 G buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 ALL is displayed in the UNIT No box In this time Z is displayed in the item code DN The fan of the indoor unit operates and also starts swinging in a model with flap Using setup w Ca buttons the item code DN can be moved one step up 1 or down one by one 9 Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 First set up the type and capacity code of the indoor unit The data at shipment from the factory is written in EEPROM by changing the type and capacity code 1 Set Z to the item code DN As before 2 Using the timer time buttons set up the type 4 Corresponds to number
5. Filter holder Floor Standing Cabinet Type Gently push down the upper part of the suction port and then pull towards you to remove it Take out the air filter inside of the suction port Floor Standing Concealed Type Push down on the hook of the air filter on the front panel Lower side Pull the air filter towards you to remove it Front panel Lower P W i S D x Ei o o Floor Standing Type Removal Attachment of air filter Pull the air filter towards you To attach the air filter insert it into the main body and push When cleaning the air filter use a small brush or cleaning device If the air filter is heavily stained use a neutral detergent mixed with warm water After washing the filter rinse it out thoroughly and place in the shade to dry Do not expose to direct sun light Once the air filter has dried place the air filter back into the unit and pull it downward Re installing the air filter Cleaning the air inlet grille 1 Cleaning of main unit remote controller Wash it with water using a soft sponge or towel Wipe the air inlet grille and allow to dry Fitthe left and right arms of the air inlet grille to the shafts on Check that the center arm has been completely inserted and Insert the upper portion of air filter confirming alignment with the right and le
6. Control To keep the cool or warm air in the room never open doors and i m windows more than what is necessary Window curtains ws In cooling close the curtains to avoid direct sunlight Ss YV a A In heating close the curtains to keep the heat in pod Clean please Yt 2 Ensure uniform circulation of room air f Jin fs ye UM Y ki y Adjust the air flow direction so that the air is 5 E evenly circulated throughout the room Blows upward Cool and Blows downward Air flow adjustment 3 13 Air Conditioner Operations and Performance Check before operation Check whether earth wire is disconnected or out of place Check that air filter is installed to the indoor unit WARNING Turn on the power supply 12 hours or more before Heating capacity starting the air conditioner During heating operation the heat pump system operates by absorbing the heat from the outside air and discharging it into the room Therefore if the outside temperature drops the units heating capacity will decrease When the temperature of the outside air is low it is recommended that you use other forms of heating in conjunction with the air conditioner Defrost operation during heating operation f the outdoor unit has a build up of frost during the heating operation the operation mode changes auto matically to defrost mode to increase the heating effect for approximatley 2 to 10 minu
7. 7 segment display V1 1 1 LA pr pr 1 II L Yo A pr Hexadecimal Lit Lot tt _ 0409 0110839 DANN notation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Decimal notation Display on CHECK monitor Unit line No Network address No MONITOR ZONE 12717 QN CENTER AUX TYPE 7 STANDBY SET 01 UNIT JONI OFF LOCKED TIMER No II FILTER 1234567 8 910111213141516 FAN TEMB CHECK ORO DA an FANONY AUTO 4 C ee ae repr 2 LH TO oh nT DAE EE LR AAA TI HEA AY LOUVER 495051 5253 34 35 56 57 58 39 60 6162 63 64 MANUAL Check code detected at first Example There is no check data UNIT Check code detected at last CHECK data Example In No 1 unit first the interconnection wire bus communication line of indoor outdoor has failed Next the room temp sensor is defective For No 16 unit the LT pressure switch at the inverter unit side T 1 pif 4 1 LI i pif 4 Li i eee ium E 15 m 123 IL FEE L UNIT FEE mr 18 vel 9 4 Check Code and Check Position Displayed on the Remote Controller and Outdoor Unit 7 Segment Display of Interface Check code Main remote controller Check code Sub code Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Status Error detection conditio
8. FILTER RES T TEST UNIT Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote controller ON OFF Only error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared 106 2 Clearing from the interface P C board Using the switches on the interface P C board this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply Restart of error detection Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board of the 7 segment display header unit to the following setting A SWo1 2 SW02 16 SWOS 1 Lord Push the push switch SWO4 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 5 seconds or more C L is displayed in 7 segment display B on the P C board 7 segment display for 5 seconds and the error is completely cleared A B CL 7 segment display A 7 segment display B 3 Clearing of error check code by power reset This function is provided to clear error in a refrigerant circuit system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units Restart of error detection As same as the clearing method on the interface P C board errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared Method 1 Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the i
9. 112 1 A Mi le ma Aree KE DESA sceptra CNO44 40 CNO41 CNO74 CNO75 CN061 CN032 CNO60 BRW BLU BLU WHI YEL WHI WHI 1X2 HA 0009 08606 0000000060080000000010010000003 s A Eiter 4 lt OP S GX X3 OX 23456 Fan drive Option Parts name Mi IN EVAN Q uniteath WW 56 screw ee qM I4X5 X6 VEL i RED Closed end TL 2275 Network PC IS connector Line Fiter J CNo1 1142 adaptor 1520 Option A 1X2 T3T4T5T6 RC Network Fan motor Running capacitor X2 TS fA 56 wan TR BLU adaptor Power transformer Indoor unit Earth screw f PC board Louver motor m LM power S Indoor temp sensor central control Temp sensor TA 3Y2T1 TR Doo BLU TC1TCJ Louver motor control relay Drain pump control relay Single phase i 220 240V 50Hz bo ge RY001 220V 60Hz H ESA usura ee A de SO e Ee E RY002 E E 4 indicates the terminal block letter at inside RY004 Heater control relay indicates the terminal number RY005 007 Fan motor control relay Outdoor FS 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site Float
10. F FS unit DX Indoor unit i EE High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line Low pressure gas refrigerant m High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Flow selector Indoor unit 4 way valve OFF SV3A OFF Cooling thermo ON SV4 n Note SV3B OFF SVD SVD OFF sv5 SV3C OFF SVS svs OFF Sve Control SV3D Control SVDD OFF SVDD OFF SVi1 OFF SV3E ON SVSS ON SVSS ON SV12 OFF PMV1 2 Control PMV Control PMV Close Outdoor fan Control PMV3 Close Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON 55 5 3 All heating operation Operation of heating only Header unit Follower unit Inverter L Compressor 2 DX Lied a PE BE Suction gas pipe 4 b b Discharge gas pipe po Liquid pipe pum FS unit Indoor unit y Heating b 4 PaL y Heating Stop High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line Low pressure gas refrigerant High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Flow selector Indoor unit OFF i E Heating thermo OFF 4 way valve SVA n ON ON SV5 OFF OFF SV11 ON ON OFF SV12 OFF a Control Control Outdoor fan Control
11. lopoy HSzrz0dV HSc8L0dV HS2SLOdV NININ od anossej ab1eyosiq sly Aem b l Z 6r YN 0000 CN68 BLU po CN334 RY302 WHI 313 Motor drive circuit RED p 5 OVO 250V En gt 250V Sunniy 9DGI5V Edo oDC12V Indoor control P C board CN44 CN40 CN41 CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 o WHI BRW I BLU BLU YEL WHI YEL WHI WHI Indoor unit PTT mM MMeNO N DAS TOUKKA 12 ELAS ROGN Flow selector GX X3 Fan drive Signal output Earth screw 1 unit earth Y Screw Indoor unit power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz O 1 Q indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number d 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site Adaputorforwired 3 indicates the control PC board remote controller Wired remote controller CN73 A AEXCT RED 22 CN81 7 41 BLU WHI A2 LI NO NNS 110203415 110203415 Color identification RED BLK WHITE YELLOW GRY PNK BLUE ORN BROWN Symbol GRN Parts name FM Fan motor TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2TCJ Indoor temp sensor DM Drain pump motor FS
12. Option Network adaptor YA T3YAT5Y6 T10 Fan drive 70900000 VEL Sub PC board 1520 A COS ALS Ke 1X2 T3 KA X5 6 TR 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 indicates the control P C board 4 When attaching a drain pump exchange CNO30 connector with the connector of the float switch 5 Qpart is connected to the terminal block When exchanging to the outside static pressure necessary at the local site check the terminal No and lead color of the fan motor in the below diagram and then exchange the lead wire indicated by the arrow mark Option CNO80 fe GRN Ak CN073 A RED EXCT 21 WHI 54 Filter PS QO Parts name FM Fan motor RC Running capacitor TR Transformer TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor RY005 007 Fan motor control relay RYOO1 Louver motor control relay Drain control relay Pulse Motor Valve Fuse Fan motor control relay Drain pump motor RY002 PMV Wired for MMD AP0481 only BLU F BRN Wire 43F1 ad z Sold WHI R separately
13. Pressure sensor For low pressure Fan motor Case heater Compressor case thermo US 622KXTMQO SS 3 3 Outdoor Control Unit Heat Recovery Model MAP0802FT8 JXO 3004 JXO B2H Inductor CH 44FK Smoothing condenser For compressor 400LRSN 1500M TT 01 03T MAP1002FT8 MAP1202FT8 AC600V 30A 4P AC30V or DC42V 1A 6P 1 45mH 25A 1500 400V AC230V 350mA MCC 1366 0 48mH 30A MCC 1366 board 0 63mH 25A MCC 1366 P C board MCC 1429 6 2KW MCC 1502 MCC 1439 800W 896 MCC 897 25A 1200V MCC 1502 P C board 30 to 135 C Ambient temp range 20 to 80 C Ambient temp range 20 to 80 C Ambient temp range 20 to 80 C Ambient temp range 30 to 135 C Ambient temp range 20 to 80 C Ambient temp range 1000 400V 400V 38A 1000 13A 500V Power supply terminal block Communication line terminal block Power supply transformer P C board Noise filter FKX 240NK 4810US FKX 220NK 6310US Line filter AC P C board Control board P C board IPDU for compressor IPDU 4T62DA1E P C board Power supply board P C board IPDU for fan Power complex module IPDU 2D16DA1 6MBR25UA120 Pipe temp sensor TD Pipe temp sensor TS Heat exchanger temp sensor TE Outside temp sensor TO Oil temp sensor TK Liquid temp s
14. In Heating operation In heating operation set the air outlet louver with a down wards set point so that the hot air blows towards the floor How to change the air outlet port Change the air outlet port using the following procedure 1 Remove the two fixing screws on the air outlet port The fixing screws are reused 2 Remove the discharge port by pushing up on the rear side to a point where you can remove it from the rear clip wards position dew may form on the surface of the cabinet or the horizontal louver resulting in possible dripping If heating operation is performed with the louver set in a horizon tal position the room temperature may not be equal i e there may be a large variance between one side of the room with the 3 Lift the air outlet port upwards and remove it other Do not move the horizontal louver directly with your hands 4 Reverse the air outlet port and attach it to the otherwise a fault maybe caused Select the direction of the horizontal louver using the C 1 5 button on the remote controller Fein unie e Pay attention so that four claw hooks two at rear and Q The horizontal louver will not stop immediately even if the switch two at the ides are hooked on the mounting wo at the lower sides are hooke unti SSS position is pushed Note pushing the switch again when the required louver direction has been reached will stop the louver 5 Be sure to t
15. 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Indoor Compressor position detection circuit error Other indoor error Group follower unit error All stop Corresponding unit only stops Position detected was not normal E07 L07 L03 L08 was detected when other indoor unit in the group was defective Check connector connection and wiring Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil Check PC board IPDU error Check indoor PC board 91 Error detected by TCC LINK central control device Check code Display on central control device Outdoor 7 segment display AI NET central control Check code Sub code remote controller Detected position Check code name Error detection condition Check item position C05 TCC LINK HA control interface TCC LINK central control device transmission error TCC LINK central control device receiving error Interface batch alarm of HA control interface Operation continued Operation continued Operation continued Signal is not transmit from central control device Signal is not received from central control device Error was input in HA control interface Check central control device error Check communication line error of central control device Check setup of terminator resistor Check central control device error Check communication line error of central
16. Single phase 220 240V 50Hz Earth leakage Pull breaker Box Power switch controller FS unit B CN02 B LICNO1 Earth O terminal Main check i utu CO Earth terminal Remote controller E items Are indoor outdoor communication lines connected to U1 U2 terminals Indoor unit Remote controller Is the signal line of the FS unit connected to connector CN81 Is the power supply cable of the FS unit connected to R L and S N terminals Note The above figure does not cover all the electric wirings For details refer to the Installation Manual of Flow selector unit Check list 1 28 Using the Check list 1 check there is no trouble in the installation work Is capacity of the leak breaker appropriate Outdoor total capacity Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C Is the power supply cable of the FS unit connected to the closed end connector When the indoor unit is a Wall type 1 Series or Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type Indoor unit Is the diameter of the power cable correctly wired Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C mm mm mm Ind
17. The communication system differs from that of R22 or R407 refrigerant Header unit A lower unit B Modular Multi system 1 air conditioner Outdoor Check again cautious points on wiring unit Main check items Ut 1 In case that a center control LAM Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to U1 U2 system is not connected terminals HH HHHO Is the relay connector between 01 02 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed S phase o f Set up at shipment from the factory Before address setup remove the relay connector Leak interception m 7 m Main switch Is the communication line between outdoor and indoor units connected to U5 U6 terminal U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 U1 U2 A Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U3 U4 A A AJB k 7 DE terminals of each refrigerant line H H communication line of the central control system may be connected the communi i phase 230v 1 1 ki cation lines of the indoor outdoor communication lines interception Main switch Remote controller Is the terminal resistance SW30 2 on the interface board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory After addr
18. Use the mis wiring check Correct cabling function of outdoor unit Check there is no clogging and pipe leakage and then recharge with refrigerant 691 Check code Check code name Cause of operation P19 08 TCC L AI NET 4 way valve operation error 1 4 way valve error 2 TS1 sensor TE1 sensor error 3 Pd sensor Ps sensor error 4 TE sensor TL sensor misconnection Sub code Detected outdoor unit No Are characteristics Is 4 way valve coil connector connected YES Are TS1 TE1 connectors Pd Ps senso connected YES YES Are output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps sensors normal YES Are connection YES of resistance value of TS1 and TE1 sensors normal and installation of TE1 and TL sensors correct A NO NO NO NO Reset the power supply and start heating test operation Y NO Is the flow selector unit normal YES Does 4 way valve operate NO 4 way valve error Does refrigerant gas discharge to suction side through 4 way valve 1 Check 4 way valve Correct connector connection 4 way valve coil CN317 Correct connector connection TS1 sensor CN504 TE1 sensor CN505 Pd sensor CN501 Ps sensor CN500 gt Replace sensor Replace sensor Correct connection and installation
19. a jie aja Outdoor header units quantity error 101 Outdoor of other line connected 02 Indoor of other line connected E20 Other line connected during automatic address E23 E25 E26 1 No of outdoor units which received signal normally Sending error in communication between outdoor units Duplicated follower outdoor addresses Decrease of No of connected outdoor units a ajan E28 Detected outdoor unit number Follower outdoor unit error 01 IPDU1 error 02 IPDU2 error 103 IPDU1 2 error 04 Fan IPDU error IPDU communication error IPDU Fan IPDU error IPDU2 Fan IPDU error All IPDU error 117 Check code Wireless remote controller n Outdoor 7 segment display ALNET central Check code name Detecting device controller Auxiliary code F01 ALT Indoor TCJ sensor error Indoor F02 Od a a ALT Indoor TC2 sensor error Indoor F03 93 a a ALT Indoor TC1 sensor error Indoor F04 F04 19 a a ALT TD1 sensor error VF F05 F05 A1 a a O ALT TD2 sensor error VF F06 F06 18 n n ALT TE1 sensor error VF F07 F07 18 ALT TL sensor error VF F08 F08 1b a a ALT TOsensor error VF F10 gt OC
20. 4 IPDU PC board for fan 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the wires 3 Remove the heat sink Radiator plate fixing screws M4 x 8 4 pcs Tightening torque of screw for heat sink fixing board 1 47 0 1N m 210 Part to be exchanged Inverter assembly Removal of P C board and electric parts 5 Reactor 6 Transformer 7 Electrolytic capacitor Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc 1 Stop operation and then turn the power supply to the unit 2 Take off the screws 3 positions on the terminal block installation board 3 Take off the fixing screws on each part and then remove the cables Caution when removing the electrolytic capacitor No 7 1 Electrolytic capacitors will discharge over time As the natural discharge by the electlytic capacitor may be unavailable and voltage may remain in some cases due to trouble conditions be sure to confirm discharge of the capacitor Use a suitable resistive load 1000 40W or equivalent to discharge the capacitor or plug of the soldering iron make continuity and discharge between 4 and 2 poles Recommendation will check the voltage with a DC volt meter NOTE Do not discharge using a tool e g screw driver as the capacitor charge can cause an injury 211 Remarks Re
21. 7555 buttons select the line address 3 Using e button determine the selected line EL l address L The indoor unit address which is connected to the refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis played and the fan is turned on FAN MODE 4 Every pushing 24 button the indoor unit uu numbers in the identical pipe are successively displayed z Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates To select another line address OA 5 Push C5 button to return to procedure 2 The indoor address of another line can be succes sively confirmed Operation procedure 152535 4 5 6 End 6 Push button to finish the procedure Change of indoor address from remote controller Change of indoor address from wired remote controller To change the indoor address in individual operation Wired remote controller Indoor unit 1 1 or group control When the setup operation with automatic address has finished this change is available Procedure Operation while air conditioner stops 1 Push simultaneously 5 5 buttons for 4 seconds or more The firstly displayed unit No indicates the header unit in group control 2 mn group control select an indoor unit No to be changed by button The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on 3 Using the setup temp ap buttons set 7 to the item code 4 Using the
22. Does voltage drop occur YES when other compressor starts Correct power line NO YES Does OCR of MG SW operate Reset OCR manually 3 Correct connector connection Y NO Is wiring or connector connection NO on IPDU P C board normal YES Y YES or wiring Is not it an abnormal overload NO Is there no refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell y NO Operation starts NO Is case heater output normal Check case heater Correct cause of overload Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell Is compressor normal 2 Check IPDU board YES 2 Check the following items mainly 1 Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting 2 Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time Never touch with hands 3 Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time Compressor error No varied change of current change 3 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor TO2 of Comp IPDU is correct or not Check code Check code name Cause of operation 17 Current detective TCC L AI NET circuit system error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Wiring or connector connection on IPDU P C board normal YES 1 Cabling or connector connection error on IPDU
23. Earth screw 2 56 REEL ix XS 212 o2 o 2 23 Go CN82 CN33 CN34 CN104 CN102 CN101 CN100 cheg RY302 BLU WHI RED YEL RED BLK BRUN BLU GRN Motor drive O circuit RY303 CNO80 GRN Control P C board for Indoor unit RED 76 3A 250V T3 15A 250V RED O 0 6 9 A oo Power 9DC20V w ay supply 2 DC15V BOOT oka oDC12V WHI E circuit __ wtih Flow selector unit earth screw RED Closed end connector O CN41 BLU BLU UX X3 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 WHI YEL WHI WHI BLK BLU 1 T2YS 1415 mn ZE Z N 000000 X2 XSX4X5 1020340516 1X2 086 6 des 09606 Fandrive Option 1 Qindicates the terminal bolock 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate Outdoor unit the wiring at side Letter at inside indicates the terminal number Color EZ indicates the control PC board i A indication WHI gt lt BLK PEU HED as WHI WHITE Symbol Parts name ZA nuova YEE YELLOW FM MAZA aza BLU BLUE A424 1421 BLK BLACK TA Indoor temp sensor CN001 GRY GRAY TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor ovan oven Network adaptor AEAT PMV Pulse motor valve Wired remote Adaptor for enn BRW BROWN LM
24. Push SWO4 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or r Start TEST is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that is displayed on the 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit NOTE The test operation returns to normal operation after 60 minutes 103 3 Batch start stop ON OFF function This function is provided to start stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit Operation procedure PowerON Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed under condition of SW01 1 SWO2 1 SWO3 1 resolve the problem using the troubleshooting guide and then execute the test operation Set up the operation mode of the remote controller If the operation is set heat indoor unit which is set to amp 1 H i If it is not set up the operation continues in the current mode Cool priority will not operate or will be displayed FAN COOL HEAT If the operation is set to cool indoor unit which is set to heat priority will not operate d or will be displayed Set on the interface P C board of the header unit SW01 to
25. o 2 a 5 Qa o a D c i o 2 ep D 173 SVD ON SV11 ON SVD leakage SV11 ON e SVS ON Indoor unit Wired remote controller Up to 2 units Weekly timer DC5V Power circuit Key switch Jo UONJOUUOJ 19 01 U0D 9j0oul9J I L Network adaptor Option Remote controller communication circuit IZA Indoor control P C board MCC 1402 Remote controller communication circuit TA sensor TCI sensor 4 Driver Louver Float input motor None for Concealed Duct type 4 Drain Outside output Indoor fan motor AC signal input circuit circuit Magi Indoor Outdoor Uil lue communication Power supply 12220 240V 50Hz Power supply Outdoor unit Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 remote controllers are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller 4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling Power supply Outdoor unit edAj nq wis Sallas Z edAj anosseyj abseyosiq Aem j adAj pren Y6IH adAj apun adA
26. Check SV41 circuit leakage Check miscabling misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 Check valve open status of indoor PMV Check 4 way valve error Check refrigerant shortage Check SV5 leak Check SV11 circuit Wiring OFF at one side only Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring between FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves Low pressure protective operation All stop Low pressure Ps detected operation lower than 0 02MPa Check full opening of service valve Discharge gas suction gas and liquid side Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 Check SV2 circuit and SV4 circuit error Check low pressure Ps sensor error Check indoor air filter clogging Check valve open of indoor PMV Check refrigerant pipe clogging Check outdoor fan operation All heating mainly heating part cooling operation Check refrigerant shortage Check clogging of circuit at auxiliary heat exchanger side PMV3 SV12 check valve Check 4 way valve error Reversal error Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check miswiring of discharge gas suction gas pipe to FS unit Check wirin
27. Replace 9 6 7 Segment Display Function B 7 segment display on the outdoor unit Interface P C board On the interface control P C board a 7 segment LED is provided to check the operating status The displayed contents are changed by combining the setup numbers of the rotary switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO3 on the I F P C board Interface P C board 7 segment 7 segment display A display B EM 8 84 6 Ej 2nd 1st 3rd 2nd 1st CN30 CN31 SW05 SW15 D600 0601 D602 D603 0604 swo1 5 02 5 Display B Check procedure when the system has stopped due to an trouble When the system has stopped due to an trouble in the outdoor unit execute the follow ing check procedure 1 Open the panels of the outdoor unit and then check the 7 segment display The check code is shown on the right side of 7 segment display B U1 OOO DOO Check code Rotary switch setup for confirming the check code SWO1 1 SWO2 1 SWO3 1 However the check code OOO is displayed for 3 seconds and the sub code DOO for 1 second are alternately displayed if a sub code is provided Confirm the check code and then follow the check procedure detailed for the diagnosis of the fault U1 E28 on the 7 segment display means an error on the follower unit change
28. Solenoid valve O SV3D Strainer C Capillary tube Solenoid valve Compressor 1 Inverter Solenoid valve V SV3E YA Capillary tube 4 Way valve S Capillary 4 Low tube ale pressure 751 Sensor TS2 Solenoid valve Check joint Capillary tube Solenoid valve Accumulator Sensor TK2 Capillary tube Strainer i Strainer Service Service Service Service valve of valve at valve at valve at balance liquid discharge suction pipe side gas side gas side 48 Solenoid valve SV3B 4 2 Explanation of Functional Parts Solenoid valve SV3A Connector CN324 Red Closed Allows oil to collect remain in the oil tank Open _ Allows oil to exit the oil tank Connector CN313 Blue Open Allows oil to return to the outdoor unit via the balance pipe Connector CN314 Black Open Pressurizes the oil tank Connector CN323 White Open Supplies oil to the compressor from the oil separator Connector CN323 White Open Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors Hot gas bypass Connector CN312 White 1 Low pressure release function 2 High pressure release function 3 Gas balance function during stop time Gas balance control for compressor start up Connector CN31 1 Blue 1 For gas balance start 2 High pressure release function 3 Low pressure release function Connector CN310 White
29. When the unit stops after the timer has reached the preset time the Repeat OFF timer will resume the operation However by pushing the 09 button the repeat function will stop once the time on the timer has again reached its set time t 3 11 Installation Installation location A WARNING Select a location for installation that will be able to safely support the weight of the unit If the installation location is not strong enough to support the unit and the unit falls injury could result A CAUTION Do not install the unit in a location where combustible gases could conceivably leak Leaking gases that accumulate in the vicinity of the unit could be ignited by the unit REQUIREMENT A location that permits the level installation of the unit A location that provides enough space to service the unit safely A location where water draining from the unit will not pose a problem Avoid the following types of locations Locations where salt is present in large amounts seaside areas or where sulfuric gases are present in large amounts hot springs areas If the unit is to be used in such areas special maintenance is necessary Locations that generate oils including machine oils steam oily smoke or corrosive gases Locations where organic solvents are used Locations in the vicinity of equipment that generates high frequency signals Locations where the outdoor unit will blow in the direction of a neighbor s win
30. and set SW02 SWO3 to address No 1 to 64 to be started Release Return SW01 SWO2 SWOS to 1 Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 11 for 5 seconds from operation ON Individual stop Stops the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep existing status Setup Push SWOS for 2 seconds or more set SW01 16 and set SW02 SWO3 to address No 1 to 64 to be stopped Release Return SW01 SWO2 SWOS to 1 Section A Section B Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays 00 for 5 seconds from operation OFF Individual test operation Operates the specified indoor unit Note The other indoor units keep existing status NOTE 1 This start stop function only sends the command signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit such as start stop operation mode etc Once it does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals The above controls are not available when an error has caused the system NOTE 2 to stop Interface P C board 5 Setup Push SWOA for 10 seconds or more set SWO1 16 and set SWO2 and SWO3 to address No 1 to 64 to be operated Release Return SW01 SWO2 SWOS to 1 102 7 segment display A Section A Section B
31. e SV3E SV61 55111 5 12 2 way valve coil Accumulator EP i eater 2 CNO6 CN18 4WV1 4 way valve coil Camp CN26 WA BED COMP1 COMP2 Compressor case thermo IPDU Board 2 TS1 TS2 Pipe temp sensor Inlet 1502 TD1 TD2 Pipe temp sensor Outlet MED TE1 Heat exchange temp sensor Parts layout 10 LI TO Air temp sensor indication Power Supply WHI A 1 U2 U3 Ua Us U6 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 Oil temp sensor RED RED Fan IPDU 380 415V S0Hz BLK TL Liquid temp sensor WHI WHITE a MCC 896 Connecting terminal Interface 2 Noise filter control GRY HEATER1 HEATER2 ACCUM HEATER Case heater 230V 26W YEL YELLOW PC board P board OE Fea FM Fan motor DC BLU BLUE MCC 1366 Power supply MG m W PS Low pressure sensor BLK BLACK for fan Sw 1 The two dot chain line indicates wiring at the local site and the dashed line indicates PD High pressure sensor GRY GRAY MCC 1439 OCR accessories sold separately and service wires respectively 63H1 63H2 High pressure switch PNIS Gian 2 Q 0 and indicate the terminal board and the numerals indicate the terminal numbers MG SW Magnetic switch BEN NO m Comp IPDU EZ indicates P C board OCR Overcurrent relay VLT VIOLET terminal sure to fix the electric parts cover surely with two screws HVC1 HVC2 High voltage capacitor Otherwise water enters into the b
32. f pede 3 Running capacitor 220 240V 50Hz ZZ 220V 60Hz NAL Transformer edAj Buipueis J00 4 LL L Z 1 indicates the terminal block letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side 3 indicates the control P C board LM Louver motor TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor RY001 Louver control relay RY002 RY005 007 Drain control relay Fan motor control relay PMV Pulse motor valve HL9S0OdV Hi8tOdV HL9EOdV HLZZOdV HLtzOdV HLSLOdV HLSLOdV JWNW HOPON LG Non Drain pump type SH Type Non Drain pump type SH Type Drain pump type SPH Type Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRN BRWN GRN Drain pump type SPH Type CN112 CN111 CN110 WHI WH WHI Motor drive n IDE circuit Control P C board RED RI p 09 tU T QNO nu BHO for undoor unit WH 3L uda 4 circuit EE MCC 1402 CN80 PRL WHI CN44 1 CN309 CN50 CN61 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 PoJ BLU WHI WHI WHI BLK BLU Fan drive Option Closed end connector Flow Selector unit Indoo
33. After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately push Temperature set button to set to 19 C push Temperature set button to set to 29 After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately push Temperature set button to set to 18 push Temperature set button to set to 30 Then repeat the procedure 4 5 4 5 After approx 10 seconds all the display lamps on the sensor part of wireless remote controller Opera tion Green Timer Green and Ready Yellow flash and the air conditioner starts operation If the lamps do not flash repeat the procedure 2 and after After the test operation push Start Stop button to stop the operation Outline of test operation from the wireless remote controller Test cooling operation Start 18 C 19 C 18 19 18 19 18 Test operation Stop Test heating operation Start gt 30 C gt 29 30 29 30 gt 29 30 C Test operation Stop Be sure to set the air speed to High 99 2 Test operation START Test operation for one indoor unit YES Operation start YES Is cold air or hot air discharged YES Is air circulation good YES Test operation for all units in turn Operate all the indoor units at once NOTE 1 Refer to Tes
34. Bit 2 of the dip switch SW10 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to ON B Specifications The outdoor fan high static pressure shift function increases the fan speed on the outdoor unit to enable a discharge duct to be installed on the discharge port the design of the ducting should be such that a static pressure of 35 Pa is not exceeded This function should be executed where the discharge ducting static pressure exceeds 15 Pa 45Pa or more For detail of adjustment consult with the sales subsidiary The discharged air volume from each outdoor unit is shown in the table below Capacity rank MMY MAP 0801 type 1001 1201 type Standard air volume of outdoor unit m3 min 165 175 80 7 2 2 Applied Control in Outdoor Unit The following functions are available by using a separately supplied P C board Set up the switches on the outdoor unit U1 Function Switch No i Connector No Used control P C board Power peak cut control Standard TCB PCDM2E Power peak cut control Expansion TCB PCDM2E Snowfall fan control TCB PCMO2E External master ON OFF control TCB PCMO2E Night operation control TCB PCMO2E Operation mode selection control TCB PCMO2E Outdoor unit interface P C board Connector position detail CN509 CN510 Black White E FEET niga For power peak cut control selection Bit 2 For power peak cut control expansion selection 8
35. E 10 7 16 E 13 15 14 12 PRE HEAT display Displayed during initialization of controller Displayed when the heating or defrost operation is carried out While this indication is displayed the indoor fan stops or the runs in LOW fan speed SET DATA display Operation mode select display The selected operation mode is displayed 13 CHECK display Will be displayed when a error condition Operation ready display Displayed when cooling or heating operation is impossible because the outdoor temperature goes A Q N occurs or a protection device operates outside the operating range Timer time display 14 No tunction display Displays the selected delay time Displayed when the selected function is not avail When a malfunction occurs a check code is able displayed in place of the time display 15 Fan mode display 5 Timer SETIN setup display The selected Fan mode is displayed By pressing the Timer Set button the display AUTO As HIGH of the timer is shown in the following order MED LOW OFF gt 1 CQ OFF repeat OFF timer In the Concealed Duct Hi i gh Static Pressure type ON Ged gt No display models HIGH only is displayed for the air speed 6 Filter display 16 If FILTER Eg is displayed clean the air filter TEST run display Displayed during a test run Mode select control display Displayed when pushing
36. Float switch Drain pump control relay Pulse Motor Valve Hd L9SOdV 18 0 Haroeodv Harogodv Harzeodv aWiN H9LtzOdV H918L0dV Harsrodv CHarzrodv H9L600dV HEI Z00dV GINN lopow ed puepuels ong 2 G Z 0c WHI Spark Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GRN GREEN killer 8 FAN CNO83 WHI P Option oo RY004 ic RY006 RY002 ALY PIS ES OX X3 LM ew PLAT Gan DIS CNO68 1X 3 CNo33 11213 FS CN104 CN102 CN101 CNO30 YEL RED BLK RED RY001 Indoor control board Closed end connector i ee 61 19 1 Power 5 One CNO66 supply CN082 4 434 WHI mE BLU Faa CNO44 40 CNO41 CNo50 CNO074 CNo75 61 CNo32 CNo6o Ono BRW BLU BLU WHI WHI WHI YEL WHI WA A 11 67 VAVAPAVAPAVAPAVAPAVAPA n 203 030000 Xe 3 4 56 10203040506 12 11203040516 Flow selector unit earth Screw Outdoor unit RED Indoor unit Earth screw Power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz T10A 250V F RED RED 6 5 9 YEL 4 Closed end e connector zc 112 172 Zg aor
37. Low pressure sensor Connector CN500 White 1 Detects low pressure and uses it to control capacity of the compressor during all cooling operation and simultaneous operation 2 Detects low pressure and uses it to controls super heat during all heating operation and simultaneous operation Compressor case heater Compressor 1 Connector CN316 White Compressor 2 Connector CN315 Blue Prevents liquid accumulation in the compressor onnector CN321 Red Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator 1 Accumulator case heater 1 Balance pipe 1 Oil balancing pipe between outdoor unit This unit does not use this Balance pipe Operation mode Operation mode Outline 1 All Indoor Unit s Only cooling operation without heating operation Operating for Cooling Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger is used as a condenser 2 All Indoor Unit s Only heating operation without cooling operation Operating for Heating Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger is used as an evaporator 3 Simultaneous operation MIU for simultaneous operation 3 1 Mainly cooling partly Cooling heating simultaneous operation with subjective cooling operation heating operation Outdoor heat exchanger Sub heat exchanger is used as a condenser 3 2 Mainly heating partly Cooling heating simultaneous operation with subjective heating operation cooling operation Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger
38. YEL an E TA 1 RED oot oJ ALO ER BLK 2720 CN1007f5Y MuR 3 3 CN080 GRN 2 PNL CNO73 o EXCT RED 22 OON CN060 WHI Option Parts name TC1 i Filter Fan motor Running capacitor Transformer Louver motor Indoor temp sensor Temp sensor Louver control relay ry RC 9 ous l AT om ot i O Or BK z 4 7X 5 a X RED S FEN DP LM S Ot FAN s DII DIIS e CNO8S WHI 000000000 905 nose 11 Pal 11213 GNoso L f Lu de RY007 indication RED RED Q 9 9 WHI WHITE BLK P301 YEL YELLOW Q RY002 RY001 BLU BLUE BLK BLACK RY006 GRY GRAY PNK PINK em ORN ORANGE GRY BRW BROWN ashes 00 Indoor control P C board cnNos9 LED ss OTRYOOS Fuse pou 5 0 m uem M ee BLK iid 3X3 e i CNO66 Power supply WHI o circuit CNO44 4 CN041 CN050 CN074 CN075 061 CN032 mE BRW 2Y BLU BLU WHI WHI WHI YEL WHI nteath 001000 00000 20151 C112 1232556 screw koli 12 086 Fan drive MT 22 X ko Mz gd A VG VEA Seren EOE OAN care Li sa SIE Ld Pawoli pe moke e Fou i Sub PC board Indo3f unit jak EJ i La LA MCC 1520 Line Filter i Earth screw GOK Enn T
39. 024 type 027 type Floor Standing Concealed 030 type Floor Standing Below 6HP 036 type The initial setup value of EEPROM installed on the service P C board 221 17 2 Outdoor Unit 17 2 1 Cautions in Service for Compressor 1 When checking the inverter output remove the both wires of the compressor as follows 17 2 2 How to Check Inverter Output 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove the compressor lead from the compressor Be sure to remove lead wires of both compressors 3 Turn on the power supply and drive the air conditioner in cool or heat mode In this case be careful so that a fasten terminal of the compressor lead does not come to contact with other fasten terminal or you don t touch other parts Set cabinet 4 Check the output voltage of the compressor lead at the inverter side If the result is not accepted by the following criteria replace IPDU P C board Measuring position Criteria Between Red and White 360V to 520V Between White and Black 360V to 520V Between Black and Red 360V to 520V After check of output sufficiently check there is no distortion on the fasten terminals when reconnecting the compressor lead to the compressor terminals If any distortion is found caulk the fasten terminal with pliers etc and then connect it How to check resistance or compressor winding 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove the compressor lead from
40. 1 Increase of No of heating indoor units Gas balance function in defrost time 2 Low pressure balance function of discharge gas pipe during all cooling operation Connector CN309 White 1 Liquid bypass function for discharge temp release Cooling bypass circuit Connector CN322 White 1 For shutdown discharge gas During all cooling operation and defrost operation Connector CN319 White 1 Flow rate control function of refrigerant to sub heat exchanger during simultaneous operation 2 Flow rate control function of refrigerant to sub heat exchanger during defrost operation 4 way valve Connector CN317 Blue 1 Cooling Heating selection 2 Reverse defrost 3 Main Sub heat exchanger selection Pulse motor Connector CN300 301 White valve 1 Super heat control function during all heating operation and mainly heating partly cooling operation 2 Under cool adjustment function during all cooling operation 3 Divided flow control function during mainly cooling partly heating operation Connector CN302 Red 1 For flow rate control of sub heat exchanger during simultaneous operation Control function of heating divided flow 2 Afunction preventive high pressure up during all cooling or all heating operation Oil separator Prevention for early drop of oil level Decrease of flow out of discharge oil to cycle 1 2 Reserve function of surplus oil Temp sensor TD1 Connector CN502 White TD2
41. A d c L has been displayed on 7 degment display return SWO1 SWO2 SWOS to 1 1 1 4 When the address clearing has correctly finished U 1 L08 is displayed on 7 degment display after a while If A d is displayed on 7 degment display there is a possibility which is connected with the other refrigerant line Check again the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 terminals NOTE Be careful that the other refrigerant line address may be also cleared if clearing operation is not correctly executed 5 After clearing of the address set up an address again 6 In case of increase the address undefined indoor units Extension etc If set up the indoor address of which address is undefined accompanied with extension of indoor units replace ment of PC board etc follow to the methods below Method 1 Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address Central address For the setup method refer to the above Manual address setup from remote controller Method 2 Set up an address from the outdoor unit Leave the address of the unit of which address has been already set up as it is Set up an address only to the unit of which address is undefined The addresses are allocated from the low number Setup procedure Arrange the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units are added Figure below 1 Remove the relay connector betw
42. Are all the connected outdoor I F P C board s on 1 system P C board s of outdoor units for Super Module Multi Flex Change the incorrectly built in outdoor I F P C board s with I F P C board s for Super Module Multi Flex Re execute address setup Refer to Address setup Note This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation Check again whether there is any other outdoor unit or not on the Using 7 segment on I F P C board check the model name on each outdoor unit Because the address is not yet set up communication line in 1 system For check when putting the rotary switch on SWO1 02 03 16 16 16 it is an If any turn off power of the outdoor I F P C board for Super Module Multi Flex if F is displayed at the left corresponding outdoor unit and side of 7 segment A part then check once more Check code Check code name Cause of operation L09 46 Indoor capacity unset Indoor capacity unset TCC L AI NET Are capacity setups of indoor units unset NO YES Set up capacity data of indoor unit Setup item code DN 11 Check indoor P C board Defect Replace Check code L29 CF Check code name Check code name Cause of operation Check code L18 8 TCC L AI NET Cause of operation Flow selector unit system error An indoor unit which has been operated in
43. Follower unit U1 U2 Indoorunit Header Follower unit unit U1 U2 U3 U4 Indoor 96 Incorrect example Header unit U5 U6 Indoorunit Indoorunit Incorrect example Incorrect example Follower unit U5 U6 Indoorunit Indoorunit Incorrect example Header Follower Header unit unit unit U3 U4 US U6 Indoorunit Incorrect example Indoorunit Indoorunit Follower unit Line 2 Follower unit 8 6 Test Operation Check 8 6 1 Fan Operation Check START Push START STOP button Select the operation mode FAN Is air discharged from the NO Check indoor fan fan motor and fan circuit discharge port of the indoor unit Ensure power has been isolated before removing any covers YES NO Check for items in contact with fan E s there any abnormal noise Ensure power has been isolated before removing any covers YES When an error code has been displayed on the remote controller refer to Section 8 5 1 Normal Check all indoor units in turn 8 6 2 Cooling Heating Test Operation Check The cooling heating test operation check can be performed on both remote controller and outdoor interface P C board 1 Test operation start stop operation Test operation from remote controller Wired remote controller 1 When pushing 5 button for 4 seconds or more TEST is displayed in the display section and the mode enters the test operatio
44. No of indoor units which received signal normally Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor VF Decreased number of indoor units Indoor outdoor communication circuit error Detected at outdoor side Duplicated indoor addresses All stop All stop All stop When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has been used to send signals E06 is normally displayed Transmission from outdoor to indoor cannot continue for 30 seconds Multiple indoor unit address setup are duplicated Check the power supply of indoor unit Power ON Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor Check connector connection for communication in indoor P C board Check connector connection for communication in outdoor P C board Check indoor P C board failure Check outdoor PC board I F failure Check outdoor terminator resistor setup SW30 2 Check the communication connection between indoor and outdoor Check indoor address Check the change of remote controller connection Group individual after setup of indoor address Remote controller Duplicated master remote controllers Corresponding unit only stops In 2 remote controller control including wireless both are setup as master Header indoor unit stops and other indoor unit is operating Check remote controller setup Check remote controller P C board Indoor u
45. Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF TA sensor Lead wire length 618mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor Model MMD AP 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 0241BH 0271BH 0301BH 0361BH 0481BH 0561BH Fan motor ICF 280 120 1 ICF 280 120 2 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 TA sensor Lead wire length 618mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 31 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Model MMD AP 0181H 0361H 0481H Fan motor STF 200 160 4B STF 200 160 4A STF 200 260 4C STF 200 260 4B Running capacitor for fan motor AC 500V 4uF AC 400V 8uF AC 450V 6uF AC 400V 8uF Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 6 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 TA sensor Lead wire length 1200mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tub
46. Remarks 3 Flange nut Route of the fan motor lead Detailed photo of connector Signal line Power line Cautions when exchange reassembling the fan motor 1 Match the D cut surface of the motor with the A mark on the fan insert the propeller fan If tightening the D cut surface when out of position the propeller fan will melt due to friction heat which will cause the unit to malfunction 2 Be sure to attach the square washer Failure to do so will result in abnormal sound and vibration being generated 3 Tighten the flange nut with 15Nem 153kg cm 4 Insert the hooking tabs on the discharge cabinet securely into the tab holes on the cabinet Refer to the photo in the previous page 3 positions each at front and rear sides total 6 positions 207 Fan A mark se Positioning to D cut face of shaft Part to be exchanged Heat exchanger Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc Before beginning the procedure ensure the refrigerant has been reclaimed from the outdoor unit using a suitable refrigerant recovery device Disassembling Example Heat exchanger Right 1 Remove the cabinet 2 Remove the motor base M5 x 10 4 pcs 3 Remove the motor base bracket M5 x 10 5 pcs 4 Remove the screws on the heat exchanger fixing board M5 x 10 6 pcs 5 Remove
47. T Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from SVD valve circuit SVD valve All cooling operation SV11 OFF All O SVD circuit TCJ is high and SH is little Liquid pack Temperature of TCJ and TC1 become high similar to heating All A li heating circuit All cooling operation SV11 ON All doas xs Misinstallation Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit O SVD circuit v kaki gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit is of coil Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit Refrigerant circulating sound is not heard from SVS valve but it is SVD o SVS heard from SVD valve Gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is cold Cooling circuit Liquid pack Refrigerant circulating sound is not heard from SVD valve but it is heard from SVS valve Miswiring All heating operation All L18 Flow Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit O SVS circuit selector unit Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit error All cooling operation All TCJ is higher than normal indoor unit Clogging Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit O SVSS circuit Gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is not cold Mainly heating part cooling operation Cooling unit Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from SVSS valve P19 4 wa SVS valve All heating operation All regi Compared with normal indoor unit TCJ is low Leakage O SVS circuit
48. connector A B Remote Remote controller controller Individual Remote controller Group Remote controller Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit U3Ju4 Iu3 u4 03 1 3 04 12 gt more 12 jon swa lore Us u6 After address setup Us u6 Relay connector U1 U2 pa Remote controller controller Individual Remote controller Group Remote controller Outdoor interface P C board Header unit Follower unit SW13 14 Refrigerant line address Setup is unnecessary SW30 2 Terminal end resistance of indoor outdoor communi cation line central control communication line Setup is unnecessary Header unit Follower unit Setup is unnecessary OFF after Setup is unnecessary Header unit OFF after address setup Setup at shipment from factory Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set to 1 by 1 Turn on the power Wiring example in 2 lines 1 2 Outdoor Outdoor ae eee Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
49. pin side Ps Ps Ps Ps Ps kg cm kg cm kg cm kg cm kg cm 170 LZI 9 8 2 Flow Selector Unit FS Unit Leakage of SVD valve or SVS valve etc Positions to be checked and check code when a trouble such as miswiring occurred Phenomenon which appears as result Corresponding indoor unit or flow selector unit Correspon e Example of Part name Operation mode ding indoor Abi Not May become Judgment and position to be checked refrigerant unit lo o etection o flow cooled heated M Circulating check code sound All heating operation All TC1 is lower than normal indoor unit Clogging Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit Temperature of suction gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit unit is lower than that of normal FS unit ji Compared with normal indoor unit TCJ is higher All lin ration SV11 ON All ca Goold Operation S svp circuit Suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the flow selector unit is hot SVS circuit Refrigerant circulating sound is heard in bypass from SVD valve to SVS valve Leakage Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit
50. the left side is 1 and the right side is 2 viewed front the front of the unit Even if two compressors operate the frequency difference may set as a measures against resonance The temperature of indoor heat exchanger TC indicates TCJ sensor temperature in cooling time and TC2 sensor temperature in heating time respectively 2 Criteria for operating pressure General criteria is as follows High pressure 2 0 to 3 2MPa Indoor 18 to 32 cooling operaton When all the units operate in cooling mode Low pressure 0 5 to 0 9MPa Outdoor 25 to 35 C High pressure 2 5 to 3 3MPa Indoor 15 to 25 heating operation When all the units operate in heating mode Low pressure 0 5 to 0 7MPa Outdoor 5 to 10 Using the rotary switch on the outdoor unit I F the operating pressure cycle temperature and compressor rotation count can be checked on the 7 segment display Refer to Outdoor refrigerant circuit system data display and Indoor cycle data display in Section 9 Troubleshooting 101 8 7 Service Support Function 8 7 1 Function to Start Stop ON OFF Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit The following functions enables the start and stop of the indoor units using the switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Function All cooling test operation Outline Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to cooling test operation Note Control operation same
51. 2 RBM BY53E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 6 4 PR For 2 piping 5 AY RBM BY103E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14 2 Y shape branching joint 3 RBM BY2OSFE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 For 3 pipin Or RBM BYSOSFE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 EM RBM BY203E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 For 2 piping 5 RBM BY303E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 RBM 1043FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14 2 For 3 piping RBM 2043FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 4 branching header 4 RBM 1043E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14 2 For 2 piping 5 Or RBM 2043E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 PIN RBM 1083FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14 2 For 3 pipin Or RBM 2083FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 PPM 8 branching header 4 RBM 1083E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14 2 m For 2 piping 5 RBM 2083E Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 25 2 The following 3 types of T joint pipes are supplied as 1 set Balance pipe 9 5 1 l Liquid side A Tbranch joint BT13 FE Corresponded dia 212 7 to 19 1 x 1 AAP Suction gas side Corresponded dia 22 2 to 34 9 x 1 Discharge gas side Corresponded dia 19 1 to 222 2 x 1 1 Capacity code can be obtained from page
52. 2 Sw02 to 7 and SWO3 to 1 respectively CH is displayed on 7 segment display A Push SW04 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more The indoor unit to be started operates Push the push switch SWOS on the interface P C board of the S headerunitfor2secondsormore top After test operation return the rotary switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO3 on the interface P C board of the header unitto End 1 1 1 respectively 104 4 Individual start stop ON OFF individual test operation function This function is provided to start stop ON OFF individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Set SWO01 16 and set SW02 SWOS to indoor address No 1 to 64 to be started Refer to the following table only the setup indoor unit starts operation In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped In this case is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the header unit Operation procedure Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit If an error is already displayed under condition of SWO1 1 SWo2 1 SWO3 1 return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation The
53. 32 33 to 48 166 5 Outdoor EEPROM check code display Displayed on the header unit only The latest check code written in EEPROM on each outdoor unit is displayed It is used when confirming the check code after power supply has been reset Set SWO01 to 03 as shown in the following table and the push SW04 for 5 seconds or more to display an check code 7 segment display 01 SW02 Swo3 Display contents B The latest check code of the header unit 1 U1 The latest check code of the follower unit 1 U2 The latest check code of the follower unit 2 U3 B 7 segment display A B Display A Display B 4 N N D600 0601 D602 0603 0604 9 7 Sensor Characteristics 9 7 1 Outdoor Unit Characteristic 3 40 Outdoor TS1 TS2 TO TL sensors B Temperature sensor characteristics 30 8 20 3 10 4 OL br tit tr rt it 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Temperature Characteristic 4 200 f Outdoor TD1 TD2 TK1 TK2 10 TK3 TK4 sensors 150r Resistance kQ ao Resistance kQ 65 or higher 50 1 1 i 1 _ 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Temperature 0 Characteristic 5 200 Outdoor TE1 sensor 20 Resistance kQ 10 C or lower Resistance kQ 10 C or higher 1 0 0 30 20 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperat
54. A01 Oil level is good in compressor 1 and short in compressor 2 oL A20 Cil shortage in compressor 1 and good in compressor 2 LILI gt Judgment result in compressor 2 gt Judgment result in compressor 1 For the contents of judgment result refer to the following table 7 segment display oil level results 7 segment display Judgment result Contents Appropriate Oil level inside of the compressor is appropriate Shortage of oil level in the compressor Both A1 and A2 indicate shortage Shortage If this judgment continues the system stops for protection TK4 circuit error is found TCE CCU error If this judgment continues the system stops for protection 2 circuit error is found If this judgment continues the system stops for protection TKS circuit error is found TKS circuit error If this judgment continues the system stops for protection TK4 circuit error is found If this judgment continues the system stops for protection circuit error 4 After confirmation return SW01 SW02 SW03 to 1 1 1 190 13 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY WHEN REPLACING THE COMPRESSOR 13 1 Refrigerant Recovery in the Malfunctioning Outdoor Unit A pump down function is available in this system For multiple outdoor unit systems execute pump down by using the normal outdoor units and the refrigerant can be recovered from the outdoor unit which is to be repai
55. ANN Na M NL Line address gt 1 1 2 2 Indoor address gt 2 3 1 2 Group address gt 2 2 2 2 Follower In the above example under condition of no inter unit wire of the remote controller set the address after individual connect ing of the wired remote controller Group address Individual 0000 Header unit 0001 Follower unit 0002 In case of group control Operation procedure 123456 758 9 10 11 End 1 Push simultaneously 5 5 buttons for 4 seconds or LCD changes to flashing Line address 2 Using the setup temp w Ca buttons set 2 to the item code 3 Using the timer time m buttons set up the line address Match it with the line address on the interface PC board of the outdoor unit in the identical refrigerant line 4 Push 5 button OK when display goes on Indoor address 5 Using the setup temp w CAD buttons set 7 to the item code 6 Using the timer time m 4 buttons set up the indoor address 7 Push button OK when display goes on Group address 8 Using the setup temp w ca buttons set to the item code 9 Using the timer time m 4 buttons set Individual 2222 Header unit ZZ7 Follower unit 2272 10 Push button OK when display goes on 11 Push Ej button Setup operation finished Status returns to normal stop status Connect short Connect short Conn
56. Between Red and White 400 V to 650 V Between White and Black 400 V to 650 V Between Black and Red 400 V to 650 V After checking the output when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal check surely there is no distortion on the fasten terminal lug If it is loosened caulk it with pinchers etc and then connect lead to the terminal How to check resistance of compressor winding Turn off the power supply Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors In each compressor check the winding resistance between phases and resistance of the outdoor cabinet using a tester Is not it earthed Normal if 10MQ or more are measured s not shorted between windings Normal if 0 7Q to 0 90 are measured Use a precise digital tester N How to check the outdoor fan motor Turn off the power supply Take off three connectors U V W from the fan IPDU board Turn the fan with hands If the fan does not turn it is a fan motor error Lock Replace the fan motor If the fan turns measure the winding resistance between the phases of the connector Motor winding with a tester If 13 to 33Q are measured it is normal Use a digital tester On 137 861 9 5 Diagnosis Procedure for Each Check Code Check code Check code name Cause of operation E03 97 Communication error between No communication from remote controller and Check code Check code name Ca
57. Close SV6 Control Control OFF Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON 56 5 4 Mainly Cooling Partly Heating Operation Cooling heating simultaneous operation with subjective cooling operation Header unit Follower unit e l for condenser l a 4 Way valve 2 Fu nid Ff do E TS1 _ _ Operating l for condenser l l 4 Way valve E 2 4 51 Compressor 1 Inverter Suction gas pipe ML TO 7 lt Discharge gas pipe lt C ma m lt lt V V V y 9 V A A A A A A Y FS unit Indoor unit EN High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line Low pressure gas refrigerant High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Flow selector Indoor unit 4 way valve ON SV3A OFF Heating thermo ON SV4 n Note1 SV3B OFF SVD OFF SVD SVD OFF SV5 OFF SV3C OFF SIS ON SIS OFF SVS OFF SVe Control SV3D Contro SVDD SVDD OFF SVDD SVi1 SV3E ON SVSS ON SVSS OFF SVSS ON SV12 Control PMV1 2 Close Note 2 PMV Control Control PMV Close Outdoor fan Control PMV3 Control Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON Note 2 May be controlled 57 5 5 Mainly Heating Partly Coo
58. Connector CN503 Pink 1 Protection of compressor discharge temp 2 Releasing of discharge temp Connector CN504 White 1 Controls super heat of PMV1 and 2 during all heating operation and simultaneous operation Connector CN522 Black 1 Controls indoor oil recovery during all cooling operation and mainly cooling partly heating operation 2 Detects overheat of cycle Connector CN505 Green Controls defrost during all heating operation and simultaneous operation Controls outdoor fan during all heating operation and simultaneous operation TK3 TK4 TK3 Connector CN516 Red 4 Connector CN523 Yellow Judges oil level of compressor 1 2 TK1 TK2 TK1 Connector CN514 Black 2 Connector CN515 Green 1 TL Connector CN521 White 1 Detects under cool during all cooling operation and simultaneous operation Connector CN507 Yellow 1 Detects external ambient temperature 49 Functional part name Functional outline Pressure High pressure sensor Connector CN501 Red 1 Detects high pressure and uses it to control the capacity of the compressor 2 Detects high pressure during all cooling operation and uses it to control the fan when cooling with low outside air 3 Detects under cool of the indoor unit of which heating thermo ON during all heating operation and simultaneous operation 4 Controls outdoor fan rpm during mainly cooling part heating operation
59. IPDU board error 4 IPDU PC board error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side YES NO Are the connectors and wiring NO Check and correct circuit and Is the power supply voltage to the compressor normal wires i e to the compressor etc to the outdoor unit normal Correct power line YES NO YES Is it grounded Compressor error Replace Is wire connector connection on the IPDU P C board normal Correct the wire connections NO YES indi YES Is there a winding short NO Is winding resistance 0 1 to 0 30 a Compressor error gt Replace Is compressor operation normal Replace compressor NO YES YES Is the winding open circuit 4 Compressor error Replace Check capacity valve external appearance NO Is smoothing condenser normal NO 1500uF 350V YES Check IPDU P C board Failure Replace Replace IPDU P C board Check code Check code name Cause of operation P31 47 Other indoor error Other indoor unit in the group has a error TCC L AI NET Group follower unit error When the header unit of the group detects E03 L03 L07 108 error the follower unit s in the group display P31 error and stop There are no check code displays or alarm record on the main remote controller GIL Chec
60. If the address setup operation has already finished in service time etc the above check code is not dis played and only U1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 8 4 2 Address Setup and Check Procedure 7 segment display A 7 segment display B Automatic address Setup from SW15 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit Manual address Setup from the weird remote controller For details refer to section 8 4 3 Address setup procedure Procedure Item Operation and check contents Interface P C board Indoor unit power ON Turn on power of indoor unit in refrigerant line to which address is set up Outdoor unit power ON Turn on power of all the outdoor units in refrigerant line to which address is set up 7 segment display Check that L08 is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the check outdoor unit in the system to which address is set up Confirm the corresponding items in 8 4 3 Address setup procedure and then set up address according to the operation procedure Be sure that the setup operation may differ in group control or central control Note Address cannot be set up if switches are not operated Address setup start Display check after After address setup U1 are displayed in 7 segment display section setup f an error code is displayed in 7 segment display B remove the cause of trouble referring to 9 Troubleshooting Using
61. NO U1 U2 U3 U4 and U5 U6 normal Check outdoor I F P C board Failure Replace Correct the line address setup Correct the wire connection YES Has TK4 sensor become detached Correct installation of sensor NO Repeat the address setup Correct wiring installation Refer to Address setup Is there incorrect wiring or installation YES TK1 CN514 on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK2 CN515 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 NO Are characteristics of TK4 sensor NO resistance value normal Sensor error Replace YES Check code Check code name Cause of operation Y L05 96 Duplicated indoor units with priority 1 Two or more prior indoor units exist Does OCR of MG SW operate x Reset OCR manually 2 TCC L A NET Displayed on indoor unit with priority NO This check code is displayed on the set indoor unit when setup of indoor unit with priority is duplicated Check the clogging of SV3E valve No error Priority setup with two or more units is not available Choose one prior unit in one refrigerant circuit system 1 1 Refer to item HO7 error Error 2 If OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor T02 of Comp IPDU is correct or not Replace SV3E valve Check the clogging of SV3E valve Check code Check code name Cause of operation L06 96 Duplicated indoor
62. Push and hold switch SWO4 on the header unit for 2 seconds or more Only the fan of the outdoor unit with a fault will operate Open the panel of the corresponding unit and then confirm the ceck code shown on the 7 segment display Perform the check procedure based on each check code diagnosis How to read the check display 7 segment display FO dI uicti r idc NT v JE It Ltt 400 0110110 SANN 071111 012 345678239 Ab Cd EFHJLeP 1 Data display of system information Displayed on the header outdoor unit only Display contents Refrigerant name Displays refrigerant name Model with refrigerant R410A Model with refrigerant R407C 5 to 48 5to 48HP HP 1 to 4 1 to 4 units P 0 to 48 0 to 48 units No of connected units CO to C48 0 to 48 units No of units with cooling thermo ON 0 to 48 0 to 48 units No of connected units HO to H48 0 to 48 units No of units with heating thermo ON Data is displayed with hexadecimal notation System capacity No of outdoor units No of connected indoor units No of units with cooling thermo ON No of connected indoor units No of units with heating thermo ON Compressor command correction amount Release control Normal time r During release control r1 Oil equalization control Normal time oiL 0 During oil equation oiL 1 Oil equalization
63. Replace the FS unit If an error did not occur in test operation restart the operation 1 Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which compressors is operated I F SWO1 1 SWO2 6 SWO3 2 TS sensor temperature SW01 1 SWO2 7 SWO3 2 TE sensor temperature Judgment criteria TE sensor Normal if TE lt 20 C except summer season Outside temp 20 C or lower TS sensor Normal if TS lt 40 except summer season Outside temp 20 C or lower Check code Check code name Cause of operation P20 22 TCC L AI NET High pressure protective operation oooouoonmsomc Pd sensor error Service valve closed Indoor outdoor fan error Indoor outdoor PMV clogging Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging SV2 circuit error SV4 circuit error SV5 circuit error Outdoor I F P C board error Operation error of check valve of main discharge pipe Refrigerant overcharge Open service valves fully Check parts Failure gt Replace Correct piping Replace defective parts NO Are service valves fully opened YES Are characteristics of NO high pressure sensor normal YES Check mispiping of discharge gas Abnormal suction gas main pipes Normal Abnormal Check operation of PMV3 SV12 Y Normal Abnormal Is the flow selector unit normal Normal Reset power supply and start a test All cooling operation To ope
64. Room temp During control Compressor 1 discharge temp Td1 Compressor 2 discharge temp Td2 Room temp Remote controller High pressure sensor detention pressure Pd Indoor suction temp TA Low pressure sensor detention Indoor coil temp TCJ pressure Ps 7 Suction temp TS Indoor coil temp TC2 Outdoor heat exchanger temp TE Indoor coil temp TC1 Temp at liquid side TL Indoor unit data NOTE 2 Indoor discharge temp Tf NOTE 1 Outside ambient temp TO Low pressure saturation temp TU Indoor PMV opening Compressor 1 current 11 of connected indoor units Compressor 2 current I2 Outdoor unit individual data NOTE 4 5 Total HP of connected indoor units PMV1 2 opening Compressor 1 2 ON OFF No of connected indoor units System data Outdoor fan mode Total HP of outdoor units Outdoor unit HP NOTE 1 Only a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor This temperature is not displayed for other types NOTE 2 When the units are connected to a group data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed NOTE 3 01 Compressor 1 only is ON 10 Compressor 2 only is ON 11 Both compressor 1 and 2 are ON NOTE 4 The item codes are described as the example of the header unit NOTE 5 The upper digit of an item code represents the outd
65. SV3B valve d Clogging check for SV3E valve While the outdoor unit is operating set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 the 7 segment display A displays Hr and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more Hr 2 is displayed Set up SWO2 10 and turn on SV3E valve 7 segment displays Hr After operating for several minutes check the pipe temperature at the secondary side of the SV3E valve If it is the equivalent to the outside temperature SV3E valve may be clogged Replace SV3E valve Note If SV3E valve is clogged the temperature of all TK1 to TK4 sensors do not change 2 Clogging check for SV3D valve of oil return circuit from oil separator a Oil return circuit While outdoor unit is operating check temperature secondary side of capillary on oil return circuit 5 in the figure on the next page If temperature is equivalent to suction temperature a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or capillary is considered Repair the clogged part b Clogging check for SV3D valve While outdoor unit is operating set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 to 7 segment display Hr and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more Hr 2 is displayed Set SWO2 7 and turn on SV3D valve 7 segment display Hr 3d If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change clogging of valve capillary or strainer is considered 6 in the figure on the next page 6tL Check code Check code name Cause of opera
66. Section A Displays the corresponding indoor address Section B Displays FF for 5 seconds from test operation ON 7 segment display B 1 All cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for cooling test operation mode using switches on the interface P C board of the header unit Operation procedure Set SW01 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 Sw02 to 5 and SWO3 to 1 respectively C is displayed on the 7 segment display A Sepa ES Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power ON of outdoor unit TEST is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated Check that C is displayed on the 7 segment display A B on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit C Return SW01 SWO2 SWO03 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit to 1 1 1 respectively or push the push switch SWOS5 for 2 seconds or more 2 All heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for heating test operation mode using switches on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit Operation procedure Set SWO01 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 Sw02 to 6 and SWO3 to 1 respectively is displayed on the 7 segment display A
67. T T pm E normal operation Be sure to remove the short circuit after confir mation OFF PMV1 PMV2 ON PMV3 on E 109 8 7 6 Solenoid Valve Forced Open Close Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to forcibly open close each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by use of the switches provided on the outdoor unit interface P C board This function confirms the operation of each solenoid valve Operation 1 On the interface P C board set SW01 to 2 SWO2 to 1 and SWOS to 3 2 Confirm H r is displayed on the 7 segment display B Push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 Confirm 2 is displayed on the 7 segment display this indicates that solenoid SV2 has been switched on 4 Each solenoid can be operated by selecting the appropriate SWO2 position as shown in the table below ON OFF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as below NOTE 1 Be aware that there is a 5 second delay in the operation of the selected solenoid valve after SW02 has been set NOTE 2 The mark in the table indicates the selected solenoid valve is forced on NOTE 3 The mark in the table indicates the selected solenoid mode will depend on the specifications of the air conditioner NOTE 4 The mark X in the table indicates the selected solenoid valve has been turned off NOTE 5 The case heater relay output operates both compressor and accumulator heaters lt 7
68. TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 lt 2 High pressure SW Y Check TK1 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 1 has operated Compressor 1 If low temperature continues approximately outside ambient temp or temperature does not change a clogging of strainer of oil equalization circuit clogging of capillary tube or malfunction of check valve is to be considered No error Strainer Capillary tube TK1 Check the clogging of SV3E valve Error Oil tank Note 1 Note 1 Refer to item HO7 error Solenoid No error valve Y Check I F P C board Replace SV3E valve Balance pipe A Packed valve Check code Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TCC L AI NET TK2 detective circuit system error Sub code 02 Connection of TK2 sensor Error in resistance value of TK2 sensor see 9 7 Sensor characteristics Oil equalization circuit error check valve capillary clogging strainer clogging Check code Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TCC L AI NET TK3 temperature detective circuit error Sub code 03 Connection of TK3 sensor Error in resistance value of TK3 sensor see 9 7 Sensor characteristics Error of SV3C valve circuit periphery check capillary clogging strainer clogging 091 Refrigerant stagnation in case of Refrigerant stagnation in case of compressor shell compressor
69. Temperature of suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the flow selector unit is higher than that of normal flow selector unit Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from SVS valve circuit Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit All heating operation All Clogging Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit Indoor unit In start time when exchanging mode from cooling to heating after flow selector unit defrost operation refrigerant shock sound may be heard All cooling operation SV11 ON All Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from SVDD valve e 5 n a circuit Mainly cooling part heating operation Cooling unit O SVDD circuit Suction gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit may Mainly heating part cooling operation Cooling unit Leakage y 9 P 9 op 9 be hot All heating operation All Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit O SVDD circuit Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from SVDD valve circuit Miswiring T Misinstallation All cooling operation SV11 ON All circuit of coil Mainly Ing part heating operation Cooling unit O SVDD circuit Suction gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit may SVD gt sys Mainly heating part cooling opera
70. W E RBC AX22CE TCB AX21E Under Ceiling type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Separate sensor type type MMU AP k2k2k2SH Series 4 way Air Discharge Type Cassette type Central remote controller I KS oge Ll eek Ll Appearance Zone Ca 8 t DRORK QAAL J ace C C v Model name TCB SC642TLE Type 64 system center controller 13 vl CN68 gt BLU TASASA o 00 RY302 A 4 lt NA E A TAY YiY Y5 ASA Pay AENA CN33 Y WHI PAY Wan 3r Xu en Motor drive or dr RED CN304 o RY303 circuit GRY pa CN101 Fuse ti Indoor control PC board BLK T6 3A T3 15A MCC 1402 RED 250V ie 2 n 250V Ls B zav CN100 mee Iw y Power ESp tsv BRN BLK E A4 circuit t oDC12V Flow selector unit earth screw oWHI CN50 CN32 CN61 Indoor unit Closed end BLN 2 WHI WHI YEL connector AN AN CNG Z N AV ZE PRATER MIR AA ZAN 2345 ef TOLERU XS Earth screw i Fandrive Power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz Symbol Parts name 1 Qindicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at si
71. When the central control system is connected check the following setup has finished after address setup Other refrigerant line Line address 1 L Ht A eader unit A Header unit e Follower unit B Follower unit C 9 J Tafua usu E 7 4 L H za a m Outdoor unit u1 u2 e H us ue UiJu2 US U6 ut u2 5 06 m th 3 phase 380 415V 50Hz Leak interception Main switch U1 U2 U1 U2 Indoor unit AJB 7 1 phase 220 240V 50Hz Leak interception Main switch Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller Main check items Is relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup Relay connector 2 Is relay connector of the follower unit removed 3 Is the end resistance SW30 2 of the header unit with the least refriger ant line address number in the central control line turned on Terminal Setup is unnecessary for follower unit resistance 4 Are the terminal resistance SW30 2 of the header units except for the ine of which central control refrigerant line address is the smallest urned off Setup is unnecessary for follower unit 5 Are not addresses in the line address SW13 SW14 duplicated in each Line address
72. a a ALT Indoor TA sensor error Indoor F12 F12 A2 n n ALT TS1 sensor error VF F3 F13 ph 3 a 43 AL TH sensor error IPDU F15 F15 18 ALT Outdoor temp sensor miscabling TE TL VF F16 F16 43 a a O ALT Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling Pd Ps VF F23 F23 43 a a ALT Pssensor error VF F24 F24 43 a a ALT Pd sensor error VF F29 12 SIM Indoor other error Indoor F31 F31 1C a a SIM Indoor EEPROM error VF HO1 H01 s a IF e Compressor break down IPDU H02 H02 101 us 1d e n relay 102 Comp 2 side Compressor trouble lock IPDU H03 H03 Comp 1 siog 17 a Current detect circuit system error IPDU 102 Comp 2 side H04 H04 44 n Comp 1 case thermo operation VF H06 H06 20 n Low pressure protective operation VF H07 H07 d7 a Oil level down detective protection VF 101 TK1 sensor error H08 H08 n E piunt De d4 a Oil level detective temp sensor error VF 104 TK4 sensor error H14 H14 44 Comp 2 case thermo operation VF 101 TK oil circuit system error ww Oe TKZ oll circuit system sit r a7 e e MG SW 103 TKS oil circuit system error Overcurrent relay operation Overcurrent relay 104 oil circuit system error L03 96 a SIM Indoor center unit duplicated Indoor L04 L04 96 a SIM Outdoor line address duplicated VF SIM Oca in indoor unit
73. ap Sk CN312 WHI BL NI2324 pN1234 pNI234 NI234 CNO3 L1 O IHE HS Cant l add add je 9 2 L2 OA BL ors0s RY506 Swit SW12 Wis SWi4 GAN YEL CN01L3O CN324 RED BLUp tI EH Ho PS ONT 234 ONT 23 2 NT NT 2 34 pNT 2 3 4 oe mem woud a 0050 BLUP Srvice SW06 wor Swos SW09 SWI0 RED CN313 YEL YEL BLU ANB Ho 5 BLK Reactor CR508 1 RY508 8 niin CN523 alu xp 3 CN314 BLK Neon e telle O O lO YEL E Fi BLK BL tae CS m cN30 cNso 9W04 SWOS SWO6 Tn CT L BLI CR509 1 RY509 m Pi WHI HVC1 HVC2 CN322 NF x B B B 5 5 Noise filter PTC Themistor oT W HH fo 600 DEO D602 D603 050 ON511 P C board RED HED CR513 RY513 GRN MCC 1366 Sod Mg SW OCR CN319 WHI Pay Swot Swo2 SWO03 1 2 pur lan Ho 5 D q CN100 3 n CR514 1 RY514 CN802 BLK 5 Flash 5 6 Mo CN316 WHI p RY518 RY510 RY511 RY521 RY519 oH ana owe YE e ua and au m Aie De evi lol A WO CN22 WHI CN23 BLU Healer 1 I 1 1 i RED e prm H4 tro tA FUSE CN600 WHI pneu J z zz z T6 3A T6 3A e BH B CR511 CR521 CR519 B FUSE FUSE t CN307 WHI CNSOS RED E a Oeo LU Symbol Parts name JED K WH J WHI CN325 Fa al CM1 CM2 Compressor duas 2 E a ax PMV1 PMV2 PMV3 Pulse motor valve x x E zs SV2 SV41 SV42 SV51 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D A
74. are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 4 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed Floor standing 5 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type edAj Duipuejs 100 4 adAj Buipue1s 10014 adAL jouiqe5 Buipue1S 100 4 adAj oneis YIH JONG pajesouoj L emesse abiseyosiq Aem p adAj ayjassey sly Aem z 821 Indoor unit 1 Wired remote controller Function setup Key switch CN2 ON1 Weekly timer LCD driver Key switch 3 Secondary battery Network adaptor Option Wireless remote controller communication circuit Central control ALNET remote controller communication Option circuit Transformer Indoor control P C board MCC 1402 controller communication circuit P H8 3039 Driver 4 Float input None for Concealed Duct type None for Concealed Duct CPU Outside TMP88CH a7FG TMP88PH 47FG Fan motor control circuit N Indoor Outdoor Ul U2 communication Outdoor unit Power supply 12220 240V 50Hz controller kit Sensor PC board Remote Emergent operation SW controller P communication ower circuit circuit Function setup SW DC5V Sens Displa
75. be used conventional refrigerant 3 In the installation time use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water oxide scales oil etc Use the clean pipes Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas Never use gas other than nitrogen gas 4 For the earth protection use a vacuum pump for air purge 5 R410A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant If using gas for charging composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air condi tioner change Flare tool Pipe flaring Yes Note 1 Yes Copper pipe gauge for adjusting projection margin Flaring by conventional flare tool Note Torque wrench Connection of flare nut No Gauge manifold Evacuating refrigerant No charge run check etc Charge hose 3 Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes copper pipe and joints are mainly used It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum Vacuum pump adapter Vacuum evacuating No Electronic balance for refrigerant charging Refrigerant charge Refrigerant cylinder Refrigerant charge Yes Leakage detector Gas leakage check Yes 1 Copper pipe eee ojeo eje e o Charging c
76. board Check code P10 0b Check code name Indoor overflow error TCC L AI NET Sub code Indoor address with trouble Is float SW connector Indoor control P C board CN34 NO Clear blocking Cause of operation 1 Float SW operation error 2 Drain pump operation error 3 Clogging of drain pipe 4 Indoor P C board error connected normally YES Does float SW operate YES Y Does drain pump operate YES Y Check drain pipe etc Is wiring normal NO Is power supply to NO drain pump normal Replace drain pump and check cabling Correct connector connection Check and correct wiring Check indoor P C board Failure 5 Replace Check indoor P C board Failure gt Replace YES Check there is 220 240 V voltage of 1 3 pin of CN68 on indoor P C board Check code Check code name Cause of operation Turn off power supply P12 11 Indoor fan motor error TCC L AI NET Is there connection error or disconnection on connector CN333 CN334 YES 1 Cabling error of fan motor connector 2 Fan motor error 3 Indoor P C board error Detectable only in models with DC fan motor 4 way Air Disc Under Ceiling or High Wall type harge Cassette or Concealed Duct Standard type of indoor P C board 1402 NO Remove connectors CN333 and CN334 on indoor P C board MC
77. boieen setup finished outdoor 7 Procedure 4 to 6 are repeated in other refrigerant lines 06 8 How to set up the terminal resistance When all the address setups have finished in the same refriger ant circuit system put the terminal resistance in the same central control line into one Remain only SW30 2 of the header outdoor unit with address Header unit interface P C board Manual address setup from remote controller In case to decide an address of the indoor unit prior to finish of indoor wiring work and unpracticed outdoor wiring work Manual setup from remote controller 1 as ON With end terminal resistance Set up SW30 2 of the other header outdoor units to OFF Without terminal resistance 9 Connect the relay connector between U1 U2 and U3 U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line 10 Then set up the central control address For the central control address setup refer to the Installation manual of the central control devices 3 alia 1 SW13 SWO09 14 SW10 2 Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Iu3 u4 U3 U4 U4 rm US Before address setup During setup of address Relay
78. capillary removed the SV3D valve capillary or oil return capillary may be clogged Exchange the parts 204 Propeller fan Fan motor Right side Strainer Main heat exchanger Main heat exchanger B Me f E b Auxiliary heat exchanger Right side d Q lt Auxiliary heat exchanger Left side z E uxiliar A Check PMy3 i 2 valve Check Solenoid Capillary Check joint valve tube Nitrogen pressure Nitrogen pressure Compressor 1 Inverter Service Service Service Service valve of valve at valve at valve at balance liquid discharge suction pipe side gas side gas side H G E F 205 16 REPLACING PROCEDURE OF PARTS Part to be exchanged Cabinet Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc Disassembling 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the screws on the discharge cabinet M5 x 16 4 pcs 3 Remove the screws Front rear at lower side on the cabinet M5 x 10 7 pcs each 4 Remove the screws on the service panel M5 x 10 3 pcs 5 Remove the screws Front rear sides on the suction cabinet M5 x 10 4 pcs each M4 x 10 2 pcs each 6 Remove the screws Right left sides on the side panel M5 x 10 4 pcs each Remarks Discharge cabinet gt Screws 4 corners WW 5 Suctionicabinet Frorittanid rear T 25 1 6
79. code Check code name Cause of operation C AI heating operation P04 21 Actuation of TCC L AI NET high pressure SW High pressure SW error Service valve closed Pd sensor error Indoor outdoor fan error Indoor outdoor PMV choke Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging air short circuit SV2 circuit error SV4 circuit error 9 SV5 circuit error 10 Discharge line check valve malfunction 11 Refrigerant overcharge Repair SV4 circuit Is SV4 circuit normal Coil error clogging disconnection of wiring etc YES All heating operation Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition YES 1 2 3 4 5 6 y 8 Does heatin normally g indoor fan operate NO Is connector connection coil normal Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Note High pressure SW is normally closed B contact NO NO Is circuit cabling normal YES Repair Are there any faulty parts obstructions in the operation of the indoor heat exchanger 1 Air filter clogging 2 Heat exchanger clogging 3 Air short circuit Does high pressure SW operate Check and correct cabling YES Check I F P C board NO Failure Replace NO Are parts of high pressure SW normal gt PIRE um Are connector connection heat exchanger fan and fan motor normal a Eli
80. communication line E09 99 Duplicated master Setup of master remote controller is dupli TCC L AI NET remote controller cated Are two remote controllers set up YES Correct setup of remote controllers one as a master and as two master remote controllers the other as sub remote controller address connector NO gt Check remote controller P C board Failure gt Replace Correct connection Is connection of CNO1 connector on I F P C board of header outdoor unit correct Correct connection YES Is there any connection YES error of power cable Correct power cable Check code Check code name Cause of operation NO E10 CF MF Communication error Indoor P C board error failure Did a power failure occur YES Set up adaress again TCC L AI NET in indoor P C board assembly resetting power supply NO Y YES EE Is there a noise source Eliminate noise NO Set up address again after resetting power supply T Check power voltage on line Eliminate noise etc 8 Check indoor control P C board Failure Replace Is there any fault on power line HL Check code name Check code E16 89 Cause of operation 1 There are 48 or more connected indoor units 2 Capacity over of total connected indoor units 3 Incorrect setup of indoor outdoor capacity Connected indoor units TCC L AI NET c
81. control device Check setup of terminator resistor Check the power of connecting destination connected device Check PC board error of the connected device Check error input Differs according to error conte nts of the with alarm TCC LINK Follower unit error of group control Operation continued An error occurred in follower unit of the group control P30 is displayed only on the central remote controller Check the error code of the unit with alarm L20 is displayed Error detected by AI NET central control device Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code central control remote controller Detected position Duplicated central control address Check code name Operation continued Status Central control addresses were duplicated Error detection condition Check the address setup Check item position 97 AI NET communication System error Duplicated network adapters Operation continued Operation continued E07 L07 L03 L08 was detected when other indoor unit in the group was defective Multiple network adapters were connected to communication line of remote controller Detected at central controller side Check multiple network adapters Check wire and miscabling of remote controller Only one network adapter can be connected to
82. control system Ar Power transformer 1FA4B1B053000 0 eog assy m CN0T5 D 0311 1 Primary side AC200V 0310 1 Flap 505 i SI ta E R334 IC306 Cm PC307 Bi 2 0 HB5 cN050 RY007 3XI E oes a NO a I04TA amp CNIO3TF BLCN 80 5 E a 08 MCC 1403 d rnm jem MoDEL2 ICO40 x001 LU P00 As so PULSE STATIC ee 5 GND D202 3 x WOW CH 8 ray ENDIG 1042 L041 f g C048 CNO44 Remote controller power supply LED 1 041 _ 8 1 C206 Optional output ix Remote controller inter unit wire Optional power supply FAN cN025 As 020 GRL TOJE TC E2 TCI sensor TA sensor Outside AC fan output error input TC2 sensor DISP Used for Filter Option error input CHK J Servicing TCJ sensor Float SW Short plug is inserted in Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type Floor standing cabinet type Floor standing type Floor stabding conceded type 1 2 way Air discharge cassette 1 way Air discharge cassette Floor standing only edA Duipuejs 100 4 adAj Hulpuejs 10014 adAL jouiqe5 Hulpuejs 100 4 adAj 213215 YIH JONG pajesouoj Soulas L edAL emesse oDueuosiq Iy Aem p adAj ayjassey oeDueuosiq sly Aem z 0t L 0O
83. data display for 3 sec are TD2 sensor data alternately displayed Symbol Data is displayed in Data TS1 sensor data Negative data is displayed as Symbol Data TS2 sensor data Symbol Data TE sensor data Symbol Data TL sensor data Symbol Data TO sensor data Symbol Data TK1 sensor data Symbol Data TK2 sensor data Symbol Data TK3 sensor data Symbol Data TK4 sensor data Symbol Data Receiving status of indoor BUS communication Indoor check code B No check code Indoor capacity B 0 2 0 5 0 8 1 1 2 1 7 w 2 2 5 HP horse power 6 8 10 16 20 Indoor request command Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation S code Indoor PMV opening data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor TA sensor data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor TF sensor data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor TCJ sensor data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor TC1 sensor data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor TC2 sensor data Data is displayed with Hexadecimal notation Indoor address 7 segment display A 1 to 16 SWO2 setup number 01 to 16 1 to 16 SWO2 setup number 16 17 to 32 1 to 16 SWO2 setup number
84. equation pipe Remove the hexagonal bolts fixing the compressor One side of hexagon 13mm x 2 pcs a compressor Note Only two hexagonal bolts are provided per compressor Remove the compressor Measurement of the quantity of oil in the defective compressor Place the defective compressor on a scale and use the weight to calculate the oil quantity Oil amount in the defective compressor olar A cc Removed compressor mass kg 23 5 x 1042 Specific gravity of oil 1042 cc kg Positions to be removed 8 positions tin case of right side Left side is same as right side Note When compressor holds no oil mass is 23 5 kg N BS E Lower duct AS L 795 M4 screws Compressor amp 4 positions Sound insulation mat 200 Color check of oil in the defective compressor Lay the defective compressor down extract a little oil from the oil equalization pipe and then check the oil colour based on the oil colour sample Determine the number of compressors to replace based on the oil colour ASTM below 4 Replace the defective compressor Compressor ASTM above 4 Replace both compressors Oil equation pipe When replacing only the defective compressor Adjustment of oil amount in the service compressor Oil amount 1900cc at shipment Adjust the oil amount in the service compressor based on the amount of oil found in the defective compressor by following instructions be
85. error Excessive oil amount Leaked side Shortage of oil amount Normal side SV3A valve Corresponding unit Oil level down error Shortage of oil amount SV3C valve NOTE XX Error on sub code Corresponding unit Oil level down error 197 Judgment of oil shortage Propeller fan Fan motor Right side Strainer Main heat exchanger Main heat exchanger on l Auxiliary heat exchanger Left side 4 Way valve Capillary L Low tube Sensor pressure TS1 sensor High pressure ZN sensor jip Solenoid Capillary Check joint valve tube S 6 Capillary tube Strainer Solenoid valve L Strainer E ST og or 995 eg EE Service Service Service Service valve of valve at valve at valve at balance liquid discharge suction pipe side gas side gas side 198 15 REPLACING COMPRESSOR 15 1 Compressor Replacing Procedure Outline A WARNING Never recover the refrigerant into outdoor unit Be sure to use a refrigerant recovery device for refrigerant recovery for reinstallation or repair work Recovery into the outdoor unit is unavailable otherwise a serious accident such as rupture or ingury could occur START Recover refrigerant from outdoor unit NOTE Full opening operation of PMV by CN30 using a suitable device short circuiting rwill return to fully closed after 2 minutes have passed To continue full opening s
86. ignored Detection control for heat exchanger temperature Usual Selection of option error input CN70 0000 Filter input 0002 0001 Alarm input Air washer etc None None HA terminal CN61 select 0000 Usual 0001 Leaving ON prevention control Usual HA terminal Automatic elevating grille 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available Unavailable Ventilating fan control 0000 Unavailable 0001 Available Unavailable TA sensor selection 0000 Body TA sensor 0001 Remote controller sensor Body TA sensor Temperature unit select 0000 C at factory shipment 0001 F C Drain pump control 0000 None 0002 0001 Pump ON None 0003 Pump OFF Pump OFF High ceiling selection Air volume selection 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type and Under Ceiling type 0000 0003 Standard filter High efficiency filter 0001 Super long life filter Concealed Duct Standard type 0000 High static pressure 1 70Pa High static pressure 2 100Pa 0005 0006 0001 0003 Standard static pressure 40Pa Correspond to quiet sound Low static pressure 20Pa Standard Timer set Wired remote controller 0000 Unavailable Operation prohibited 0001 Available Operable 0000 Available Anti ceiling smudging control 0000 Clear
87. input condenser Reactor 1 IPDU1 only is connected 185 Power supply P C board for fan 1439 AC230V input 12V Communication between I F and fan IPDU Judgement 12 2 9 7V terminal GND Communication between fan IPDU NO 7V output Electrolytic condenser NT SIDE 1 DC330V output For Comp IPDU CN500 DC330V output for fan IPDU Judgemant DC 180 370V 186 10 2 1 Outdoor Interface P C Board Dip switch function exchange setup list Initial setup Part type Exchange contents at shipment Rotary SW 4bit 16 step Display Operation switch 1 For 7 segment display service operation 1 Rotary SW 4bit 16 step Display Operation switch 2 For 7 segment display service operation 1 Rotary SW 4bit 16 step Display Operation switch 3 For 7 segment display service operation 1 Push SW For service Operation Start Operation Start by pushing Push SW For service Stop End Stop End by pushing Bit 1 Backup setup Based on the following setup Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 3 OFF OFF OFF Normal Bit4 OFF ON 1 COMP backup ON No 2 COMP backup Bit 1 Power peak cut control exchange 0 100 ON Middle 100 Bit 2 Power peak cut control exchange Expansion For 4 steps exchange Bit 3 Bit 4 W Head
88. is turned on 2 Every pushing 255 button the indoor unit numbers in the group control are successively displayed In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only is turned on 3 Specify the item code DN using the setup temperature CY and CA buttons 4 Select the setup data using the timer time v and 4 buttons When selecting the DN code to 33 change the temperature indication of the unit from to F on the remote controller 9 Push 5 button OK if display goes on To change the selected indoor unit return to procedure 2 To change the item to be set up return to procedure J 6 Pushing 5 button returns the status to normal stop status 71 Table Function selecting item code DN Items necessary to perform the applied control at the local site are described Item Description At shipment Filter display delay timer 0000 0002 0004 0001 150H 0003 5000H None 2500H 10000H According to type Dirty state of filter 0000 High degree of dirt Half of standard time 0001 Standard 0000 Standard Central control address 0001 No 1 unit to 0099 0064 No 64 unit Unfixed 0099 Unfixed Specific indoor unit priority 0000 No priority 0001 Priority 0000 No priority Heating temp shift 0000 0002 No shift 2 C 0001 1 C 0010 10 C Up to 6 recommended 0002 2 C Floo
89. is used as an evaporator 4 Defrost Using the reversing operation of the 4 way valve ice on the outdoor heat exchanger is dissolved within a single cooling cycle For details of operation mode refer to page 53 to 59 50 Configuration of outdoor unit heat exchanger Flow Selector Unit FS Unit Wind o o o o o o o o o o o o o O O O O O O OO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Front side Right RBM Y1122FE Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe Propeller fan Strainer Fan motor Main heat exchanger Functional part name Capillary tube tube e oS To indoor To indoor o6 liquid side gas side S RBM Y1802FE 9e RBM Y1801FE has two SVS valves gt o Wind o OS lt Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe 7 S el Strainer Sub heat 5 Capillary exchanger a o x tube 2 Q tube o o 9 9 Rear side To indoor To indoor Left liquid side gas side RBM Y2802FE RBM Y2802FE has three SVS valves and two SVD Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe V Straine
90. is used as condenser 3 2 Mainly heating partly Indoor units are under heating cooling simultaneous operation with subjective heating operation cooling operation Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger is used as evaporator Defrost Using the reversing operation of the 4 way valve ice on the outdoor heat exchanger is dissolved within single cooling cycle 1 1 Component Multi Using High efficiency Refrigerant 410 1 Outdoor units Inverter unit Corresponding HP Appearance 10 HP Heat pump MAPO802FT8 MAP1002FT8 MAP1202FT8 Cooling capacity kW 22 4 28 0 33 5 Heating capacity KW 25 0 31 5 37 5 No of connectable indoor units 13 16 20 2 Combination of outdoor units Corresponding HP Combined Model MMY Cooling capacity KW AP1602FT8 45 0 50 0 8 HP 8 HP AP1802FT8 50 4 56 5 10 HP 8 HP AP2002FT8 56 0 63 0 10 HP 10 HP AP2402FT8 68 0 76 5 8 HP AP2602FT8 73 0 81 5 10 HP AP2802FT8 78 5 88 0 10 HP AP3002FT8 84 0 95 0 10 HP 8 HP 8 HP 10 HP 10 HP 8 HP 8 HP 8 HP 10 HP No of connectable indoor units 27 30 33 40 43 47 48 Heating capacity KW Combined outdoor units 3 Branching joints and headers RBM BY53FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 6 4 For 3 pipin Or RBM BY103FE Indoor unit capacity code 1 Total below 14
91. ivated by a single press o vated by a single push of the button the button 1 7 Preparation Power the system by switching the electrical isolation device on and by pushing the ON OFF button on the 8e ON OFF SWING FIX MODE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SET CL 5 amp C OO 3 Fan mode select button Selects the desired air speed The Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type models cannot be operated Timer set button Used for setting the timer function Check button The CHECK button is used for the check operation During normal operation do not use this button Fan button When an after market fan device is connected to the system this button activates the device If is displayed on the remote controller when pushing the FAN button a fan is not connected Filter reset button Resets the FILTER display Unit and Auto louver buttons UNIT Select the desired indoor unit by pressing the unit button SWINGIFIX Press the button to set the louver into Auto mode This function is not available on the Con cealed Duct Standard Type High Static Pressure Type Floor standing Cabinet Type Floor Standing Concealed Type or Slim Duct Type 7 Operation lamp Lit during normal product operation Flashes to indicate malfunction or incorrect timer setting 9 222
92. lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 30 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type Type Model MMU AP 0071YH 0091YH 0121YH Fan motor AF 200 22 4N 1 Running capacitor for fan motor AC 400V 1uF Drain pump motor PJD 05230TF 1 Float switch FS 0208 602 Control P C board transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF TA sensor Lead wire length 818mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TCJ sensor Model MMU AP 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 0151SH 0181SH 0241SH 0152SH 0182SH 0242SH Fan motor AF 200 34 4D SWF 280 60 1 Running capacitor for fan motor AC 450V 1 5uF AC 500V 2 5uF E Drain pump motor PJD 05230TF 2 ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0208 603 FS 0218 103 Control P C board transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B40YGTF 3 TA sensor Lead wire length 155mm Vinyl tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Concealed Duct Standard Type Model MMD AP 0071BH 0091BH 0121BH 0151BH 0181BH Fan motor ICF 280 120 2 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102
93. low pressure Ps of the malfunctioning outdoor unit is almost the same as that of the unit in which the pressure adjustment has been made fully close the service valve of the gas pipe in the unit which the pressure adjustment was made Set up the malfunctioning outdoor unit as follows 13 When the pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit is below 0 1 MPa fully close the service valve of the balance pipe and push SW05 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 14 Turn off the power supplies to all of the outdoor units and use a refrigerant recovery device to recover the remaining refrigerant in the outdoor unit in which the pump down operation has been completed Be sure to measure the recovered refrigerant as the same amount of refrigerant will be required to be recharged after the repair 6 Fully close the service valve of the gas pipe approx 10 minutes after the system has started 9 Fully close the balance pipes of the outdoor units except the unit for pressure adjustment and unit with the malfunction 8 The lowest number ki outdoor unit is Malfunctioning outdoor unit La selected as the J outdoor unit for i 3 pressure adjustment The low pressure is displayed by pushing SWO4 Ps 10 The low pressure is displayed by setting i SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 L 71 Ps 3 3 Wh
94. may cause the plastic surface to crack or deform St If you do not plan to use the unit for more than 1 month 1 Operate the fan for 3 to 4 hours to dry the inside of the unit Operate FAN mode 2 Stop the air conditioner and turn off the main power supply or the circuit breaker Wipe with a dry soft cloth Checks before operation 1 Check that the air filters are installed 2 Check that the air outlet or inlet is not blocked 3 Turn on the main power switch or the circuit breaker for the main power supply to the air conditioner When the unit has not been turn on for a long period of time ensure the unit is dry as shown above and then operate in fan only mode for 3 to 4 hours For an Air conditioning system which is operated regularly cleaning and maintenance of the indoor outdoor units are strongly recommended As a general rule if an indoor unit is operated for about 8 hours daily the indoor outdoor units will need to be cleaned at least once every 3 MONTHS This cleaning and maintenance shall be carried out by a qualified person Failure to clean the indoor outdoor units regularly will result in poor performance icing water leakage and even compressor failure HINTS FOR ECONOMICAL OPERATION Maintain room temperature at comfortable level Clean air filters The clogged air filter impairs the performance of the air conditioner Never open doors and windows more than what is necessary
95. of CN600 on I F P C board Measure with tester DC 0 to 5V 5 pin GND On the fan power supply P C board 1 CN503 Between pins 1 and 5 gt 12V 2 CN503 Between pins 2 and 5 gt 7V 3 Between 5V and GND of CN505 5V Replace fan power P C board Auxiliary code P C board to be replaced 01 IPDU1 02 IPDU2 03 IPDU1 2 04 Fan IPDU 05 IPDU1 fan IPDU 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU 07 IPDU1 2 fan IPDU I F Check code Check code name Cause of operation Indoor TCJ sensor error F01 OF TCC L AI NET TCJ sensor Open Short Correct connection Is TCJ sensor connector CN102 Red NO on indoor P C board normally connected YES NO Are characteristics of TCJ sensor resistance value normal YES Replace TCJ sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See Characteristics 2 Check indoor main P C board Defect gt Replace Check code Check code name Cause of operation F02 Od Indoor TC2 sensor error TCC L AI NET NO TC2 sensor Open Short Is TC2 sensor connector CN101 Black on indoor P C board normally connected Are characteristics of TC2 sensor NO Correct connection resistance value normal Check indoor main P C board Defect Replace Check code Check code name Replace TC2 sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See
96. of operation E26 15 TCC L AI NET Decrease of connected outdoor units Outdoor unit backup setup Outdoor power error Communication line connection error between outdoor units Connector error for communication Outdoor I F P C board error Sub code No of outdoor units which received signals normally YES Is outdoor unit setting backup Clear the error and then start operation 1 Is main power of follower unit turned on Turn on the main power supply Is communication connector CNO3 between follower outdoor units connected Check I F P C board Check code Is communication line between outdoor units connected normally YES Correct connection of communication line YES NO Correct connection Communication connector CNO3 YYES 1 How to clear the error Set SW01 SWO02 SWO3 on I F P C board of header unit to 2 16 1 and push SWO04 for 5 seconds or 7 segment display Er CL Check code name Cause of operation E28 d2 TCC L AI NET Terminal outdoor unit error Terminal unit error Sub code Detected outdoor unit number An error occurred on the terminal unit Confirm the check code of the terminal unit using 7 segment display on the I F P C board of the terminal unit and check it according to the diagnostic procedure for each fault code How to identify the ter
97. of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 For example 0001 indicates 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type Refer to the attached table 3 Push O button OK if display goes on Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 4 Using temperature setup w Ca buttons set d to the item code DN 5 Using the timer time buttons set up the capacity code For example 0012 indicates 027 type Refer to the attached table 6 Push e button OK if display goes on 7 Push A button to return to the normal stop status In the next the contents such as address setup which were set up at the local site after installation are written in EEPROM Execute again the operation in the above item 1 Using temperature setup w Ca buttons set di to the item code DN Lighting time setup for filter sign Compare the contents of the setup data which is displayed in this time with contents noted in a memo in Procedure 1 and customer s information 1 If data is incorrect change it using the timer time buttons so that it matches with contents noted in SET a memo and then push button OK if display goes on 2 Do nothing if data is same as those in the memo Using temperature setup w Ca buttons change the item code DN Check also the contents of the setup data and then change them it to those in the memo Then repeat op
98. peak cut ON signal is input 096 Forced stop Capacity 6096 Upper limit restriction Power peak cut OFF signal is input 10096 Normal operation 100 Normal operation Setup positions of header outdoor unit Connector position detail interface P C board OFF Operation stop to 10096 SWO Bit 1 ON ON 60 to 100 82 7 2 2 2 Power Peak cut Control Expansion Header outdoor unit interface P C board i SWO7 Set up Bit 1 ON Bit 2 Setup to Operation The upper limit capacity of the outdoor unit is restricted based on the demand request signal from outside L1 Display lamp during Power peak cut control L J CN513 BLU Header SWA Power peak cut ON switch 1 unit only SW Power peak cut OFF switch 1 1 Input signals of SW1 and SW2 are acceptable even if they are upper than pulse input 100mm sec or serially made Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Power peak cut control board Relay contact capacity of operation port Below AC240V 1A COS 100 Below DC24V 2 Non inductive load Note When connecting non inductive load such as relay coil to L1 load insert the noise surge absorber CR In case of AC or counter electromotive proof diode In case of DC into the bypass circuit Power peak cut control board TCB PCDM2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the suppl T header outdoor unit U1 MAX AC240V Procure
99. refrigerant line Note The above table does not describe all the electric cablings For details refer to each installation manual for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller and optional devices 8 5 Troubleshooting in Test Operation If the phenomena appear such as a check code is output or the remote controller is not accepted in power ON after cabling work or in address setup operation the following causes are considered 8 5 1 A check Code is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check code displayed on remote controller Outdoor unit 7 segment display Outdoor power is formerly turned on Countermeasures Turn on the power again In order of Indoor Outdoor There is none of outdoor terminator resistor or there are two or more resistances After address setup Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 20N Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is turned on only in one line After address was decided all the indoor units do not correctly response after power ON in outdoor unit SW30 Check and modifies disconnection of indoor outdoor communication line Communication line between outdoor unit and the leading indoor unit Check influence of communication noise Address setup error Only line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined The outdoor line ad
100. request Displays with segment LED lighting pattern U 2 0 0 0 0 UU UU Display A Display B A F in the left figure goes on 0 Header requests oil equalization E L l l C in the left figure goes on _ D Dp Follower requests oil equalization U2 U3 U4 Outdoor unit number Refrigerant oil recovery operation During sending of cooling refrigerant oil recovery signal C1 Normal time C During sending of heating refrigerant oil recovery signal H1 Normal time H Automatic address Ad Automatic addressing FF Normal time Demand operation dU Normal time In 50 to 90 50 to 90 When controlling by communication line input E50 to E90 Optional control P C board input Displays optioned control status A Operation mode selection In heating with priority Normal h Priority on cooling Heating only H Cooling only C Priority on No of operating indoor units n Priority on specific indoor unit Batch start stop Normal Start input Stop input Night low noise operation Normal Operation input Snow fan operation Normal Operation input Option control BUS line input Same as above Unused mark Indicates none on display 164 2 Data display of outdoor unit informat
101. room poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit When the equipment is moved or repaired be sure to recover the refrigerant with recover ing device The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused Assembly Cabling After repair work surely assemble the disassembled parts and connect and lead the removed cables as before Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner cables If incorrect assembly or incorrect cable connection was done a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user s side After the work has finished be sure to use an insulation tester set 500V mugger to check the resistance is 2MQ or more between the charge section and the non charge metal section Earth position If the resistance value is low a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user s Insulator check 4 side If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire poisonous gas generates A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen Ventilation occurs Be sure to execute ventilation o When the refrigerant gas leaks during work execute ventilation gloves and others not to touch to the charging section When checkin
102. segment display Operation pattern of solenoid valve Case SV11 SV12 SV41 SV42 SV3A SV3B heater O O o no wo A Clear Return settings SW01 SW02 and SWOS to 1 1 1 on the Interface P C board NOTE Ensure this function is cleared to return the air conditioner to normal operation 110 8 7 7 Fan Operation Check in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled Therefore utilize this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system NOTE Do not use this function during operation of the compressor It may damage the compressor Operation 1 Set the switch on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit SWO1 to 2 SWO 2 to 1 SWOS to 4 2 When F d is displayed in 7 segment display A keep pushing the switch SWO4 for 2 seconds or more 3 From when fan step 31 is displayed in 7 segment display B the fan starts operation Max step operation 4 After then 7 segment display B and the fan step are changed by changing the setup number of the switches SW02 and SWO3 Output pattern of the
103. standing concealed Floor standing 6 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type Power 1 1 Power i supply supply Outdoor Outdoor unit unit edA Duipuejs 100 4 adAj Buipue1s 10014 adAL jouiqe5 Buipue1S 100 4 adAj oneis YIH JONG pajesouoj L edAL anessej oDueuosiq Aem p adAj oDueuosiq sly Aem z 921 Indoor unit I 9 y 1 Network adaptor Option Wireless remote controller communication Circuit Central control X None for Concealed Duct type p Di Indoor control P C board MCC 1402 Remote controller communication circuit Driver CPU TMP88CH 47FG TMP88PH Indoor fan motor Fan motor control circuit Outside si H8 3039 3 Float input None for Concealed Duct N U1 Outdoor unit Power supply 12220 240V 50Hz 2 Indoor Outdoor Ul communication controller kit Sensor PC board Remote controller communication Emergent circuit operation circuit SW Buzzer j Function setup SW Sensor Display circuit LED Power 1 Power supply supply 1 Outdoor Outdoor unit unit Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 wireless remote controller kits are connected maximum 7 units are co
104. status waiting to heat the horizontal louver Up Down air direction adjustment plate directs upward The swinging operation starts upon the heating operation starting but SWING _ is displayed on the remote controller even when in heat ing operation If heating operation has been selected while the louver is in a horizontal position the room temperature may not be even Never handle the louver directly with hands as a malfunction or injury may occur A RA How to set up the air flow direction Use the louver operation functions on the remote controller to change direction of the louver Push C 5 button during operation Every pushing of the button the air direction changes In Heating operation Set the horizontal louver Up Down air direction adjustment plate downward If directing it upward the hot air may not reach the floor In Cooling Dry operation Set the horizontal louver Up Down air direction adjustment plate upward If directing it downward dew condensation may fall on or near the air discharge port 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type vy In Cooling operation Use the air outlet louver with horizontal set point Initial setup Initial setup In Heating operation Use the air outlet louver with downward set point How to start swinging 2 SWINGIFIX TEMP Push CT button Set the direction of the horizontal louver Up Down air direction adjustment p
105. switch unit 2 Remote controller 3 indicates the control P C board DM Drain pump motor Pulse Motor Valve HALZLOdV HAL600dV HALZO0dV NININ adA 10edwoj adAj emesse sly E L Z Control P C board for Indoor unit FUSE qp 5 0 250V LI Flow selector Closed end connector BLK CN067 CNO7 WH AN ON AY ANANA ANZYAYA A CNOS81 BLK 43 CNO32 CNO060 WHI WHI Fan Option drive Poy EXCT Filter Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GRN GREEN Parts name Fan motor Running capacitor Transformer TA Louver motor Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor RY001 Louver control relay Outdoor unit 1 indicates the terminal bolock letter RY002 Drain control relay Letter at inside indicates the terminal number RY005 007 Fan motor control relay 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate FS Float switch the wiring at side DM Drain pump motor 3 indicates the control P C board PMV Pulse motor valve lopow HSLtzOdV HS18L0OdV HSLSLOdV NININ 8L I
106. timer time m buttons change the displayed setup data to a data which you want to change 5 Push 5 button ON OFF FAN MODE Cs SWINGIX VENT 6 Using the 7 button select the unit No to be changed atthe next time Repeat the procedure to O and change the indoor address so that it is not duplicated 7 After the above change push button to confirm the changed contents 8 If it is acceptable push button to finish 1 2 gt 3 gt 4 gt confirmation 567 8 End Operation procedure 6 To change all the indoor addresses from an arbitrary wired remote controller When the setup operation with automatic address has finished this change is available Contents Using an arbitrary wired remote controller the indoor unit address can be changed for each same refrigerant line Change the address in the address check change mode Procedure Operation while air conditioner stops 1 Push the timer time buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Firstly the line 1 item code A Address Change is displayed 2 Using 25 2 buttons select the line address 3 Push 5 button The door unit address which is connected to the refrigerant pipe of the selected outdoor unit is dis played and the fan is turned on First the current indoor address is displayed on the setup data Line address is not displayed 4 The indoor address of the setup data moves up down by the
107. unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control cooling priority control and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated In this case or is displayed on the remote controller Set up the operation mode of the remote controller If it is not set up the operation starts with the current mode Match the rotary Switch on the interface P C board of the header unit with in the following table 7 segment display A B 7 Address display of corresponding indoor unit 00 is displayed for 5 seconds after operation ON 7 segment display Push the push switch SW04 on the interface A B P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more If pushing this switch continuously for 10 seconds A Start or more the operation changes to the individual Address display of 11 is displayed for ar test operation corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON For individual test operation FF is displayed The indoor unit to be started operates T i b d Push the push switch SWOS5 on the interface EDITO P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more Address 1 7 segment displa individually pj 999 pan Address 16 1 na 17 TET da In individual Address display of 00 is displayed for individually start stop corresponding indoor unit 5 seconds after operation ON After test operation return the displa
108. using the switch operation on the interface P C board of the header unit This function is also used to open the PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation for example vacuuming Operation Open fully Set the switch SWO01 on the interface P C board of the header unit to 2 SW02 to 3 SWO3 to 1 and push SWO4 for 2 seconds or more Display shown on 7 segment display for 2 minutes as follows P FF Close fully Set the switch on the interface P C board of the header unit SW01 to 2 SW02 to 3 SWOS to 1 and push SWOS5 for 2 seconds or more Display shown on 7 segment display for one minute as follows P 00 Clear After 2 minutes 1 minutes for Close fully have passed when setup has finished the PMV automatically returns to the normal operation 8 7 5 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Fully Close fully Function in Outdoor Unit This function is provided to fully open or close fully the P M V PMV1 PMV2 PMV3 used in the outdoor unit for 2 minutes Open fully Operating method Short circuit CN30 on the interface P C board Select one of PMV1 or PMV2 to open Turn SW12 of the header unit bit 1 to OFF when handling PMV1 PMV2 and turn it to ON when selecting PMV3 Close fully Short circuit CN31 on the interface board Enlarged diagram of switch position of the header unit e t Eiri Clear atts After 2 minutes the opening returns to the
109. with pron VF LO6 106 iNo of indoor units with priority 96 a usw Ded E witii piony ri VE 107 99 n e A SIM Group line in individual indoor unit Indoor L08 108 99 SIM Indoor group Address unset Indoor I F Log 46 SIM Indoor capacity unset Indoor L10 L10 88 a Qd SIM Outdoor capacity unset VF L17 L17 46 SIM Inconsistency error of outdoor units VF L18 L18 8A a SIM FSuniterror FS unit L20 L20 98 n SIM Duplicated central control addresses AI NET Indoor 128 128 46 a O a SIM Over No of connected outdoor units VF 101 IPDUI error 102 IPDU2 error 103 IPDUS error L29 L29 104 Fan IPDU error CF SIM No of IPDU error VF 105 IPDU1 Fan IPDU error 106 IPDU2 Fan IPDU error 107 All IPDU error L30 L30 Detected indoor address b6 SIM Indoor outside interlock Indoor 1 1 Extended I C error VF 118 Check code Wireless remote controller Main remote controller display Outdoor 7 segment display Auxiliary code AI NET central Sensor block display of receiving unit Check code name Detecting device o Indoor fan motor error Indoor Discharge temp TD1 error VF 101 Comp 1 side 7 P04
110. 0 on I F P C board measure by tester DC 0 to 5 V Check the network adaptor on the indoor P C board I F P C board error YES Is there voltage fluctuation between pin 3 and pin 5 of CN600 on I F P C board measure by tester DC 0 to 5 V IPDU board error YES Both IPDU No 1 No 2 and fan IPDU did not return the communication Replace fan power supply on P C board Check code Check code name L28 46 Cause of operation Quantity over of connected outdoor units 1 Quantity over of connected outdoor units 2 Connection error of communication line between outdoor units 3 Outdoor I F P C board error NO Max 3 units are allowed for flex system NO TCC L AI NET Is No of connected outdoor units below 3 units YES On the fan power supply P C board 1 CN503 Between 1 and 5 pins gt 12V 2 CN503 Between 2 and 5 pins gt 7V 3 Between 5V GND at the side of CN505 5V Replace IPDU P C board with trouble Auxiliary code P C board to be replaced 01 IPDU1 02 IPDU2 03 IPDU1 2 04 Fan IPDU 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU 07 IPDU1 2 fan IPDU I F Is the communication line between outdoor units correct Correct connection of the communication line YSL Check code Check code name Cause of operation L30 b6 TCC L AI NET Is
111. 1 7 2 2 1 Power Peak cut Control Standard Header outdoor unit interface P C board Operation 1 SWO7 T i Set up Bit 1 The upper limit capacity of the outdoor unit is restricted based on the demand request signal from outside L1 Display lamp during power peak cut control p Setup CN513 BLU to header SW1 Power peak cut ON switch unit only ON during demand OFF in normal time 1 SW2 Power peak cut OFF switch Power peak cut OFF during demand ON in normal time 1 control board 3 1 Input signals of SW1 and SW2 are acceptable even if they are longer then pulse input 100mm sec or serially made However do not turn on SW1 and SW2 simultaneously Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Relay contact capacity of operation port Below AC240V 0 5A COS 100 Below DC24V 14A Non inductive load Note When connecting non inductive load such as relay coil to L1 load insert the noise surge absorber CR In case of serial signal In case of AC or counter electromotive proof diode In case of DC into the bypass circuit lav lov Power Power peak cut control board TCB PCDM2E i supply Procured VAT In case of pulse signal Max AC240V locally Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 Setup when Power peak cut control requested Power peak cut control board Outdoor unit interface P C board TCB PCDM2E SWO07 Bit 1 OFF 5 07 Bit 1 ON Power
112. 11 12 Capacity code is not actual capacity 2 Ifthe total capacity code value of indoor unit exceeds that of the outdoor unit apply capacity code of the outdoor unit 3 When using a Y shape branching joint for 1st branching select according to the capacity code of the outdoor unit 4 Max 6 0 capacity code in total can be connected 5 This is used for branching to cooling only indoor unit 6 Model names for outdoor described in this guide are shortened because of the space constraint 10 4 Flow selector units FS unit Model name RBM Y1121FE Capacity rank for indoor unit Type 007 to 030 RBM Y1801FE Capacity rank for indoor unit Type 036 to 056 RBM Y2802FE Accessory part Sold separately Connection cable kit RBC CBK15FE up to 15m 5 Indoor units Capacity rank for indoor unit Type 018 to 096 Type Appearance Model name Capacity rank 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0091H 009 type Capacity code Cooling capacity kW Appearance Heating capacity kW MMU AP0121H 012 type MMU AP0151H 015 type MMU AP0181H 018 type MMU AP0241H 024 type MMU AP0271H 027 type MMU APO301H 030 type MMU AP0361H 036 type MMU AP0481H 048 type MMU AP0561H 056 type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0071WH 007 type MMU AP0091WH 009 type MMU AP0121WH 012 type MMU AP0151WH 015 type MMU AP0181WH 018 type MM
113. 1H 007 type MMK AP0091H 009 type MMK AP0121H 012 type MMK AP0151H 015 type MMK AP0181H 018 type MMK AP0241H 024 type MMK AP0072H 007 type MMK AP0092H 009 type MMK AP0122H 012 type Floor Standing Cabinet Type MML AP0071H 007 type MML APOO91H 009 type MML AP0121H 012 type MML AP0151H 015 type MML AP0181H 018 type MML AP0241H 024 type Floor Standing Concealed Type MML AP0071BH 007 type MML APOO91BH 009 type MML AP0121BH 012 type MML AP0151BH 015 type MML AP0181BH 018 type MML AP0241BH 024 type Floor Standing Type MMF AP0151H 015 type MMF AP0181H 018 type MMF AP0241H 024 type MMF AP0271H 027 type MMF AP0361H 036 type MMF AP0481H 048 type MMF AP0561H 12 056 type B Remote controllers Wired remote controller Simple wired remote controller Weekly timer TOSHIBA crc OA B 20 08 Appearance E Ar oo MODE Ce TME SWINGIFIX FLIER RESET test SET CL UNIT Model name RBC AMT31E RBC AS21E RBC EXW21E Receiver section mounted separately Appearance Model name RBC AX2U
114. 2 1A TCC L AI NET Outdoor fan IPDU error Fan lock Fan IPDU board error Overload External cause such as power surge Fan IPDU power P C board error Sub code 0 IGBT short circuit Motor lock error C TH sensor error Heat sink overheat E error 1 Position detect circuit error 4 Motor current error detected D TH sensor error Are wire connections on the fan IPDU and the power P C board assembly normal YES YES Correct cable connector connection Is the outdoor fan motor locked NO Y Is winding resistance of the motor correct 13 to 330 Between R and S R and T S and T YES Is the fan IPDU firmly attached to the heat sink NO YES Replace motor YES Is sub code of outdoor I F P C board 0d YES gt Retightening of screws etc NO Is there no problem such as stuffing or blast blowing to discharge port of outdoor fan NO Check fan IPDU Replace fan IPDU Correct cause of overload LOL Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation P26 14 G Tr short circuit protection error 1 Outdoor unit power error P29 16 Compressor position 1 Wire connection error TCC L AI NET 2 IPDU error Cable connection error TCC L AI NET detective circuit error 2 Compressor error 3 Compressor error 3
115. 4 Cannot select mode 3 RBC AMT21E Wired remote controller While mode is the central control mode CENTRAL lights on the display part of the remote controller 63 If operation is performed from the remote controller CENTRAL CONTROL mode the status is notified with receiving sound 6 2 Outdoor Unit 6 2 1 Operation Start Operation End The compressor solenoid valve pulse motor valve PMV outdoor fan etc are controlled by a command from the indoor controller The follower outdoor unit starts stops by a command from the header outdoor unit Pulse Motor Valve PMV control Operation explanation and applied data etc 1 PMV control using two PMV 1 and 2 Each PMV is controlled between 90 to 1000 pulses during operation In cooling operation PMV opening is dependent upon detected readings from the TL sensor and Pd pres sure sensor sub cool control n heating operation PMV opening is dependent upon detected readings from the TS and TD sensors and the Ps pressure sensor super heat control Each PMV will be fully closed when the system is in Standby or No demand modes and when a malfunc tion in the system has occurred PMV opening 2 PMV3 control 1 PMV3 Pulse Motor Valve 3 is controlled between 0 to 500 pulses during mainly cooling part heating or mainly heating part cooling operation 2 PMV3 opening is controlled according to the demand capacity diff
116. 56 button Push to cycle between ON and OFF mode When the unit is OFF the Operation Lamp and the display will turn OFF Operation select button Selects the desired operation mode 10 set up temperature button Adjusts the temperature set point for the room Set the desired temperature by pressing the or OPTION Remote controller sensor The temperature sensor in the indoor unit mea sures the room temperature The remote controller can also measure the room temperature For details of this feature contact the dealer from whom you purchased the product remote controller When the power is switched on a partition line is shown on the remote controller display The remote controller performs a self check function for approximately 1 minute during which user input will not be accepted REQUIREMENT While using the air conditioner operate it only with PASE button without turning off the main power switch and the leak breaker Do not turn off the earth leakage breaker while the air conditioner is in use When the air conditioner has not been operated for a period of time ensure the earth leakage breaker is turned on for 12 or more hours prior to the start up of operation DON OFF FANS MODE Ca 2 SWINGIFIX VENT CHO Ca FILTER RESET TEST DO UNIT 1 Push 29 5 button The operation lamp goes on and the operation starts A
117. 6 Procured locally 0801 type Approx 8096 Approx 7096 SMC Input signal for night operation Against Max capacity External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO 2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 7 2 2 6 Operation Mode Selection Control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Operation This control can be operated with the operation mode which is permitted by SMC or SMH CN510 4P WHI The indoor unit operating by operation mode without permission is as follows Connection cable 1 Display on remote controller External master Mode select controlled goes on 2 Indoor fan In FAN mode Fan normally operates In COOL mode Fan normally operates In HEAT mode Fan operates with ultra low speed Be sure to prepare a contact for each contact terminal Outside signal No voltage serial contact control board 7 SMC COOL mode designated input switch SMH HEAT mode designated input switch External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO 2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 Procured locally 85 98 8 ATION 2 In case that a central control system is connected Before address setup 8 1 Procedure and Summary of Test Operation A test operation is executed in the following procedure When a trouble or an error occurs in each step remove causes of a trouble or an error r
118. 7 segment display function check the system information of the scheduled system This check is executed on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit SW01 SW02 SWOS3 Rotary switch setup 7 segment display System information Swot SWO2 Swo3 check after setup System capacity No of HP HP No of connected outdoor unit Connected No of units PI Check on indoor unit 1 Display check on remote controller In case of wired remote controller Check that a frame as shown in the following left figure is displayed on LC display section of the remote controller No of connected indoor units Connected No of units After the above checks return rotary switches SWO1 SWO2 SWO3 to 1 1 1 NO GOOD WON OFF 7 segment Push switch Push switch wa display SW04 SWo05 mum ae E Interface P C board kg Push switch TME SWINGEIX VENT TME SWINGFIX VENT B ai k SW15 ae me r ius ser Ries ser OO CD 7 segment Normal status Abnormal status display B Power and operation stop Power is not normally turned on If a frame is not displayed as shown in the above right figure the power of the remote controller is not normally turned on Therefore check the following items Check power supply of indoor unit Check wiring between indoor unit and remote controller Check whether there is cutoff of cable around the
119. 72 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type only Item code 10 Setup data 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Abbreviated Model name MMU AP XXX SH 4 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP XXX H 2 way Air Discharge Cassette MMU AP XXX WH 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type MMU AP XXX YH Concealed Duct Standard MMD AP XXX BH Slim Duct MMD AP XXX SPH SH Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD AP XXX H Under Ceiling MMC AP XXX H High Wall MMK AP XXX H Floor Standing Cabinet MML AP XXX H Floor Standing Concealed MML AP XXX BH Floor Standing MMF AP XXX H Indoor unit capacity Item code 11 73 7 1 2 How to Set Up the Cooling Only Indoor Unit When connecting an indoor unit for use in cooling only A flow selector unit is not connected It is necessary to setup the unit Perform setup as per the following procedure Setup of the indoor unit is performed by use of a wired remote controller If a wired remote controller is not used for setup purposes a wired controller must be temporarily connected When using the air conditioner with a wireless remote controller select Cooling Only on the wireless remote controller after the below setup Use of the wireless remote controller can be referred to in the manual supplied with the wireless remote controller Change the setup durin
120. Additional amount of refrigerant 88 8 3 Check at Main Power ON 8 4 Address Setup After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to be executed with a After power ON set up the indoor address from the interface P C board of the outdoor unit test operation check the following items in outdoor and each indoor unit The address setup operation cannot be performed by power ON only After turning on the main power be sure to check in order of indoor unit outdoor unit If the power supply of the outdoor unit has been firstly turned on E19 appears on the 7 segment display on 8 4 1 Cautions the interface P C board until the power supply of the indoor unit is turned on However it is not an error p 1 It requires approx 5 minutes usually for 1 line to automatically set up address Check on outdoor unit However in some cases it may require maximum 10 minutes 1 Check that all the rotary switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO3 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit 2 It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner for address setup are set up to 1 3 Manual address setup is also available besides automatic setup 2 If other error code is displayed on 7 segment B remove the cause of trouble referring to 9 Troubleshooting 3 Check that L08 is displayed on 7 segment display B on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit L08 Indoor address unset up
121. C 1402 Does fan turn without trouble NO Correct connector connection when turning it with hands YES Y Is resistance value between each phase at motor side of fan motor connector CN333 on Replace indoor fan motor indoor P C board MCC 1402 correct 1 YES 1 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type 15 to 350 X Is resistance value at motor side of fan motor connector CN334 on indoor P C board Replace indoor fan motor 15 not winding 1 Red lead to 3 White lead 3 White lead to 5 Black lead 5 Black lead to 1 Red lead opened shorted Resistance value should satisfy the follows MMU AP0091H AP0301 Approx 70 to 1000 MMU AP0361H AP0561 Approx 35 to 500 Concealed Duct Standard Under Ceiling High Wall type Check insulation resistance between the cabinet and 1 3 5 Should be 100 or more MCC 1402 correct 2 YES 2 NO Is output of indoor fan motor position Replace indoor fan motor Check insulation resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit 15 winding 1 Yellow lead to 4 Pink lead opened shorted Resistance should be 5 to 20kQ detective signal correct 3 YES 3 Check fan motor position detective signal Measure voltage with tester between CN334 1 and 5 on indoor P C board MCC 1402 under condition of CN333 and CN334 installed and power ON Turn fan slowly with hands so that
122. Cause of operation F12 A2 TCC L AI NET TS sensor error TS1 TS2 sensor Open Short This check code means detection of Open Short of TD2 sensor Check disconnection of connector TD2 sensor CN503 Pink and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Sub code 01 T81 sensor 02 TS2 sensor Check code Check code name F06 18 TCC L AI NET Cause of operation TE1 sensor error TE1 sensor Open Short This check code means detection of Open Short of TS sensor Check disconnection of connector TS1 sensor CN504 White TS2 sensor CN522 Black and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board This check code means detection of Open Short of TE1 sensor Check disconnection of connector TE1 sensor CN505 Green and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Check code F13 43 TCC L AI NET Check code name Cause of operation IGBT built in sensor error in A3 IPDU Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Check code Check code name Cause of operation zn iN pom This check c
123. Characteristics 2 Cause of operation Fo3 93 Indoor TC1 sensor error TCC L AI NET TC1 sensor Open Short NO Is TC1 sensor connector CN100 Brown on indoor P C board normally connected Are characteristics of TC1 sensor NO Correct connection resistance value normal Check indoor main P C board Defect Replace Replace TC1 sensor Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See Characteristics 2 Check code Check code name Cause of operation F04 19 TCC L AI NET TD1 sensor error TD1 sensor Open Short This check code means detection of Open Short of TD1 sensor Check disconnection of connector TD1 sensor CN502 White and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Check code name Cause of operation Du o Check code F05 A1 TCC L AI NET Check code Check code name Cause of operation F10 OC Indoor TA sensor error TCC L AI NET TA sensor Open Short This check code means detection of Open Short of TA sensor Check disconnection of connector TA sensor CN104 Yellow and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace indoor P C board Check code Check code name
124. DM GRY RED Motor over heating protection switch FS Float switch lopow HI8tH0dV HL9EOdV HLZeOdV HLtzOdV H18LOdV GNN ed oneis Pojeaguoj g 1 Z LZ 000000 e JA XS 1X2 T5 7 2 KAAS AIMS 1 SES i soi we ycu LU P 00000 56 EL WHI RED o0 hy DM o0 RY302 CN104 00 en Sac ae Bi YEL T2Y2 ewo eae 9o UK CN102 411 1 209 RED 02920 GRY d RY303 TOJ Indoor control PC board CN101 MA Fuse BLK 22 m A T3 15A TC2 aa OVO DC20V am gt supply 4 2 BU d i DEN en z O0 313 TC1 BLK qm 5 Flow selector 1 2 PNL Indoor unit unit earth GRN a screw e BLU cN73 Earth screw RED 90 oma A Q Closed end BLK roy cn70 A JeitrER COGN terminal 00 WHI A2 ROKN Bik bed CN309 CN50 6 CN32 CN60 CN81 CN20 Power suppi YEL WHI YEL WHI WHI BLK BLU single phase 7 CROOK AN AAA m AN AN AAZXYAO AZA ZE 200 240V 50 gt OC OCOMOCOCOO MOO rese ras LERU 200V 60Hz 1 T10 Fandrive Option GRL ETA ME dion oe ae i 4
125. DRAWING 53 6 CONTROL OUTLINE 5 5 rone riii rin revera eiua kk kk kt a kk 60 Te APPLIED CONTROL 71 8 TEST OPERATION a n vua iod cu od ka a ka n a 86 9 TROUBLESHOOTING cv uuu ao Mena decine dd a e a da 116 10 CONFIGURATION OF CONTROL CIRCUIT 174 11 BACKUP OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATION 188 12 OIL LEVEL JUDGMENT DISPLAY ue bid an nas uana unus 190 13 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY WHEN REPLACING THE 191 14 LEAKAGE CLOGGING OF OIL EQUALIZATION CIRCUIT 197 15 REPLACING iss iin and ca d ana a Rn kinan 199 16 REPLACING PROCEDURE OF PARTS 206 7 B G BOARD gue 217 Ensure power is isolated from the unit when replacing the high performance filter or when opening the service panel SAFETY CAUTION The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents Indications Illustrated marks and keep them Explanation of indications Indication Explanation A DANGER Indicates contents assumed that a
126. E o S 2 Select an operation mode with the 225 button AUTO gt HEAT gt DRY gt FAN One push of the button and the display jaro 3 reque changes the order shown on the right DRY mode function is not available on the Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type 3 Select air volume with C D button One push of the button and the display changes in the order shown on the right When air volume is AUTO OX air volume differs according to the temperature difference between the set temperature and the room temperature In DRY mode AUTO is displayed and the air volume is LOW In heating operation if the room temperature is not heated sufficiently with volume LOW operation select MED 8 or HIGH 83 operation The temperature which the temperature sensor detects is one near the air inlet of the indoor unit Therefore it slightly differs from the room temperature according to the installation status The setup value is a criterion of the room temperature Automatic air speed cannot be selected in FAN mode Air volume of function is not available on Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type air speed HIGH 9 only is displayed 4 Determine the set up temperature by pushing the TEMP Cv or TEMP button Stop Push button The operation lamp goes off and the operation stops DON OFF 6e RE
127. EL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PNK PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GREEN Parts name TR Fan motor TR Running capacitor Transformer TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ Temp sensor RY001 Louver control relay RY002 Drain control relay Heater control relay RY005 007 Fan motor control relay PMV Pulse motor valve lopow edAj 1euiqe Guipue1S 10014 6 1 2 Hitz0OdV 810 HLSLOdV HLZLOdV HL600dV HLZOOdV TININ Sc For AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH RY002 Ko RYOO6 RY005 4 21 en RED 2772 CN101 BLK Control P C board enw for undoor unit MCC 1403 CNO80 5 GRN 24 RED WHI Indoor unit WHI earth screw Power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz Flow selector unit earth Screw Closed end hi RED 4 connector IS Iz Network adaptor 00 Option 0777 CNO1 WHI A 1 CW IN IN Y PNG GE i CNOSRED 1401 Outdoor unit Remote controller 1 Qindicates the terminal block Letter 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side at inside indicates the terminal number indicates the control P C board Color indication RED RED W
128. FILE NO A05 004 1 Revised Jan 2006 TOSHIBA SERVICE MANUAL HFC System air conditioner SUPER HEAT RECOVERY MULTI The indoor units in the Super Heat Recovery Multi System are common to those used in the Super Modular Multi System air conditioner Therefore refer to the service manuals A03 009 A03 010 and A03 011 separately issued Heat Recovery Type Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU APOO91H APO121H APO151H MMU AP0181H AP0241H APO271H MMU APO301H APO361H APO481H MMU AP0561H 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0071WH AP0091WH AP0121WH MMU AP0151WH APO181WH APO241WH MMU AP0271WH APO301WH AP0481WH CHINA market only 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0071YH AP0091YH AP0121 YH MMU AP0151SH AP0181SH AP0241SH MMU AP0152SH AP0182SH AP0242SH Concealed Duct Standard Type MMD AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH AP0151BH MMD AP0181BH AP0241BH AP0271BH AP0301BH MMD AP0361BH AP0481BH AP0561BH Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type MMD AP0181H AP0241H AP0271H MMD APO361H APO481H Slim Duct Type MMD AP0071SPH AP0091SPH AP0121SPH MMD AP0151SPH AP0181SPH Under Ceiling Type MMC AP0151H AP0181H AP0241H MMC APO271H AP0361H APO481H High Wall Type MMK AP0071H AP0091H AP0121H MMK AP0151H APO181H AP0241H MMK AP0072H APOO92H APO122H Floor Standing Cabinet Type MML AP0071H AP0091H APO121H MML AP0151H APO181H APO241H Floor
129. Function This function controls the indoor units individually It is connected with cable to the control P C board of the indoor unit n a group control it is connected with cable to the indoor unit Control P C board and the item code cFis set to the connected indoor unit Itis used when the start operation from outside if unnecessary but the stop operation is necessary Using a card switch box card lock etc the forgotten OFF of the indoor unit can be protected When inserting a card start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed When taking out a card the system stops if the indoor unit is operating and start stop operation from the remote controller is forbidden 1 Control items 1 Outside contact ON The start stop operation from the remote controller is allowed Status that card is inserted in the card switch box 2 Outside contact OFF If the indoor unit is operating it is stopped forcedly Start Stop prohibited to remote controller Status that card is taken out from the card switch box When the card switch box does not perform the above contact operation convert it using a relay with b contact 2 Operation Handle the wired remote controller switch in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller switch during stop of the system 1 Push concurrently 3 A buttons for 4 seconds or more 2 Using the setup temp W or CA button specify the item code cF 3 Us
130. HEAT mode check the dry bulb temperature difference Temperature difference 15 or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit In Max Hz operation The temperature difference may diminish in cases of systems in which the connected indoor capacity exceeds 100 or with long pipe length etc NOTE 2 Criteria for operating current For a test operation with all the indoor units operating normal operating current is shown in the following table Outdoor unit Current value Unit A NOTE 3 Criteria for cycle status 1 Refrigerating cycle under standard condition The refrigerating cycle under standard cooling and heating condition is as follows 10HP MMY MAP1002FT8 Cool standard Heat standard High Low Discharge Suction Pipe surface temp Indoor heat exchanger Outdoor heat exchanger Liquid temp Pressure Number of compressor rps Compressor rotations p Compressor Indoor Outdoor Air temp condition DB WB C x This compressor is driven with 4 pole motor The value of the compressor frequency Hz measured by a clamp meter is two times the rotation count rps of the compressor This data is the cycle data under condition of standard pipe length and two 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioners connected Data changes according to installed pipe length combination of indoor units or connected indoor capacity For a compressor
131. HI WHITE YEL YELLOW BLU BLUE BLK BLACK GRY GRAY PINK ORN ORANGE BRW BROWN GREEN cno73 AN RED A2 cNozo AN WHI 22 CNO081 Power supply i BLK A circuit CNO61 CN032 CNO60 YEL WHI WHI Parts name Fan motor Running capacitor Transformer Indoor temp sensor Temp sensor TC1 TC2 TCJ RY001 Louver control relay RY002 Drain control relay RY004 Heater control reley RY005 007 Fan motor control relay PMV Pulse motor valve lopow H8LtcOdV Hargerodv Harsrodv HALZLOdY Hareoodv HaLZ00dV TININ edAj Buipue1s 10014 0L L C 92 Control P C board for Indoor unit MCC 1403 PNL lt FUSE i 5 0 250v e e e XCT IONND A2 Filter Mo L Color lonoaal a indication ii i RED RED a BLU BLU WHI ieee WEL 6 WHI WHITE i 000 f T LLLE E EELE YEL YELLOW 6 Option BLU BLUE AR fe RE I ace aa ns BLK BLACK i y Network adaptor 000000 SEL GRY GRAY M Option 2999099 PNK PINK Sub P C board Flow selector MCC 1520 A ORN ORANGE unit earth 0090000F BRW BROWN SOM GRN GREEN Indoor unit earth screw d Closed end 7 YAN connector QOO IN Symbol Parts name Fan motor s et 21
132. IN 1520 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 Series Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Floor Standing Cabinet Type Floor Standing Concealed Type Floor Standing Type CNO2 O TE co IGO T MCC 1520 01 COMPONENT SIDE Power supply trans side Input Control board side Output 10 1 3 Flow Selector Unit P C Board MCC 1431 01 FOL MCC 1431 01 SOLDER SIDE n 182 10 1 4 Optional Connector Specifications of Indoor P C Board Function Humidifier output Connector No Specifications DC12V Output Remarks In heating thermo ON Fan ON Humidifier output ON Humidifier provided Drain pump ON is set up by CN70 short circuit or from remote controller DN 40 Fan output DC12V Output Shipment setup ON with indoor unit operation and OFF with stop are linked Single operation by FAN button on remote controller is set up from remote controller DN 31 ON OFF input HA ON OFF input J01 YES NO Pulse At shipment Static input select 0V COM Main prohibition input Operation stop of main remote controller is permitted prohibited by input Operation output ON during operation Answerback of HA DC12V COM Alarm output ON during alarm output Option output DC12V COM Defrost output ON when outdoor unit is defrosted Thermo ON output ON dur
133. IPDU quantity error Incorrect model setup in service for I F P C cooling only mode is operated in heating mode without setup for cooling only mode TCC L AI NET board Communication error between IPDU fan IPDU and I F IPDU fan IPDU I F P C board error Set up All cooling mode Item code DN OF Cooling only operation mode 0001 Is every indoor unit been set up for cooling only mode Sub code YES 01 IPDU1 error 03 IPDU1 2 error 05 IPDU1 fan IPDU error 02 IPDU2 error 04 Fan IPDU error 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU error ESL 07 All IPDU error or disconnection of communication line between IPDU I F P C board or outdoor I F P C board error NO gt Check flow selector unit Is jumper setup of outdoor I F P C board correct Jumpers 7 8 9 ON YES Check code Check code name L20 98 TCC L AI NET Cause of operation Is communication connector between Duplicated central IPDU and I F P C board connected control addresses Central control addresses are duplicated Correct connection Reconnect communication line NO Are two or more YES central control system with identical network addresses connected Correct the network address of the central control system Is the communication line between IPDU and I F board disconnected NO Y Is there voltage fluctuation between pin 4 and pin 5 of CN60
134. IPDU2 Noise filter Interface P C board Power supply terminal block Over current relay 227 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION e CHOME 12 328 KONAN MINATOKU TOKYO 108 0075 JAPAN Copyright 2005 TOSHIBA CARRIER CORPORATION ALL Rights Reserved
135. In a case of backup for 10 hp outdoor unit in 30 hp system in the original system hp 30 hp system 37 5 kg Refrigerant amount in system hp 20 hp system after backup 28 0 kg Refrigerant amount to be recovered 37 5 28 0 9 5 kg 3 For the unit which the refrigerant has been recovered execute Outdoor Unit Backup Setup of another section System Refrigerant amount HP Combination of outdoor units kg 195 13 3 Process after Repair After completion of the repair work perform vacuuming of the outdoor unit using the following procedure Procedure 1 Short CN30 on the interface P C board on the outdoor unit for which the repair work has been completed to open the PMV fully Confirm that Bit 1 of SW12 is OFE Note The PMV opening by using short CN30 returns the PMV to fully closed after 2 minutes To continue to fully open status turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after using short CN30 2 Be sure to perform vacuuming from the following three check joints Liquid pipe discharge pipe and suction pipe Propeller fan Fan motor Right side Strainer Pulse motor valve QU S n Solenoid valve pale SV12 Main heat exchanger PMV1 PMV2 Q d strainer arii TEE Check PMV3 Subheatexchanger Left side Strainer valve Check 4 Way valve 2 y 7 Solenoid Capill
136. K2 could not be detected after compressor 2 started operation Check TK2 sensor coming off Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection Check SV3E valve operation Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check stop valve operation Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell Check MG SW or OCR Temperature change of TK3 could not be detected after compressor started operation Temperature change of TK4 could not be detected after compressor started operation or the difference from other TK sensor changed for a constant time only within the specified range There are multiple header units in a group Check TK3 sensor coming off Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection Check SV3E valve operation Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check valve operation Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell Check MG SW or OCR Check TK4 sensor coming off Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection Check SV3E valve operation Check capillary clogging of oil equalization circuit and check valve operation Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell Check MG SW or OCR Check indoor address Check the change of remote controller connection Group in
137. L pi1epue1S nq pejeeouo9 adAj enesse eDueuosiq Aem p 101 400pUJ L OL LINLYIL TOULNOD NOILLVENSIANOOD OL weibeig 19j10 1U09 921 Central control Indoor unit Wired remote controller Up to 2 units Function setup Key switch Weekly timer LCD driver Function setup Key switch Secondary battery Network adaptor Option controller communication circuit Indoor control P C board 1403 Remote controller DC20V circuit DC12V DC5V Louver motor 4 9 5 Fan motor control circuit Indoor fan motor Outside H8 3039 Driver N U1 U1 Power supply 12220 240V 50Hz communication TA sensor TCI sensor sensor 5 Float input None for Concealed Duct BUS communication circuit 2 Indoor Outdoor U2 communication Outdoor unit Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed when 2 remote controllers are connected maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller 4 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed 5 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor
138. Louver motor controller wireless remote 140 GRN GREEN RY303 Louver control rela controller lopow HLtzOdV HLSLOdV HLSLOdV HLzIOdV HL600dV fHEZOO0dV MININ edAj IeM 8 1 2 Color identification BRW BROWN N RED RED Pulse motor M MEL valve ig 1 Qindicates the terminal block letter at inside BLU BLUE 990 indicates the terminal number keen BLK FE LEE 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the PNK de PS F wiring at site GhN amp YEL GREEN S de gu zz 3 indicates the control P C board G I j Outdoor unit CN33 CN44 CN40 poe WH BLU JAS CN82 WHI BL CN210 WHI Heat exchanger F301 Fuse 15A 250V CN41 LUI egy BLY DC 15V c d e DC OV Power e DC 12 6N10077 supply BRW 81 BLK CN213 WHI circuit e DC 7V CN101 AT E 0000000000 BLU o o 0 ELIN 0000000000 n GRN 2 f o CN102 f1Y ELK ewe Heat T MCC 1510 VEL ARM exchanger whi gou uno AAA tit Control P C board for ind it LINO ONO Gp cy t Doaro Tor indoor LXN a 7 760504131201 CN104 Thermo BENE a CN32 CN61 CN60 CN80 WHI Eu sensor Power Supply e WA YEL WHI GRN 220 340V 50M TEE MCC 861 A 900000880000008l 000 Wierd remote 220V 60Hz Sold separately Fan drive T Opti
139. Low oil level protection YES Are TK1 and TK2 senso Check leakage of SV6 circuit YES Normal Check setup of cooling only indoor units is correct Normal Are characteristics of TK1 to TK4 normal YES Check gas leak of outdoor unit Are TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 sensors connected correctly Is sensor fitted correctly or mis installed rs connected correctly Is sensor fitted correctly or mis installed Are sensor characteristics normal NO Valves of balance pipes closed Miscabling or misinstallation of TK1 to TK4 sensors TK1 to TK4 sensor error Gas leak or oil leak of all outdoor units Refrigerant stagnation of compressor case SV3A 3B 3D 3C 3E valve error Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator Clogging of oil equation circuit system Correct miswiring NO TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 Correct miswiring Characteristics 2 Abnormal TS1 CN504 TS2 CN522 Sensor error Replace Abnormal Replace defective parts Set up cooling only operation mode NO Item code DN OF Cooling only operation mode 0001 Characteristics 4 Abnormal Sensor error Replace Determine position where Check oil leak at the outdoor unit Normal Is the flow selector unit normal YES NO gas leaked and repair Recharge refill oil R
140. OFF 32 B zone Over 26 below 28 LOW C zone Over 28 C below 30 C MED D zone Over 30 C below 32 C HIGH E zone Ultra HIGH Remarks In D and E zones priority is given to remote control ler air speed setup In A and B zones g i displayed Freeze prevention control Low temp release 1 In all cooling operation the air conditioner operates as de scribed below based upon temp detected by TC1 TC2 and TCJ sensors To prevent the heat exchanger from freezing the operation stops When J zone is detected for 5 minutes the command frequency becomes SO to the outdoor unit In zone the timer count is interrupted and held When zone is detected the timer is cleared and the operation returns to the normal operation When the command frequency became SO with continua tion of J zone operation of the the indoor fan in LOW mode until it reaches the 7 zone It is reset when the following conditions are satisfied Reset conditions 1 TC1 gt 12 and TC2 gt 12 and TCJ gt 12 2 30 minutes passed after stop TCI P1 10 C 50 Q1 0 C 2 In all cooling operation the air conditioner operates as described below based upon temp detected by TC2 and TCJ sensors When M zone is detected for 45 minutes the command frequency becomes SO to the outdoor unit In zone the timer count is i
141. OL or HEAT Errors are detected as usual S003 Bit 1 OFF gt ON 4 When the test operation has finished push 22225 button to stop the operation 5 Turn off the power to the air conditioner Sensor cover Change Bit 1 of the switch S003 on the sensor board from ON to OFF Attach the adjust corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel Adjust corner cap Test operation from outdoor unit Refer to 8 7 2 Function of Start Stop the Indoor Unit from Outdoor Unit in 8 7 Service Support Function NOTE The test operation returns to normal operation after 60 minutes have passed 98 In case of wireless remote controller for Under Ceiling type and 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type 2 Series Procedure Description Turn on power of the air conditioner The operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on at first time after installa tion and 1 minute when power has been turned on at the next time and after After the specified time has passed perform a test operation Push Start Stop button and change the operation mode to COOL or HEAT with Mode button Then change the fan speed to High using Fan button Test cooling operation Test heating operation Set temperature to 18 using Temperature set Set temperature to 30 using Temperature set button button After checking the receiving sound Pi immediately
142. Operation mode select d button while the operation mode is fixed to heating or cooling by the system manager of the air condi tioner 8 Louver position displa for 4 Way Air Discharge Cassette Type 17 Central control display and Under Ceiling Type model only Displayed ig using the omae controller with a Displays louver position central control remote controller etc _ E If the remote controller is prohibited on fan the 9 Louver swing display centralcontrol side 43 flashes when operating the Indicates the movement of the louver following on 5 CE5 GD GD buttons and the function is not accepted The different settings available on the remote 11 controller when in use with a central controller can Remote controller sensor display be referred to in the owners manual of the central Displayed while the sensor of the remote controller controller is used 10 Setpoint temperature display The selected set up temp is displayed Operation section Push each button to select the desired operation This remote controller can operate up to a maximum 8 indoor units 3 8 Correct Usage When the product is operated for the first time or after the SET DATA value has been changed the procedure below should be followed The remote controller can memorize user settings and can be recalled and acti The remote controller can memorize user settings and can be recalled and acti ingl f i DON OFE omote g
143. Operation procedure 152 2 When you want to know position of the indoor unit using the address To confirm the unit numbers in a group control Procedure Operation while the air conditioner stops The indoor unit numbers in a group control are successively displayed and the corresponding indoor fan is turned on Operation while the air conditioner stops 1 Push C amp amp buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Unit No ALL is displayed The fans of all the indoor units in a group control are turned on 2 Every pushing 255 button the indoor unit numbers in the group control are succes sively displayed The firstly displayed unit No indicates the address of the header unit Only fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on Operation procedure 123 End FON 3 Push 3 button to finish the procedure All the indoor units in group control stop To confirm all the unit numbers from an arbitrary wired remote controller Procedure Operation while the air conditioner stops The indoor unit No and position in the same refrigerant line can be confirmed An outdoor unit is selected the indoor unit numbers in the same refrigerant line are successively displayed and then its indoor unit fan is turned on TEST 1 Push the timer time buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more Firstly the line 1 item code AL Address Change is displayed Select outdoor unit 2 Using
144. P C board 2 IPDU P C board error Correct connector connection or cabling gt Check IPDU P C board Lvl Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation H04 44 Compressor 1 case thermo operation TCC L AI NET Case thermo circuit error H06 20 Low pressure protective operation Service valve close I F P C board error TCC L AI NET Ps sensor error Service valve closed SV2 SV4 circuit error Outdoor PMV clogging Miscabling of communication between SV4 valve leak Coil misinstallation indoor and outdoor 4 way valve error Indoor outdoor fan and condenser error Compressor error Indoor outdoor PMV clogging Refrigerant shortage Indoor outdoor heat exchanger clogging Refrigerant shortage H14 44 Compressor 2 case thermo operation TCC L AI NET Is case thermo circuit normal i NO Are servi f NO connection Repair case thermo circuit liquid Dipe of outdoor unit fly Open service valves fully Note 1 3 I F P C board Note 1 1 Case thermo is usually closed YES n 2 Operation temperature of case thermo is 120 C Are characteristics of low pressure sensor normal Exchange low pressure sensor 1 Pressure by pressure gauge Check joint YES 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display Are servic
145. P04 02 Comp 2 side High pressure SW system operation IPDU P05 P05 101 Phase thissiig detection AF a e a Phase missing detection Phase error VF 102 Phase error 9 01 Comp 1 side P07 P07 102 Comp 2 side IC a a Heat sink overheat error IPDU I F P10 P10 Detected indoor address Ob e Indoor overflow error Indoor P12 1 Indoor fan motor error Indoor P13 P13 47 ALT Outdoor liquid back detection error VF 101 TS condition P15 P15 02 TD condition AE a e ALT Gas leak detection VF P17 P17 bb ALT Discharge temp TD2 error VF P19 P19 Detected outdoor unit number O8 a a ALT 4 way valve inverse error VF P20 P20 22 n ALT High pressure protective operation VF 0 IGBT short T Fan motor position detective circuit error B3 Fi poo poo antere 1A ALT Outdoor fan IPDU error IPDU C TH sensor temp error 1 Heat sink overheat D TH sensor error iE _ Vdc output error 101 Comp 1 side P26 P26 102 Comp 2 side 14 ALT G TR short protection error IPDU 101 Comp 1 side E Lt aed P29 P29 02 Comp 2 side 16 Comp position detective circuit system error IPDU Other indoor unit error Group terminal unit error Indoor By alarm device ALT Error in indoor group AI NET AI NET communication system error AI NET Duplicated network adapters AI NET Error de
146. QUIREMENT In Cooling operation The operation starts after approximately 1 minute In Heating operation In heating operation the fan operation may continue for approximately 30 seconds after the air condi tioner has stopped The indoor fan continues in preheat operation for 3 to 5 minutes and then blows out the hot air amp symbol is displayed on the remote controller When the temperature of the room has reached the set point temperature and after the unit has stopped the air speed is lowered and the air volume is greatly reduced n defrost mode the fan stops so that cool air is not discharged PRE DEF symbol D is displayed In Automatic operation Using the difference between the set point temperature and the room temperature the heating and cooling operations are automatically performed 3 9 Adjustment of Wind Direction To increase the cooling or heating effect be sure to make proper use of the discharge louver for cooling or heating operation As the characteristics of the air cool air collects at lower levels and hot air collects at higher levels A CAUTION Set the louver so that air blows out horizontally If cooling operation is performed with the louver blowing air downwards the air outlet or surface of the louver will be wet with dew which may drip 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type While the air conditioner stops the discharge louver directs downward automati
147. R Po E Y Y Y Y Y 3 WHI yen WOABQM E 0900000 M 220 240V 50 gt AEM TA 220v GOIZ p ANE a ded uar Us rn TCLTC2TOJ pi dri ses A 1 RY002 A BLU MCC 1401 RED Drain control relay RY004 Heater control relay RY005 007 Outdoor unit Remote controller 1 Qindicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 indicates the control board Fan motor control relay FS Float switch DM Drain pump motor Pulse Motor Valve HML8tOdV HMLOEOdV HMLZZ0dV HM Ltz0OdV nNIN HMLSLOdV HMLSLOdV HMLZLOdV HML600dV HML 200dv NNIN lopow od anossej ab1eyosiq sly ABm z Z L c 91 2X2 313 44 ot 4 KEKE T3 y AAA ae m 0000090990 s CNO3 WHI 00006000600 X Color 00 qum indication CN301 en RED RED BLK So WHI WHITE c gt YEL YELLOW oo ev BLU BLUE 1 D BLK BLACK Heater GRY GRAY 2 PNK PINK CNS04 d ORN ORANGE GRY amp 4 PP BRW BROWN 2521 Kam 00 Indoor control P C board TC1 CN309P ee YEL 4 PNL A IN PPA 20 EXCT 3X3 WHI 2 circuit CNO66 10 Power supply
148. SV3D SV3E CN323 CNO3 backup CNO1 For inter unit cable between indoor and outdoor units CNO01 backup RMV CN300 301 Sa X EY OP zii BI X 80920 109510 IN te Fi p m i For outdoor unit cable between outdoor units CNO3 Pressure sensor Ps Pressure sensor Pd UART communication CN600 Option input output CN508 509 510 515 501 512 Jumper select Sensor input TD1 CN502 TD2 CN503 TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515 TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 TE1 CNB05 TL CN5 1 1 CN504 TO CN507 TS2 CN522 5V GND ea Comp case SWO6 to 14 thermo 2 input case thermo SWo1 02 03 CN307 1 input SW04 05 15 Ce 7 segment LED 184 12V 3 3V Connection of power supply transformer CN100 Option input output CN511 High pressure swith1 High pressure swith2 For transformer power supply CN401 402 For expansion BUS power supply CN325 L1 L2 L3 N phase input CN400 Inverter P C board MCC 1502 IPDU1 IPDU2 Compressor output ke 86 19 e Power supply input 12V K E AC400V a l i 37 xs 3 K LWE GND n G Vy KL TO Tag z z Input current 8V UREE LLO Dwa sensor AS z iz 102 Communication between and Comp IPDU Reactor 2 IPDU2 only is connected AC230V input DC330V output IPDU1 only is connected Connection between Electrolytic IPDU1 and 2 DC330V
149. Side board 3 Lower cabinet tab Rightfand left Frontfandirear 4 Service panel Reassembly Reassemble the cabinet in the reverse proce dure 6 1 on the above Disassembling Procedure However be sure to follow the following points when assembling the discharge cabinet Cautions when assembling the discharge cabinet The hooking tabs 6 positions located on the inside edge of the discharge cabinet are to be correctly fitted into the relevant slots on the right left side panels Failure to do so may result in unit vibration Hooking tab 3 positions each at longitudinal direction Propeller fan motor REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc Disassembling 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the screws on the discharge cabinet M5 x 16 4 pcs 206 Discharge cabinet Screws 4 corners Part to be exchanged Propeller fan motor Work procedure 3 Remove the flange nut fixing on the fan motor and propeller fan To tighten the nut turn it clockwise 4 Remove the square washer 5 Remove the propeller fan NOTE Gently pull the straight upwards 6 Remove the connectors 3 positions from IPDU PC board on the inverter fan and then pull out the fan motor lead upwards 7 Remove the fixing screws 4 pcs on the fan motor
150. Standing Concealed Type MML AP0071BH AP0091BH AP0121BH MML AP0151BH AP0181BH AP0241BH Floor Standing Type MMF AP0151H APO181H AP0241H AP0271H MMF AP0361H AP0481H AP0561H ae Inverter Unit MMY MAPO0802FT8 MMY MAP1002FT8 MMY MAP1202FT8 Flow Selector Unit FS unit RBM Y1122FE RBM Y1802FE RBM Y2802FE lt gt PRINTED IN JAPAN Jan 2006 WARNINGS ON REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE Check of Concentration Limit The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out its concentration will not exceed a set limit The refrigerant R410A which is used in the air conditioner is safe without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia and is not restricted by laws to be imposed which protect the ozone layer However since it contains more than air it poses the risk of suffocation if its concentration should rise excessively Suffocation from leakage of R410A is almost non existent With the recent increase in the number of high concentration buildings however the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor space individual control energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power etc Most importantly the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with conventional indiv
151. The outdoor unit starts or stops the system Terminal Input signal Operation Starts collectively indoor units Stops collectively indoor units The control contents are accepted during trailing of the input signal The status of trailing should be held for 100mm sec or more NOTES 1 Do not turn on COOL and HEAT terminals concurrently 2 Be sure to prepare a contact for each terminal Outside signal No voltage pulse contact External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO 2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 SMC Input signal for start SMH Input signal for stop 84 7 2 2 5 Night Operation Control Operation Reduce emitted noise during night by resting the compressor and fan speed Header outdoor unit interface P C board Terminal Input signal Operation L CN508 4P RED Night sound reduction Connection cable operation control External master control board 7 Usual operation The control contents are accepted during leading and trailing of the input signal The status of leading and trailing should be held for 100mm sec or more Capacity criterion during night operation control Capacity during control indicates values as described in the following table Night operation sound Capacity reduction dB A COOL HEAT 1201 type Approx 5596 Approx 4596 1001 type Approx 6596 Approx 559
152. U AP0241WH 024 type MMU AP0271WH 027 type MMU AP0301WH 030 type MMU AP0481WH CHINA only 048 type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0071YH 007 type MMU AP0091 YH 009 type MMU AP0121YH 012 type MMU AP0151SH 015 type MMU AP0181SH 018 type MMU AP0241SH 024 type MMU AP0152SH 015 type MMU AP0182SH 018 type MMU AP0242SH 024 type Concealed Duct Standard Type MMD AP0071BH 007 type MMD AP0091BH 009 type MMD AP0121BH 012 type MMD AP0151BH 015 type MMD AP0181BH 018 type MMD AP0241BH 024 type MMD AP0271BH 027 type MMD AP0301BH 030 type MMD AP0361BH 036 type MMD AP0481BH 048 type MMD AP0561BH 056 type 11 Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type MMD AP0181H Capacity rank 018 type Capacity code Cooling capacity kW Heating capacity kW MMD AP0241H 024 type MMD AP0271H 027 type MMD AP0361H 036 type MMD AP0481H 048 type Slim Duct Type MMD AP0071SPH 007 type MMD AP0091SPH 009 type MMD AP0121SPH 012 type MMD AP0151SPH 015 type MMD AP0181SPH 018 type Under Ceiling Type MMC AP0151H 015 type MMC AP0181H 018 type MMC AP0241H 024 type MMC AP0271H 027 type MMC AP0361H 036 type MMC AP0481H 048 type MMK AP007
153. Use specified parts For spare parts use those specified If unspecified parts are used a fire or electric shock may be caused For details refer to the parts list Do not bring a child close to the equipment Before troubleshooting or repair work do not bring a third party a child etc except the repair engineers close to the equipment It causes an injury with tools or disassembled parts Please inform the users so that the third party a child etc does not approach the equipment Insulating measures Connect the cut off lead cables with crimp contact etc put the closed end side upward and then apply a water cut method otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side z o When repairing the refrigerating cycle take the following measures 1 Be attentive to fire around the cycle When using a gas stove etc be sure to put out fire before work otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire 2 Do not use a welder in the closed room When using it without ventilation carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused 3 Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables Refrigerant Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it For the products which use R410A refrigerant the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is e
154. Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor Floor Standing Type Model MMF AP 6 size lead wire length 2000mm Vinyl tube Red 0361H Fan motor AF 200 37R AF 200 63T AF 200 110M 1 AF 200 160H 1 Running capacitor for fan motor AC500V AC500V 3 5uF AC500V 4uF Transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 Louver motor MT8 3 9 TA sensor Lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 2000mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 33 3 2 Outdoor Unit Compressor MAPO802FT8 DA421A3FB 23M MAP1002FT8 MAP1202FT8 Output 3 75kW x 2 4 way valve coil Heat pump only LB64046 AC220 240V 50Hz Pulse motor valve coil VPV MOAJ524C0 HAM MD12TF 3 AC220 240V 50Hz SV2 SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D SV3E SV41 SV42 SV5 SV6 SV11 SV12 SV2 SV3C SV3D SV3E SV6 SV12 VPV 303DQ1 SV3A SV41 SV42 SV5 VPV 603DQ2 SV3B VPV 1204DQ50 SV11 ACB JB215 OFF 3 73MPa ON 2 9MPa Pressure sensor For high pressure 150XA4 H3 0 5 to 3 5V 0 to 0 98MPa 150XA4 L1 0 5 to 4 3V 0 to 3 73MPa MF 230 600 2 DC280V 600W AC240V 29W x 3 OFF 125 C ON 90 C x 2 2 way valve coil VPV VPV 122DQ1 2 way valve High pressure SW
155. actor transformer and electrolytic condenser are stored at the rear side of the terminal block GAlransformer i 7 Electrolytic condenser Plug of soldering iron Part to be exchanged Pressure sensor posi tions of 2 way valve coil Work procedure MU la ma l TI een cei ompresso 5 by txts m dii Temperature sensor posi tions and identification Front side of air conditioner ul ui Compressor 212 Part to be exchanged Work procedure Temperature Rear side of air conditioner sensor positions and identification Rear side TK1 sensor Black Accumulator side Front side E TK2 sensor Blue Rear side Attachment This air conditioner has been designed so that vibration has detachment of been reduced to a minium by incorporating in the lower pipe fixing rubber section of the unit the use of eyeglass rubber fixing brackets and SUS bands Both of which greatly help to reduce vibration and improve unit reliability Used positions of SUS fixing band Total 5 positions 6 35 lt 015 88 between SV3E valve and suction 98 0 lt 025 4 between SV2 valve and a 26 35 015 88 between e SV3C valve and a c 19 05 between ven SV42 valve and suction pip ga 0 619 05 between SV41 valve and suction pipe 213 Part to be exchanged Attachment detachment of pipe fixing
156. air conditioner the CODEN check code and the indoor unit No are displayed on the of the remote controller The check code is displayed while the air condi tioner operates If the display has disappeared operate the air iti Check code Indoor unit No in which conditioner and check the error based upon the Rn ETT DOC following Confirmation of error history 2 Confirmation of error history If a trouble occurs in the air conditioner the error history can be found with the following procedure TEMP ON OFF Up to 4 error histories are stored in the 2 y CAD i memory FAN MODE This history can be confirmed from either operat m Vm ing status or stop status Description When pushing O and A buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more the below display appears If Service Check is displayed the mode enters the error history mode 01 Error history order is displayed in code number window Check Code is displayed in code number window Indoor unit address with error is displayed in UNIT No Each successive push of the temp set Cy Ca buttons the error histories stored in the memory are displayed in order The numbers in item code indicates item code 01 most recent to 04 Oldest If CL button is pushed all of the error histories of the indoor unit will be deleted After confirmation push A button to r
157. al holder Horizontal louver Air outlet port Changes the direction of the air flow Vertical louver The air can automatically be discharged rightward leftward at stated periods Air inlet grille Drain pan Water accumulated in the drain pan is Air filter drained through the drain pipe Filters dust and other trash ol Fixing metal holder Right and left Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box 3 6 2 Outdoor Unit Hot air is discharged when cooling operation is performed Cold air is discharged when heating operation is performed Air inlet Situated at front rear left and right sides Power source aperture Fixing leg Refrigerant pipe access for connection 3 7 Parts Name of Remote Controller Display section In the illustration all of the indicators are displayed for the purpose of explanation In normal operation only the icons relevant to the mode of operation would be displayed When turning on the power breaker switch for the first time SET DATA Display section flashes on the display part of the remote controller While this display is flashing the system is performing a self check function Wait until this check Operation has been completed and the SET DATA display has disappeared before E cm fe using the remote controller 78 9 17 LEES MNSET Bara GS TEST
158. anged mode from Off to On IPDU control The IPDU controls the inverter compressor by communicating a command frequency that controls the compressor speed depending on any active releases The main controls of the IPDU P C board are 1 Current release control Feedback from the AC input current sensor CT is used to prevent the inverter input current exceeding its specified limit 2 Heat sink temperature detection control Feedback from the thermistor TH on the compressor driving module is used to prevent the IGBT from overheating The highest value is taken from IPDU 1 and IPDU 2 TH sensors 3 Over current protective control When an over current condition is detected by the IPDU the compressor is stopped 4 Compressor case thermo control The compressor stops when the compressor case thermostat is activated Whenever this condition occurs a 1 count is added to the System error count After a period of 2 minutes and 30 seconds the compressor is reactivated and the error count cleared if the operation contin ues without further error for a period of 10 minutes or more If the error count reaches 4 the check code H04 is displayed for compressor 1 and H14 for compressor 2 ATH sensor is provided in each two IPDU The case thermostat is normally closed and connected to interface P C board High pressure prevention control 1 High pressure SW control The high pressu
159. any place within 1 m from a TV stereo or radio set If the unit is installed in Such places noise transmitted from the air conditioner may affect the operation of these appliances Do not install the air conditioner near a high frequency appliance sewing machine or massager for business use etc as the air conditioner may malfunction Do not install the air conditioner in a humid or oily place or in a place where steam soot or corrosive gas maybe generated Do not install the air conditioner in a salty place such as a seaside area Do not install the air conditioner in a place where a great deal of machine oil is used Do not install the air conditioner in a place where it is usually exposed to strong change winds such as in a seaside area or on the roof upper floor of a building Do not install the air conditioner in a place where sulfureous gas maybe generated such as in a spa Do not install the air conditioner in a vessel or mobile crane Be careful with noise or vibrations Do not install the air conditioner in a place where the noise or the hot air created by the outdoor unit will come into contact with your neighbours Install the air conditioner on a solid and stable foundation as this will reduce the transmission of noise and vibration that is produced from the outdoor unit If one indoor unit is operating some sound may be audible from other indoor units that are connected within the same system even wh
160. apacity over Sub code 00 Capacity over 01 Number of connected indoor units A 9 YES Perform setup of no detection 15 backup operation of outdoor unit being set up for over capacity NO NO oe an Is No of connected indoor units correct ee en YES NO Is setup of indoor unit HP correct Correct HP setup YES Is total capacity of connected no indoor units within 135 1 Ensure capacity of connected indoor units within 13596 of outdoor units YES For a service P C board check outdoor HP setup OK Set up outdoor HP Set up jumper 9 10 11 and 12 Refer How to exchange interface P C board NG Check outdoor interface P C board 1 When capacity of the outdoor unit is 12HP up to a maximum capacity 12096 of indoor units can be connected Check code Check code name E18 97 99 TCC L AI NET Cause of operation Communication error between Regular communication between indoor header indoor header and follower and follower is unavailable Correct indoor address Are remote controller NO Correct remote controller interconnection wires A B normal interconnection wires YES Is there any disconnection of YES connector or wiring from terminal block e connection of indoor unit eck circuit wire NO NO Is a group control operation YES Is the power of NO Check power connection status all ind
161. appear If Service check is displayed the mode enters into the change error history mode 01 Order of error history is displayed in CODE No window Check code is displayed in CHECK window Indoor unit address in which the error has occurred is displayed in UNIT No For every push of the CA button used to set temperature the trouble history stored in memory is displayed in order The numbers in CODE No indicate CODE No 01 latest 04 oldest Do not push the e button because all the error history of the indoor unit will be deleted After confirmation push the A button to return to the normal display 1 Check the error codes according to the above procedure 2 Ask an authorized dealer or qualified service maintenance professional to repair or maintain the air conditioner 3 More details of the service codes are explained in the Service Manual 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 4 1 Inverter Unit 8 10 12HP Model MMY MAPO0802FT8 MAP1002FT8 MAP1202FT8 Propeller fan Fan motor Sensor TE1 Right side Strainer Main heat exchanger Pulse motor valve Qu 50 Solenoid valve gig SV12 Main heat exchanger PMV1 PMV2 S peer g Strainer Sub heat exchanger Right side x CO G9 Sub heat exchanger Leftside Solenoid X O valve Check valve Solenoid Capillary Check joint valve tube S 6 Capillary tube Strainer
162. art be sure to check that the cable is not be stretched Part to be exchanged Inverter assembly Removal of P C board and electric parts 1 Noise filter P C board 2 Interface P C board Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the cables and then the P C board from the board edge spacer at the corner Exchange of service P C board For the interface P C board it is necessary to set up the jumper links etc for each model Refer to Exchange procedure of interface P C board Remarks 4 IPDU board for fan 2 Interface P C board Control P C board 1 Noise filter boards 3 IPDU board For driving of compressor 1 3 PDU board For driving of compressor 2 3 IPDU PC board 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the heat sink Radiator plate fixing screws M4 x 16 2 pcs 3 Remove the cables 4 Remove the PC board from the card edge spacer at the corners Heat sink fixing screw compressor lead cables U V W etc M4 screw tightening torque 1 47 0 1Nem Exchange of service P C board For the IPDU PC board it is necessary to set up the jumper links etc for each model Refer to Exchange procedure of IPDU PC board
163. ary 2 Low A tube S1 2 TS2 R sensor Check Vals ol b SV2 joint SV6 Capillary tube Solenoid valve SV3D Strainer C Capillary tube Solenoid valve Check Solenoid valve SV42 35 ar i iO o2 gt eS Solenoid valve SV3B Service Service Service Service valve of valveat valveat valve at balance liquid discharge suction pipe side gasside gas side 196 14 LEAKAGE CLOGGING OF OIL EQUALIZATION CIRCUIT Check code list for leakage clogging of outdoor refrigerant circuit and oil circuit parts Trouble by clogging Part name Outdoor PMV Position with trouble See next page Unit issuing check code Corresponding unit Check code to be detected High pressure protective operation Low pressure protective operation Discharge temp error Phenomena Corresponding unit High pressure up Low pressure down Discharge temp up Check valve of main discharge pipe collective section Corresponding unit High pressure protective operation High pressure SW system error Abnormal high pressure up Check valve of discharge pipe Corresponding unit High pressure SW system error Abnormal high pressure up Check valve of oil equalization circuit Capillary Strainer Corresponding unit Oil level detective circuit error Oil level down error Oil equalization circuit error or oil shortage judgment SV3A valv
164. as test operation for remote controller Setup Release Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SWO1 2 SW02 5 SWO3 1 Release Return SWO1 SWO2 SWO3 to 1 7 segment display Section B Section A C All heating test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to heating test operation Note Control operation same as test operation for remote controller Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SWO1 2 02 6 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SWO2 SWOS to 1 Section B H Section A H Batch start Starts all the connected indoor units collec tively Note The contents follow the setup of remote controller Setup Push SW04 for 2 seconds or more with SWO1 2 SWO2 7 SW03 1 Release Return SW01 SWO2 SWOS to 1 Section A Section B CH 11 11 is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds Batch stop Stops all the connected indoor units collec tively Setup Push SWO5 for 2 seconds or more with SWO1 2 SWO2 7 SWO3 1 Release Return SWO1 SWO2 SWO3 to 1 Section A Section B CH 00 00 is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds Individual start Starts the specified indoor unit Notes Control operation same as test The other indoor units keep existing status Setup Push SWOA for 2 seconds or more set SW01 16
165. asy to see To prevent miss charging the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R22 For an air conditioner which uses R410A never use other refrigerant than R410A For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant R22 etc never use R410A If different types of refrigerant are mixed abnormal high pressure generates in the refriger ating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused Do not charge refrigerant additionally If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner execute vacuuming and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant In this time never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R410A into the specified refrigerant If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage After installation work check the refrigerant gas does not leak If the refrigerant gas leaks in the
166. ation set up a group as usual 3 While DISP pin is short circuited all the sensor error judgment operation and communication with the outdoor unit are not performed PMV is fixed to the Max opening Clear Open DISP pin 114 8 7 12 Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller with the model name RBC ATM21E the following monitor functions can be used Calling of display screen Contents The temperature or the operation status of the remote controller indoor unit or each sensor of the outdoor unit can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller Procedure 1 Push C5 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode The service monitor goes on and temperature of the 171 item code Z is firstly displayed DON OFF 2 Push the temperature setup GD buttons to S2 select the item number Item code to be monitored 4 For displayed codes refer to the table below FAN MODE C 2 SWINGFIX VENT 3 Push 4 button to change the item to one to be 1 monitored Then monitor the indoor unit and sensor temperature or operation status in the correspond Operation procedure ing refrigerant line 1525354 4 Pushing A button returns the display to the normal display Returns to the normal display Display Data name Display Data name format format
167. ation of outdoor line addresses Line address setup error occurred after connec tion between U1 Uz and Us Us connectors Modify line address setup of the outdoor unit between lines Set up SW 13 and 14 on the interface P C board Duplicated of indoor units with priority There are two or more indoor units set up with priority The Heat Recovery Multi is not set up on priority Address setup error Only indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are undefined L05 Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority L06 Displayed on the indoor unit except one set up with priority 94 Set up address again 8 5 2 Operation from remote controller is not accepted and a check code is dis played on 7 segment display of the interface P C board of the outdoor unit Remote controller status No response 7 segment display of outdoor unit Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are unset Countermeasures Set up addresses There is no outdoor unit of group control Set up group address Indoor unit power is not turned on Turn on the power again In order of indoor outdoor Indoor outdoor communication line is not correctly connected to the outdoor unit Fig 1 Indoor outdoor cannot communicate before address setup Correct wiring There is none of outdoor terminator resistor or there are two or more resistan
168. backup operation on the other normal compressor Procedure 1 Turn off the main power supplies to all the units connected to the system 2 As shown below set up the switch SWO6 on the interface P C board on the outdoor unit on which the com pressor has failed Initial setup at shipment from factory No 1 compressor Left side is defective No 2 compressor Right front side is defective 3 Turn on the main power supplies of all of the units connected to the system After the backup set up for the outdoor unit in cooling season is complete check the system operates 188 11 3 Backup Setup for Outdoor Unit Outline In this model setup of the backup operation is available in either the header unit or the follower unit in a situa tion where the outdoor units are defective In a system in which two or more outdoor units are connected carry out the backup operation on the outdoor unit if the error modes described below occur Compressor error Rare short error or when one compressor cannot operate etc Pressure sensor Pd Ps Temperature sensor TD1 TD2 TS1 TE1 TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 TL error Note only one outdoor unit within a given system can be subjected to the backup procedure Procedure 1 Turn off the main power supplies to all the units connected to the system Set up procedure for the malfunctioning outdoor unit The following work is common to the header unit and follower units
169. cally When the heating operation is in PREHEAT DEFROST _ state the louver is directed upward The rotation of the louver starts after PREHEAT DEFROST status cleared _ is displayed on the remote controller even if the heating operation is in PREHEAT DEFROST status In Cooling operation Use the discharge louver with horizontal set point In Heating operation Use the discharge louver with downward set point How to set up the air direction Push 2225 button 1 Every push of the button the air direction changes In Heating operation Set the air outlet louver downward If directing it upward the hot air may not reach the floor In Cooling Dry operation Set the air outlet louver upward If directing it downward dew condensation may fall on or near the air discharge port How to start louvre swinging 2 Push 83 button Set the louver direction to the lowest position and then push Cn again SWING 7 is displayed and the air direction automatically changes upward downward In cases where one remote controller controls the multiple indoor units each indoor unit can TEMP Initial se DON OFF FAN Cs SWING FIX FILTER RESET TEST be selected and its air direction can be set up How to stop louver swinging 3 Push CIS button again while the louver is operating The louver stops at a position when you push f pushing 2 again the a
170. ces Before address setup SW30 Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 ON Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is turned on only in one line Address setup is performed with connecting indoor outdoor communication line between outdoor units Fig 3 Correct wiring Address setup is performed under condition of connecting between multiple refrigerant lines Fig 3 Correct wiring 8 5 3 There is no display of a check code on 7 segment display on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit though there is indoor unit which does not accept the operation from the remote controller Remote controller status No response 7 segment display of outdoor unit Communication line is not connected between indoor and outdoor Countermeasures Modify wiring Line and indoor addresses are unset Unit which does not response to remote controller Set up address The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in indoor group control Unit which does not response to remote controller Turn on the power Group address is set up to follower unit in the individual control Unit which does not response to remote controller Set 0 to group address in case of individual control No display on remote controller No line is output The power is not turned o
171. ch connector with trouble overflow error Float switch circuit Check operation of drain pump unit disconnected or the Check the drain pump circuit connector came off Check clogging of drain pipe Check indoor P C board error P12 11 Indoor Indoor fan Corresponding The value of motor speed Check connection of fan connector and wiring motor error unit only stops deviated from target value Check fan motor error The standard ducted unit air conditioner utilizes a direct current DC indoor fan motor that features current limiting protection In the event power is not isolated prior to service the protective control circuit will activate and stop the unit operating The check code P12 will be displayed on the remote controller once service work has been completed this code can be cleared by switching off then on the electrical isolation device of the indoor unit and pressing the operation stop button on the remote controller to reset the system was detected for certain time Over current protection operated Check indoor P C board error Check influence of outside air control Check indoor type code DN 10 and the capacity code DN 11 P13 P13 47 VF Outdoor liquid All stop In heating Check full close operation of outdoor PMV 1 2 back While the system is operating Check Pd and Ps sensor error detection in HEAT mode outdoor PMV of Check clogging o
172. communication line of remote controller Check communication line miscabling and power of indoor unit Check communication X Y terminals Check network adapter P C board Check the central controller Central control remote controller etc Error in indoor group Operation continued Error of follower unit in the group Check follower unit in the group These errors are concerned to communication of remote controllers A B and central system AI NET X Y and the main remote controller displays E01 E02 E03 E09 or E18 in some cases and displays none in other cases according to the error Cautions when servicing for compressor 1 Removing wires of both compressors check output of the inverter as described below How to check inverter output 1 Turn off the power supply Remove the compressor lead cables from the compressors Be sure to remove lead cables of both compressors Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation In this time pay attention to touch the fasten receptacle terminal lug of the compressor leads so that they do not contact with other fasten receptacle terminal lug or other position unit cabinet etc Check output voltage of compressor lead cable at inverter side When the output voltage does not satisfy the criteria in the following table replace IPDU P C board N A Measured position Criteria
173. cooling part heating operation Turn on SV41 and SV42 when PS pressure x 0 14MPa and Pd pressure lt 1 8MPa and turn off SV41 and SV42 when PS pressure gt 0 24MPa and Pd pressure gt 2 2MPa 2 High pressure release control This function is for gas bypass control which emergently prevents the high pressure cut Turn on SV41 and SV42 when Pd pressure gt 3 5MPa and turn off SV41 and SV42 when Pd pressure x 3 45MPa 5 SV6 valve 1 Cooling bypass control This function is a liquid refrigerant bypass control to suppress the rise of the discharge temperature or the inside temperature of the compressor Turn on SV6 valve when the discharge temperature TD1 or TD2 becomes 96 or higher and turns off when it drops below 84 by bypassing liquid refrigerant 6 PMV3 1 High pressure release control All heating operation This function suppresses the rise of high pressure during the inverter low frequency operation when in all heating operation mode Set up PMV3 opening to 45 pulses when Pd pressure 3 45MPa 2 High pressure release control All cooling operation Set up PMV3 opening to 60 pulses when Pd pressure 3 5MPa Remarks Frequency release control 1 High pressure release control This function is to correct the operation command of the compressor and suppress the rise of high pressure 1 Control contents The operation frequency is decreased by 1 step when Pd pres sure 2 3 4MPa It is decreased by 1 st
174. cted during operation of air conditioner of IC10 non volatile memory EEPROM on indoor unit P C board Replace service P C board If EEPROM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read write EEPROM data the automatic address mode is repeated In this case 97 error is displayed on AI NET central controller Approx 3 minutes Approx 1 minute Power ON SET DATA is displayed SET DATA gt LED 002 1Hz flashes gt Reboot on main remote controller disappears for approx 10 seconds Reset on indoor unit P C board Repetition 9t Check code Check code name Cause of operation F31 1C TCC L AI NET Outdoor EEPROM error 1 Outdoor unit power error Voltage noise etc 2 Outdoor I F P C board error Check power voltage and line Is there any trouble of YES outdoor unit power supply Check I F P C board Correct power line Check external noise etc Check code Check code name Cause of operation H01 1F TCC L AI NET Compressor breakdown Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Outdoor unit power line error Compressor circuit system error Compressor error Cause of abnormal overload operation IPDU board error NO Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal 380 415V 10 YES YES Does voltage drop occur when other c
175. cteristics of TA sensor resistance value Check indoor P C board error TS1 TS2 Sensor error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TS1 or TS2 sensor connector Check characteristics of TS1 TS2 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error 201 remote Check code Outdoor 7 segment display controller Check code Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name TH sensor error All stop Error detection condition Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check item position IGBT built in temp sensor error Exchange IPDU PC board Outdoor temp sensor miscabling TE1 TL All stop During operation of compressor in HEAT mode the TE1 detection temp was higher than that of TL by the specified value continued for 3 minutes or more Check installation of TE1 sensor and TL sensor Check characteristics of TE1 and TL sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling Pd Ps All stop High pressure Pd sensor and low pressure Ps sensor were exchanged or output voltages of both sensors are zero Check connection of high pressure Pd sensor connector Check connection of low pressure Ps
176. cuit 4 way valve error SV4 circuit leakage misinstallation SV5 circuit leakage SV6 circuit clogging Mispiping of discharge gas suction gas pipes Flow selector unit error Are service valves of gas and liquid sides fully opened YES Is outdoor PMV normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling NO Open service valves fully 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 Outdoor I F P C board YES Are characteristics of Connectors CN300 301 White NO Repair outdoor PMV TD2 sensor resistance normal YES Y Does not discharge refrigerant gas by Refer to outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics 4 NO Replace TD2 sensor pass to suction sidethrough 4 way valve YES SV4 circuit 1 Are not SV41 and SV42 valve coils installed reversely 2 Is there no leakage through SV42 circuit NO Check 4 way valve Correct installation of valve coil NO Replace SV42 valve YES Check leakage of SV5 circuit YES NO Replace defective parts Check clogging of SV6 circuit YES Check mispiping of discharge gas Replace defective parts suction gas main pipes NO Correct piping YE Y S Is the flow selector unit normal YES Are there indoor units connected NO Repair the flow selector unit in different refrigerant circuit YE Y S Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage
177. d In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units Check all the switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO03 on the interface P C board are set to 1 1 1 2 Push the push switches SWO4 SWOS5 at the same time for 2 seconds or more 3 E 0 is displayed on 7 segment display 4 The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max fan speed within approx 10 seconds when E 0 was displayed Release Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P C board in the header unit for 2 seconds or more The outdoor fan which was operated stops Check U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A and then finish the work 112 8 7 9 Manual Adjustment Function of Outside Temp TO Sensor This function is provided to fix TO sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the outdoor unit When the unit stops abnormally due to TO sensor failure etc an emergent operation is avail able by set up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature Operation 1 Set the rotary switches on the interface P C board to numbers as follows e SWO1 2 SWO2 1 SWO3 15 7 segment display t o 2 Keep pushing the push switch SWO4 on the interface P C board for 1 second or more The mode changes to the TO sensor value fix manual mode 3 As shown in the following table TO sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SWO2 on the int
178. d leave it as it is 2 Turn on SW30 2 on the interface P C board of the header unit if it is OFF If it has been already ON leave it as it is Central control a Us UA PEA r Header unit Follower unit He der unit Follower unit Header unit usju U3 U4 u3 U4 U3 u4 03 04 ut u2 sue u1ju2 us ue u1 uz Us ue 0506 2 05106 yo X u1 u2 u1i u2 x Ui u2 Utju2 a 8 a 8 E A B AJB a 8 T T E x Remote Remote x5 n Remote n Remote EN controller controller n controller controller Unit of which address is to be returned to the initial status 2 Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be cleared After approx 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed and then execute the following operation on the interface P C board of the header unit of which address is to be cleared in the refrigerant line After checking that A d buS is displayed on 7 degment Line Indoor Group address display and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more After checking that A d nEt is displayed on 7 degment display and then push SW04 for 5 seconds or more Central address 3 After
179. d SW11 1 bit is ON and the other indoor unit is under COOL DRY operation FAN operation cannot be performed because the system performs Heat oil Refrigerant recovery operation There is a unit in which indoor overflow P10 is detected There is a unit in which interlock alarm P23 is detected 2 The above indoor units unavailable to operate waits under condition of thermostat OFF HEAT standby Display on remote controller 1 HEAT thermostat is OFF During HEAT operation the fan rotates with lower air speed than one specified in order to prevent discharge of cold draft or stops including case that defrost operation is being performed HEAT operation cannot be performed because COOL priority is set Outdoor I F P C board SW11 bit 1 is ON and the other indoor unit is under COOL DRY operation 2 HEAT standby is displayed until the above conditions are released Remarks amp goes on S goes on Selection of central control mode 1 The contents which can be changed on the remote controller at indoor unit side can be selected by setup at the central controller side 2 In case of operation from TCC LINK central controller TCB SC642TLE etc Central control mode 1 Cannot operate Central control mode 2 Cannot operate stop select mode set up temp Central control mode 3 Cannot select mode set up temp Central control mode
180. d inside the electric parts box Clip To open close the air inlet grille 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box Air outlet Air outlet louver Select air flow direction in cooling or heating operation M Air filter Filters dust and other trash Air filter is situated in the air grille 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type MMU AP0071YH to APO121YH MMU APO151SH to APO241SH Air outlet Air outlet louver Earth screw Select air flow direction in Situated inside the electric parts box cooling or heating operation Air outlet Air outlet louver Earth screw Select air flow direction in cooling Situated inside the or heating operation electric parts box Center panel Air inlet mM SS Air inlet grille Air filter Air filter Filters dust and other trash Filters dust and other trash _ Air filter is situated in the air inlet grille Air filter is situated in the air inlet grille MMU AP0152SH AP0182SH AP0242SH Button Button to open close suction port peu heating operation mode a Air filter Filters dust and other trash Air filter is situated in the air grille Air inlet grille Earth screw Situated inside the electric box Air outlet Air outlet louver Select air flow direction in cooling or Air filter Filters dust and other trash Provided on the s
181. d locally Setup at power peak cut control expansion request Power Peak cut request Outdoor wire interface P C board SW07 Bit 2 ON SWOT7 Bit 1 OFF SWO07 Bit 1 ON 100 Normal operation 100 Normal operation 80 Upper limit restriction 85 Upper limit restriction 60 Upper limit restriction 7596 Upper limit restriction 0 Forced stop 60 Upper limit restriction Outside power peak cut request SW SW2 L1 Display lamp Setup positions of header outdoor unit interface P C board Connector position detail Operation stop to 6096 8096 100 ON 60 to 60 75 85 100 Power peak cut expansion ON 83 7 2 2 3 Snowfall Fan Control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Procured locally Snow sensor Operation The outdoor unit fan operates when a Snowfall signal is received Terminal Input signal Operation Snowfall fan control Operates outdoor unit fan Usual operation Releases control The control contents are accepted during leading and trailing of the input signal The status of leading and trailing should be held for 100mm sec or more External master ON OFF control board TCB PCMO 2E Outdoor unit destination to be connected becomes the header outdoor unit U1 SMC Snowfall detection switch 7 2 2 4 External master ON OFF control Header outdoor unit interface P C board Procured locally Operation
182. de 02 Compressor 2 side Compressor error lock MG SW error OCR operation The follower unit continues operation All stop Over current was detected several seconds after header compressor had started Check compressor error Check power voltage AC380 10 415V 10 Check cable of compressor and phase missing Check connector terminal connection on IPDU PC board Check conduction of case heater Check activation error due to liquid stagnation in compressor Check outdoor PC board IPDU error Check outdoor MG SW or OCR MG SW Magnet Switch OCR Over current Relay 821 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Current detection circuit system error Status All stop Error detection condition While header compressor stopped current flowed more than the specified amount Check item position Check cabling of current detection circuit system Check outdoor board IPDU error Compressor 1 case thermo operation All stop Compressor 1 case thermostat performed protective operation Check compressor 1 case thermo circuit Connector cable PC board Check full opening of service valve Gas and liquid side Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 3
183. de of the selector unit is higher than that of normal selector unit Discharge Liquid bypass capillary Check valve Check valve Capillary clogging Single cooling SV11 ON Simultaneous Simultaneous hea Single heating Simultaneous Simultaneous hea ing Indoor cooling ing Indoor cooling ing Indoor heating ing Indoor heating P15 Gas leak detection Gas short is observed and PD and PS may be lower than those in normal time TD and TS may be higher than those in normal time Check valve leakage Single cooling SV11 OFF O Check valve circuit Refrigerant sound may be heard from check valve Discharge gas pipe is cold or it may be frozen Piping Discharge pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Incorrect piping Discharge pipe lt Suction gas pipe Single cooling Simultaneous cooling Indoor cooling Simultaneous heating Indoor cooling TCJ and TC1 are heated same as heating Heating circuit Discharge gas pipe at outdoor side of selector unit is fairly heated Signal line Power supply line Disconnection Contact error Miswiring In some cases phenomena such as above occur Reference Refrigerant circulating example of flow selector unit when a trouble occurred Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe ED Discharge gas pipe E Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe KE D L a o D D
184. dividual after indoor address setup Duplicated outdoor line address All stop Line address setup is duplicated against the outdoor unit in different refrigerant pipe system Check line address Duplicated indoor units with priority Displayed on indoor unit with priority All stop Indoor units with priority were duplicated Check display of indoor unit with priority MG SW Magnet Switch OCR Over current Relay LEL Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code No of indoor units with priority AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Duplicated indoor units with priority Displayed on the unit other than indoor unit with priority Status All stop Error detection condition Indoor units with priority were duplicated Check item position Check display of indoor unit with priority and outdoor unit Indoor Group line in individual indoor unit Corresponding unit only stops At least one indoor unit connected to a group existed in the individual indoor units Check indoor address Indoor Indoor group address unset Corresponding unit only stops Address was not yet set up Check indoor address Note After installation this code is displayed when the power is first turned on Indoor Indoor capacity unset Corre
185. door automatic address was being Sub code Duplicated indoor address set Sub code 02 7 f Using a main remote controller RBC AMT21E check the setup item codes DN code 12 13 and 14 When there is no address duplication check to the following flowchart Is cable connection to NO communication line normal Correct cable connection YES YES Sub code 01 Communication between indoor and outdoor 02 Communication between outdoor units Are U1 02 U3 U4 connectors connected YES Disconnect relay connector Turn on power of of Ut U2 and U4 outdoor unit again NO ERE Correct communication line Check code Check code name Cause of operation YES E15 42 No corresponding indoor unit Communication line connection error Y TCC L A NET during automatic address between indoor and outdoor Set up indoor address again Indoor power system error Noise from surrounding devices Power failure Indoor P C board error Is communication line between indoor and outdoor normal YES Is connection of CN40 connector NO on indoor P C board correct YES NO Set up address again Refer to Address setup procedure n line connected outdoor unit Is communicatio to the differen NO Is indoor unit quantity connected to outdoor unit correct NO Check code Check code name Cause of operation Correct
186. door unit Turn off the power to the outdoor unit within 2 minutes of short circuiting Refrigerant charging Add the same amount of refrigerant as the remaining refrigerant from charge port of the liquid service valve 203 15 3 Procedure to Identify the Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage Correct miscabling or incorrect Is there any disconnection mis cabling installation of the sensors or incorrect installation of sensors on the unit TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515 of which the compressor has been replaced TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 Are the sensor characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 sensors correct sensoreror Check oil equalization circuit in the following procedure once the compressor is removed Check items and procedure for the oil equalization circuit under when the compressor has been removed Check items Position Procedure Outdoor PMV1 2 3 1 Pressurize with nitrogen through check joint of liquid pipe and check for leakage pressure at check joint of discharge pipe Check valve leakage If pressure of check joint of discharge pipe is high leakage from outdoor on main discharge pipe PMV 1 2 3 and check valve of main discharge pipe are possible Exchange the parts If the pressure cannot be found open outdoor PMV 1 2 3 fully and recheck pressure If the pressure from the discharge check joint is high leakage from check Check for valve of main discharge pipe is possible Exchange the parts r
187. dow Locations where the noise of the outdoor unit will pose a problem Locations with poor air circulation Electric wiring A WARNING Ensure that the unit is correctly earthed Grounding is necessary If earthing is incomplete an electric shock may be caused A CAUTION Check that the circuit breaker is fitted Attaching a earth leakage breaker is necessary Otherwise an electric shock may be caused Make sure that the correct capacity Fuses are used Using wire or copper wire may cause a fire or unit fault Ensure that the power supply to the unit is exclusive and is the correct rated voltage To disconnect the appliance from the main power supply This appliance must be connected to the main power supply by means of a circuit breaker or a switch with a contact separation of at least 3mm 3 12 Maintenance Cleaning of air filter When FILTER is displayed on the remote controller its is time to check and if necessary clean the filter Clogging of air filter decreases the cooling heating effect Aron TEST FILTER display oro A B TEMP DON OFF CAD Notifies that it is time to clean the air filter FAN SWING FIX FILTER reset Push the FILTER switch after cleaning The FILTER display will disappear FILTER RESET TEST OXO UNIT WARNING Be sure to turn off the main power supply prior to any mai
188. dress and the line addresses in all indoor units do not match The indoor addresses are duplicated Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated A header unit is not set up in a group Except group displaying E04 Set up address again Duplication of indoor addresses Address No in which sub code of the check code are duplicated Set up address again There is none of outdoor terminal resistance or there are two or more resistances After address setup when terminal resistance setup is changed after power ON Check SW30 bit 2 of the outdoor unit No connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 20N Connection between multiple refrigerant lines SW30 bit 2 of the connected outdoor unit is turned on only in one line Transmission circuit error at interface side PC board failure Replace the interface board After address setup communication from all the indoor units interrupted under condition that a normal operation can be performed Check and correct disconnection of indoor outdoor communication line Communication line between outdoor unit and the leading indoor unit Check influence of communication noise Exceeded No of connected indoor units or exceeded capacity Adjust No of connected indoor units or capacity Duplication of outdoor addresses Only when outdoor address was manually set up Do not use a manual setup for outdoor address Duplic
189. e Other connected unit Oil level down error Excessive oil amount SV3B valve Corresponding unit il level down error Shortage of oil amount SV3C valve Other connected unit il level down error Excessive oil amount SV3D valve SV3D valve circuit capillary Strainer Corresponding unit il level down error Shortage of oil amount SV3E valve Corresponding unit il level detective circuit error il level down error Oil equalization circuit error Judgment of shortage Shortage of oil amount Oil return capillary Corresponding unit il level down error Shortage of oil amount SV3C bypass capillary Trouble by leakage Part name Outdoor PMV Position with trouble See next page Corresponding unit Unit issuing check code Corresponding unit il level detective circuit error Check code to be detected Outdoor liquid back error Oil level down error Oil equalization circuit error Phenomena Corresponding unit Refrigerant stagnation Check valve of main discharge pipe collective section Corresponding unit Oil level down error Compressor breakdown Compressor error Lock Refrigerant stagnation Check valve of discharge pipe Corresponding unit Oil level down error Compressor breakdown Compressor error Lock Refrigerant stagnation ve of oil equalization circuit Corresponding unit Oil level down
190. e Black TCJ sensor Slim Duct Type Model MMD AP 0071SPH SH 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 0091SPH SH 0121SPH SH 0151SPH SH 0181SPH SH Fan motor SWF 280 60 1 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 TA sensor Lead wire length 1558mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor SPH series only Under Ceiling Type Model MMC AP 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Fan motor SWF 280 60 1 SWF 280 60 2 SWF 280 120 2 Louver motor MP24GA1 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 TA sensor Lead wire length 155mm Vinyl tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor High Wall Type Model MMK AP 26 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Fan motor ICF 280 120 3 ICF 340 30 or MF 340 30 Louver motor MT8 3 6 MP24Z Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF EDM B25YGTF 3 TA sensor Lead wire length 818mm Vinyl tube Lead wire length 318mm Vinyl
191. e 1 To procedure 2 Cable systematic diagram AZ L Z N Outdoor Central Outdoor Central Outdoor Outdoor Central remote controller remote controller remote controller Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller controller controller controller Olxlolxioixioixioixio x O x X XlO O x x OIOIx x OJOIx x N OIO x x x x lO OIOIO x x x OIO O OIO O x O x O x Ox O x O x O x O x OlO x x O IO x x OO x x OlO v x xIx x OIO OIOIx xix xlOIO o OO O O x x x x x x x x O O s Address setup procedure 1 Header unit interface P C board Is not used for setup of system address Do not change setup 1 Turn on power of indoor outdoor units In order of indoor Outdoor 2 Check that the relay connectors between U1 U2 and 2 After approx 1 minute check that U 1 LO8 1 flash g IB IE IB 2 4 nel ial t
192. e Correct short circuit N between indoor and outdoor correct Is connection of CN40 connector o on indoor P C board normal YES Y Correct NO communication line Is connection of CNO1 connector ii on outdoor I F P C board normal Correct wiring of the connector YES YES Is there an error on Is F400 fuse on NO power cable to an outdoor unit I F P C board failed Is power of indoor turned on Turn on power of indoor unit YES Check conduction YES with tester NO Correct power cable Did a power failure occur Clear the fault code Turn on power to YES start operation YES Is there no noise etc Check noise etc and eliminate it if any NO NO Check indoor P C board NOTE Defect Replace 1 When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has been sending signals normally E06 is displayed VF P C board failure However an emergent operation is available by inserting connector from CNO1 to CN33 Outdoor I F P C board failure Replace Ot Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation E08 96 Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated TCC L AI NET E12 42 Automatic address start error 1 When indoor automatic address started TCC L AI NET other refrigerant circuit system was setting automatic address Sub code 01 2 When outdoor automatic address started A the in
193. e indoor group addresses are also stored in the EEPROM Proceed with the exchange of the P C board as shown in the procedure below After exchange confirm the settings for master sub etc are correct and carry out a test operation Exchange procedure Method 1 Before exchange it is possible to turn on the power of the indoor unit and read out the setup contents from the wired remote controller Readout of EEPROM data Procedure 1 Exchange of P C board for service amp power ON Procedure 2 Programming the EEPROM data Procedure 3 Power supply reset All the indoor units connected to the remote controller are reset in case of group operation control 217 Method 2 Before exchange it is impossible to read out the setup contents due to EEPROM error Exchange of P C board for service amp power ON Procedure 2 Writing in of the setup data such as the model name capacity code indoor unit address high ceiling setup connection setup of option etc to EEPROM based upon customer s information Procedure 3 Power supply reset All the indoor units connected to the remote controller in case of group operation control Procedure 1 Readout setup contents from EEPROM Contents of EEPROM with setup changed at local site include setup at shipment from the factory are read out 1 Push 5 25 G buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 1 Corresponds to number of the operation diagram
194. e length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B60YGTF 1 Louver motor panel MP24GA 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Model MMU AP 0071WH 0091WH 0121WH 0151WH 0181WH Fan motor AF 230 53 4G AF 230 39 4B Running capacitor for fan motor AC 400V 1 0uF AC 450V 2 0uF Drain pump motor PJD 05230TF 1 Float switch FS 0208 608 Control P C board transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF TA sensor Lead wire length 268mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Model MMU AP 0241WH 0271WH 0301WH 0481WH Fan motor AF 200 53 4F AF 200 92 4B Running capacitor for fan motor AC 450V 2 5uF 450V 3 5uF AC 500V 5uF Drain pump motor PJD 05230TF 1 Float switch FS 0208 608 Control P C board transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B40YGTF EDM B60YGTF 1 TA sensor Lead wire length 268mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size
195. e valves of NO 3 Output voltage of I F P C board gas pipe and liquid pipe of Open service valves fully If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor error is considered outdoor unit fully opened If 2 and 3 are different check I F P C board Are SV2 and SV4 circuits normal No Correct SV2 and SV4 circuits Check wiring installation and YES connection Are outdoor PMV1 2 3 normal Is there mispiping of discharge gas YES m 1 Connector connection NO Repai PMV and suction gas main pipes Correct piping 2 Wiring 3 Coil TWR epair outdoor PMV 4 Valve body 5 I F P C board Connector CN300 301 White y NO z 3 YE Is indoor unit connected to different refrigerant systems E Correct cabling Check with miswiring check function of outdoor unit NO NO YES N A Cooling o Correct SV4 SV5 SV11 SV4 valve Connector CN311 Blue valve circuits Start operation Are SV41 and SV42 Valve circuits normal 1 Incorrect installation and connection of SV41 and SV42 2 Leakage from SV41 42 circuit In cooling season go to A In heating season go to B Are following items normal 1 Connection 2 Condenser 3 Motor 4 Fan Does indoor fan operate normally in cooling season Repair faulty parts YES YES Is there clogging of indoor air filter or heat exchanger NO Is indoor PMV normal S YE Refri
196. eck characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value Check refrigerant shortage Check 4 way valve error Check leakage of SV41 circuit Check SV4 circuit Miswiring and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 Check leakage of SV5 circuit Check leakage of SV6 circuit Capillary clogging valve operation error Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring between FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Actuation of high pressure SW All stop High pressure SW actuated Check Pd pressure sensor error Check full opening of outdoor service valves Gas side Liquid side Check outdoor fan error Check outdoor fan motor error Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers Check short circuiting of outdoor suction discharge air Check clogging of SV2 circuit Check outdoor PC board I F error Check indoor fan system error Cause of air volume decrease Check opening of indoor PMV Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe Check SV4 valve circuit Check SV5 valve circuit Check r
197. eck code Operation lamp Green flash Unused Central control system error Communication system error Display on sensor part in wireless remote controller Block display of combination of D amp Each sensor error Failure Compressor protective system error Display on 7 segment in outdoor unit Unused Unit No and check code are displayed Setup error Other errors e In a case of error with auxiliary code the check code and the Protective device operation auxiliary code are displayed alternately 2 Special mention 1 If this model is connected to AI NET by network adaptor the different check codes are displayed on the main remote controller and AI NET central control remote controller Example Indoor TA sensor error AI NETWORK BUS AI NET central control Wired remote controller remote controller 2 The check code of the remote controller is displayed only while the air conditioner is operating remote controller start button ON When the air conditioner has stopped and the error has been cleared the check code display on the remote controller also disappears However if the error continues after the unit has stopped the check code is immediately displayed when the unit is restarted 120 9 3 Troubleshooting by Check Display on Remote Controller In case of wired remote controller RBC AMT31E 1 Confirmation and check When a trouble occurs in the
198. eck item Check position Criteria DC280V output Between CN500 D and DC260 to DC340V Between CN500 D and 6 DC12V Control power voltage 2 How to check fan IPDU Between CN500 and DC7V 1 Check that the lead wires are correctly inserted into 250 fasten terminal of DC280V input and into the communication connector CNO1 2 After then replace the fan IPDU if an abnormality is recognized MCC 1439 Front View F500 10A 250V 1 CN503 505 RED CN504BLUUART 2 e 5 UNIT 3 1 GND 5V G LI LHWN 9 C520 1 4 Aw F501 m 1 T6 3A 250V BLR an L IHM 005NO 1nONI 2d f 18 ZOSNO MCC 1439 058 COMPONENT SIDE S pAPAS CN500 223 17 2 5 Interface Board Replacement Procedure This service board is commonly installed in different models If the board assembly is to be replaced check the displayed inspection contents and replace the board with the correct version for the model and follow this procedure Replacement steps 1 Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit Remove the connectors fasteners and screw terminals connected to the interface P C board 2 3 Remove the interface P C board from the six card edge 4 spacers Disconn
199. ect short Relay connector after Open after address setup address setup address setup Indoor side Automatic setup Refrigerant line address Indoor unit address Group address Never connect a relay connector until address setup for all the refrigerant lines has been completed otherwise address cannot be correctly set up Item code 2 5 8 Data 4 7 10 11 DON OFF 3 6 9 16 Note 1 When setting the line address from the remote controller do not use address 29 and 30 The address 29 and 30 cannot be set up in the outdoor unit Therefore if they are incorrectly set up a check code E04 Indoor outdoor communication circuit error is output Confirmation of indoor unit address and position by using the remote controller Confirmation of indoor unit address and the position 1 When you want to know the indoor address though position of the indoor unit itself can be recognized Procedure Operation while the air conditioner operates Ti it stops push eo button 2 Push c button Im The unit No is displayed on the LCD E ER Disappears after several seconds The displayed unit No indicates the line address and indoor 1 eS address If there is other indoor unit connected ae to the same remote controller Group control Operate unit other unit No is displayed every pushing Gao m Ce UNIT button 2
200. ect the jumper wires of the service board as instructed in the table below The jumper setting differs from the one to be replaced If the model is not specified inspection code L10 is displayed and the equipment will not operate Model name Service P C board Yes Yes Yes MMY MAPOS802FT8 INV Disconnect Disconnect Leave intact MMY MAP1002FT8 INV Leave intact Disconnect Leave intact MMY MAP1202FT8 INV Disconnect Leave intact Leave intact 5 Set dip switch settings of the service board to the switch settings detailed below before replacement Dip Switch Setting contents Demand setting Outdoor fan high static pressure setting etc System address setting Terminating resistance setting 6 After setting the jumper wires of the service board install the service board in the outdoor control unit Confirm that it is securely fixed to the card edge spacers 7 Connect the connector and fasten terminals confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted 8 If a component part on the board is bent during board replacement adjust it manually so that it is not in contact with other parts components 9 Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation ER ur Jumper wire replacement place J09 10 11 IC300 1C301
201. ed according to High Wall Type cool heat mode MMK AP0071H to AP0241H Air inlet grille Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box Air filter n TU Ii Air outlet Air outlet louver Air filter is situated in Change the direction of the air the air inlet grille to be discharged according to cool heat mode MMK APOO72H to APO122H Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box Air inlet grille Air filter Filters dust and other trash Air filter is situated in the air inlet grille Air outlet Air outlet louver Change the direction of the air to be discharged according to cool heat mode Weekly timer RBC EXW21E2 x 2 g o o g o 2 T N al E t o Aan aQec LE Floor Standing Cabinet Type Air outlet Air outlet louver Changes the direction of the air flow Air filter Filters dust and other trash Situated inside the air grille Floor Standing Concealed Type Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box Drain pan With drain filter This accessory is installed at the local site Air inlet grille Air filter Filters dust and other trash M Front panel Eower side Situated inside the suction port Floor Standing Type L Fixing met
202. een 0102 and U3U4 2 Turn on SW30 2 on the interface P C board at outdoor header unit side if it is OFF Turn off the power and then execute the operation Central control device 7 7 Header unit Follower unit He der unit Follower unit He der unit Us u4 du 03 04 U3 U4 u1 ue usus vi u2 Usjue 1 2 us ue 01 02 us ue u6 ATS Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller teeta bad LUIS NE S ed wre 3 Turn on the indoor outdoor power of which address is to be set up After approx 1 minute check that U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display 4 Execute the following operation on the interface P C board of the header unit Swo1 Swo2 swo3 Swo4 After checking that In RE ris displayed on 7 segment display and then push SWO4 for 5 seconds or more AUTO1 gt AUTO2 gt AUTO3 gt gt AUTO9 is counted and displayed on 7 degment display e Return the SWO1 02 03 setup as before 5 When U 1 is displayed on 7 segment display the setup operation finished Turn off the indoor outdoor power 6 Return the following setup as before Relay connector SW30 2 8 4 4 Check after Address Setup When Central Control System is Connected
203. een indoor unit and FS unit Low pressure gas A pressure gas Aa pressure gas e Control wiring between indoor unit and FS unit Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe al Liquid pipe i Liquid svs ON svss ON 2 When the cooling thermostat of the indoor unit that is connected to the FS unit has been off the refriger ant will not flow and cooling air may not discharge evenly if the thermostats of the other cooling operation units are on 3 Suction gas pipe FS unit D Liquid pipe dL 8 Cooling operation Cooling operation Cooling MADE d Control wiring between Thermo OFF Thermo ON Thermo ON indoor unit and FS unit SVDD svss ON 76 7 1 4 Applied Control in Indoor Unit B Remote location ON OFF control box TCB IFCB 4E Wiring and setup Use the exclusive connector for connection with the indoor control P C board In a group control the system can operate when connecting with any indoor unit Control P C board in the group However when taking out the operation error signal from the other unit it is necessary to take out from each unit individually 1 Control items 1 Start Stop input signal Operation start stop in unit 2 Operation signal Output during normal operation 3 Error signal Output during alarm Serial communication error or indoor outdoor protective device o
204. eferring to the section 9 Troubleshooting Central control units Check before test operation Check the basic items mainly the installation work ag Be sure to enter the check results in the check list 1 and 2 vole i 5 E 4 so ted 1 Check the main power supply It is the check after the power has been turned on Other refrigerant line Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C is turned on Check the refrigerant circuit system is normally turned on us u4 vafu4 y us u4 U3 U4 A w a Outdoor unit Li H 227 p a y a Es 299 Set up the addresses Start the address setup in the outdoor indoor units ufoa mam lw a Tara ufo 05 uifuz USTUS NOTE The operation does not start by only power ON rh m 7 Prior to the test operation check the following items so that there is no trouble in the installation work Check air blowing cooling heating operation in the indoor unit 380 415V Leak interception i Main switch 8 2 Check Items before Test Operation m ma BA M Indoor unit H Main check items for electric wiring ERE RS 1 phase 230V Leak interception Main switch Remote Remote Remote Follower unit C controller controller controller
205. efrigerant stagnation in Check valve leakage of If gas leaks from the brazed discharge pipe where compressor has been compressor discharge pipe removed when pressurized with nitrogen from the check joint of the main discharge pipes the discharge pipe check valves is possibly leaking Exchange the parts Check valve leakage of If gas leaks from the brazed oil equalization pipe where compressor has oil equalization circuit been removed when pressurized with nitrogen from the check joint of the discharge pipe the check valve of oil equalization circuit is a possibly leaking Exchange the parts SV3A valve leakage Pressurize with nitrogen with the check joint on the discharge pipe then open SV3B valve clogging SV3B valve manually If gas leaks from the brazed suction pipe where the compressor should be there may be a leak in SV3A valve Exchange the parts SV3E valve clogging Open SV3E valve manually while pressurizing with nitrogen using the check Clogging of oil return joint on the discharge pipe Check for oil capillary If there is no leakage at the brazed suction pipe where the compressor was shortage in removed the SV3E valve or oil return capillary may be clogged compressor Exchange the parts SV3D valve capillary Open SV3E valve manually while pressurizing with nitrogen from the check clogging joint of the discharge pipe Clogging of oil return If there is no leakage at the brazed suction pipe where the compressor was
206. efrigerant overcharge Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check circuit clogging at auxiliary heat exchanger side PMV3 SV12 check valve Check FS unit Check clogging of SVD valve and operation error Check wiring inside of FS unit SVD SVS coil miswiring etc Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit Miswiring Disconnection Wiring missing 01 Power supply missing phase 02 Power supply phase order reversed phase Phase missing or reversed phase order All stop Missing phase was detected when the power turned on Reversed phase was detected when the power turned on Check outdoor power line Check outdoor PC board I F error cel Check code 1 Detected Check code A a sc Main Outdoor 7 segment displa AI NET as Status Error detection condition Check item position remote p central control Position name controller Check code Sub code remote controller P07 P07 01 Compressor 1C IPDU Heat sink All stop IGBT built in temp sensor TH Check power voltage 1 side VF overheat error was overheated Check outdoor fan system error 02 Compressor Check clogging of heat sink cooling duct 2 side Check fixation between IGBT and heat sink Check screwing and contact Check IPDU error IGBT built in temp sensor TH error P10 P10 Indoor address Ob Indoor Indoor All stop Float switch operated Check the float swit
207. el vial Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check 1 Clamp meter 3 Insulation resistance tester Megger 2 Thermometer 4 Electroscope Volt meter 5 Recharge of Refrigerant When recharge of the refrigerant is required charge the new refrigerant with the specified amount in the procedure as described below Recover the refrigerant and check there is no refrigerant in the equipment Leave it as it is for 1 to 2 minutes and check the indicator of the compound gauge does not return Connect the charge hose to the packed valve service ports at gas side liquid side and balance side of the outdoor unit Set the refrigerant cylinder on the electronic balance connect the charge hose to connecting ports of the cylinder and the electronic gauge and then charge the liquid refrigerant from the service port at liquid side Shield with the gauge manifold so that refrigerant does not flow to gas side Connect the charge hose to vacuum pump adaptor Open the packed valves of the balance pipe fully at liquid and gas h he refri sides and then return the valve at gas side a little to the closed side kontan the rsingeranlies Low High Open fully PMV of the outdoor unit T
208. en indoor unit indoor unit and FS unit and FS unit Remote controller gt gt aye Remote controller kk T d Group control How to set up code 1 Push C5 amp buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more FILL is displayed in the UNIT No window At this time the fans of all the indoor units in BE j a N the group control start the fan operation 2 Using the set temperature buttons select the Item code UE DON OFF 3 Change SET DATA to Z using the timer buttons W Fi DE mr POL ce RESET TEST 4 Push 5 button 5 Push button This confirms the setup has finished 75 B n case of not setting 01 to Item code OE When more than one indoor unit has been set up as a group to one FS unit and you have forgotten to set 01 on Item code on all the indoor units the following may occur 1 When AUTO operation is selected on the remote controller and cooling operation and heating operation are required hot air may be discharged from the cooling operation unit or cool air may be discharged from the heating operation unit or fan stops However in case of 2 L18 error code is output and the air conditioner stops 1 FS unit High pressure gas High pressure gas High pressure gas High pressure High High gas pressure pressure pP Y j gas Liqui LI Control wiring betw
209. en low pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit is below 0 10 MPa fully close the service valve of the balance pipe Close service valve of the gas pipe gradually while checking the low pressure and then adjust the pressure to 0 12 MPa 12 14 When low pressure of the malfunctioning Turn off the power of all the outdoor units outdoor unit and low pressure of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment becomes almost same fully close the service valve of gas pipe on the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment Using a recovery device reclaim the remaining refrigerant in the outdoor unit in which pump down operation has finished and measure the amount Return all rotary switches SW01 02 03 to 1 1 1 192 Refrigerant recovery procedure backup If the power of the malfunctioning unit cannot be turned on the PMV cannot be opened therefore the amount of recovered refrigerant decreases compared with the usual pump down operation Using a refrigerant recovery device recover the remaining gas in the unit and measure the recovered refrigerant as the same amount of refrigerant will be required to be recharged after the repair Procedure Set up the malfunctioning outdoor unit as follows 1 Using a gauge manifold connect the check joint of the liquid pipe and the low pressure side and then purge air in the hose to recover refrigerant in the heat exchanger and the liquid tank 2 Fully close the service valve of the liq
210. en not in operation 3 15 When the Following Symptoms are Found Check the points described below before contacting your local service repair center Symptom Cause It is not a failure Check again Outdoor unit White misty cold air or water is blown out Sometimes the noise Pushu is heard The fan on the outdoor unit automatically stops when performing a defrost operation Solenoid valve works when defrost operation starts and finishes Indoor unit Swish sound is sometimes heard Slight Pishi sound is heard Discharge air smells B indication is lit Sound or cool air is blown from the indoor unit When power of the air conditioner is turned on Ticktock sound is heard Operates or stops automatically When the unit is in operation a sound such as the movement of water from one area to another may be heard This sound may become larger after a period of 2 to 3 minutes once the unit has begun operation This is not a cause for concern but is the movement of the refrigerant or the draining sound of the dehumidifier This is sound generated when the heat exchanger etc expands and contracts slightly due to the change of tem perature Various odurs such as those from a carpet clothes ciga rette or cosmetics will adhere to the air conditioner Has the outdoor temperature gone out of its specified range specified range When the manager of the air condi
211. ensor TL 400LRSN1000M FC 28 ZPROYCE101A500 Smoothing capacitor For fan Magnet SW Thermistor 3 4 Flow Selector Unit FS Unit P C board Control board MCC 1431 2 way valve coil VPV VPV 122DQ1 VPV 1204DQ50 AC220 240V 50Hz SVSS SVDD SVS SVD 2 way valve 34 96 SV42 valve SV41 valve High pressure Swi TD1 sensor High pressure SW2 TD2 sensor 507 SA pal iret 9 Ve 4E tom Front side TO sensor TE sensor Check joint S2 sensor Low pressure SV2 valve SV3D valve SV11 valve SV5 valve SV6 valve SV3A valve 4 way valve SV3B valve TL sensor Check joint High pressure High pressure sensor Check joint Liquid pipe Low pressure sensor SV3E valve SV3C valve TK1 TK2 sensor sensor TK4 sensor 100pino 1no e Syed G 9 3 6 Name of Each Part 3 6 1 Indoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Air outlet Air outlet louver 2 way discharge 3 way discharge Select air flow direction in cooling or 2 way discharge or 3 way discharge can be heating operation selected according to the shape or arrangement of the room For details consult with the dealer from which you have purchased the air conditioner Air filter Filters dust and other trash Air filter is situated in the air grille Air inlet grille Earth screw Situate
212. ep every 10 seconds until Pd pressure drops below 3 4MPa 2 Release condition When Pd pressure lt 3 2MPa When refrigerant recovery control starts in all heating mode During defrost operation stop thermo OFF 67 Compressor stop due to high pressure release Operation explanation and applied data etc Each compressor is stopped should the Pd pressure sensor reach a value of 3 5 MPa This control is performed by the header unit and any follower units Remarks Case heater control Heating is provided for both the compressor case and accumulator When the compressor in any outdoor unit is stopped the heater is switched on to prevent accumulation of refrigerant After installation of a system it should be powered for the specified period of time prior to operating a test run to prevent damage to the system If the system has not been powered for a prolonged period of time it is important to apply power for the specified period of time before resuming operation This function is often performed in conjunction with the compressor winding heating control When this occurs a noise may be heard which is not an indication of a malfunction 1 Contents of control The function is performed during when the compressor is off When the TO sensor temp measures 28 or higher the heater turns off and turns on when it change measures 25 or lower The heater remains ON for 10 minutes after the compressor has ch
213. epair the flow selector unit Check accumulation of refrigerant in compressor case Correct accumulation of refrigerant in compressor case reset power supply and start operation Check oil level judgment of each compressor Are all the oil levels appropriate YES Eliminate cause of stagnation Indoor outdoor PMV error Cause of refrigerant stagnation Discharge check valve error etc Refrigerant accumulation SWO1 02 03 1 16 1 are displayed on 7 segment display 1 Check leakage of NO i YES solenoid valve SV3C A Check clogging Replace defective parts defective parts SV3E 2 Check c NO ogging in oil recovery circuit of the oil separator Capillary Strainer Check clogging of SV3D valve Check clogging of oil equalization circuit 3 No leakage or clogging YES Replace defective parts No clogging Clogging Replace defective parts Note When refrigerant stagnates in compressor shell there may appear to be a low oil level In some cases it may be difficult to check for leakage or clogging of refrigerant in low ambient temperature condition In this case it may take longer for the system to warm up before commencing checks Criteria Discharge temperature of TD1 and TD2 are 60 or higher a a Leakage check for SV3A valve for multiple outdoor unit system Turn off the p
214. er When the outdoor temperature goes out of the operating range the cooling or heating modes may not be performed in order to protect the equipment In this case the W light goes on Characteristics of heating operation Hot air will not be blown out immediately from the indoor unit It will take between 3 to 5 minutes depending on temperature conditions of the room and the outside before the indoor heat exchanger warms up suffi ciently to allow hot air to be blown During operation the indoor unit may stop if the outside temperature becomes to high When other indoor units are in heating operation the fan operation of the indoor unit on fan only operation may be stopped temporarily to prevent hot air from being blown out Characteristics of cooling heating simultaneous operation f the outdoor temperature drops during operation the fan of the outdoor unit may stop 9t Air conditioner operating conditions For specified performance operate the air conditioner under the following temperature conditions Cooling operation Outdoor temperature 10 C to 43 C Dry bulb temp Room temperature 21 C to 32 Dry bulb temp 15 to 24 Wet bulb temp Room relative humidity less than 80 If the air conditioner operates in excess of this figure the surface of the air conditioner may cause dewing Heating operation Outdoor temperature 15 C to 21 C Dry bulb temp 15 C t
215. er unit Outdoor address setup exchange OFF Auto setup Normal ON Manual setup Judge indoor capacity over OFF YES Normal ON NO OFF Normal Size UP Correction of installed pipe size For outdoor expansion Judge abnormal No of connected indoor units OFF No error judgment Error Outdoor fan high static pressure shift OFF Normal ON High static pressure shift OFF Normal Sound reduction control ON INV frequency upper limit restriction OFF Normal ON Fan rpm upper limit restriction OFF System stop ON System operation continues OFF PMV1 PMV2 ON PMV3 Operation when indoor overflow detected PMV manual operation selected Bit 4 Line address setup SW 4bit Bit 1 2 3 4 Line address setup Refer to item Address setup procedure OFF No Terminator resistor SW 2bit Bit 2 Terminator resistor between outdoor units ON Exists Check connector Manual full opening setup of PMV Opened Normal Short Opened fully Check connector Manual full closing setup of PMV Opened Normal Short Opened fully Check connector Check for assembly line in factory Opened Normal Short Check mode The outdoor unit connected with indoor outdoor communication line becomes automatically the master unit No manual setting is necessary 187 11 BACKUP OPERATIONS EMERGENCY OPERATION When a trouble occurs in an o
216. erant per liquid pipe 1m refrigerant by system capacity A B Firstly enter the total length for each liquid pipe in the following table and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length s 1 3 x Corrective amount of Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length Pipe dia at liquid side Standard amount of refrigerant kg m Additional amount of refrigerant pipe dia at each liquid side kg Total pipe length at each liquid side 26 4 0 025 x kg 99 5 0 055 x kg 912 7 0 105 x kg 915 9 0 160 x kg 919 0 0 250 x kg 022 2 0 350 kg Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A kg Next refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant B by system capacity Corrective amount of refrigerant by system capacity Normal type System horse power HP Unit 3 Corrective amount of refrigerant B kg 2 0 2 5 3 0 1 5 0 2 0 45 3 0 1 5 0 Finally add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A to the corrective amount of refrigerant by System capacity B This is the final additional amount of refrigerant If the result is indicated as a negative do not add any refrigerant Do not add the refrigerant Okg Additional amount of refrigerant Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length A Corrective amount of refrigerant by system HP B
217. eration is carried out during all heating operation or Mainly heating part cooling operation Outdoor unit Flow selector Indoor unit 4 way valve OFF OFF Cooling thermo ON Others SV4 n Note 1 OFF OFF OFF SV5 ON OFF ON SV6 Control Control OFF OFF SV11 OFF ON ON ON SV12 Close Control Control Control Outdoor fan Stop Note 2 Control Control Stop Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON Note 2 May be controlled 59 6 CONTROL OUTLINE 6 1 Indoor Unit 6 1 1 Control Specifications Power supply is reset Outline of specifications 1 Identification of outdoor unit When the power supply is reset the outdoor units are individually identified and communication is established 2 Check code clear When the power supply is reset the check code is also reset If an abnormal status is still present upon restart the check code will be displayed again on the remote controller Remarks Operation select 1 Based upon the operation command received from the remote controller or central controller the operation mode is selected Remote controller command STOP Stops air conditioner FAN Fan only operation COOL Cooling operation DRY Dry operation HEAT Heating operation COOL HEAT AUTO COOL HEAT AUTO operation Control outline Heating operation is automatically selected with difference between the set point temperature a
218. erations in items 6 and 7 TEST After setup operation push button to return to the normal stop status 6 Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 In a group operation turn off the power supply once return the group wires between indoor units and CN41 connectors as before and then turn on power of all the indoor units It requires approx 1 minute to operate the remote controller The item code DN is consisted with Z to AY DN No may jump on the way Even if pushing O button after changing the data incorrectly the data can be returned to one before change by pushing O button before changing the item code DN PC board MCC 1402 PC board MCC 1403 EPROM IC10 EEPROM layout ET EEPROM IC10 is attached to IC socket To remove it use a pair of tweezers etc To attach EEPROM arrange the direction as shown in the following figures SW ANA EPROM IC10 irecti n exchanging time pay attention not to nib PG T URS ori Socket bend the lead wire of IC aj Notch IC socket Notch EPROM 220 Record the contents of the following before exchanging P C boards Item code list Filter sign lighting time Setup at shipment from factory According to type Dirty condition of filter 0000 Standard Central control address 0099 Undefined Heating inlet temp shift 0002 2 Floor
219. erence HP between the cooling capacity and the total heating capacity 3 The PMV will be fully closed when the system is in Standby or No demand modes and when a mal function in the system has occurred Remarks During heating operation PMV2 is 0 pulses and PMV may be controlled with only PMV 1 witha minimum of 45 pulses Outdoor fan control 1 Fan control in all cooling operation 1 The outdoor fan speed mode is determined by the detected Pd pressure value 2 When cooling operation has started the outdoor fan speed of the master unit is controlled using the detected Pd pressure value 2 Fan control in all heating operation 1 The outdoor fan speed mode is determined by the detected TE sensor value 2 If a TE value gt 25 C has been continuously detected for 5 minutes the operation may stop 3 After start up this control is not available during the specified time after a defrost operation 4 This operation may start and stop repeatedly when the system is undercharged 3 Fan control for mainly cooling part heating operation The outdoor fan speed mode is controlled according to the target of the Pd Discharge pressure When TE temp ambient temperature exceeds 25 C Heating operation stops The maximum fan speed differs depending on the outdoor HP 64 Capacity control Operation explanation and applied data etc 1 The capacity request command received
220. erface P C board 7 segment display B 7 segment display B 9 45 15 5 0 2 5 7 NOTE Emergent operation should be restricted to one day or so on If operating TO sensor fixed with this function the system control operation of the air conditioner may not become one based upon the specification of the product Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so on Clear Return numbers of SW01 SWO2 SWO03 on the interface P C board in the header unit 1 1 1 each Service support function list 7 segment display A Function contents Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Cooling operation Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function Heating operation Indoor PMV forced full open function Indoor remote controller discriminating function Cooling test operation function Heating test operation function Indoor collective start stop ON OFF function Error clear function Solenoid valve forced open close function Fan forced operation function Outside temp sensor manual adjustment function Indoor No 1 to 16 unit Indoor No 17 to 32 unit Indoor individual start stop ON OFF function Indoor No 33 to 48 unit Indoor No 49 to 64 unit 113 8 7 10 Indo
221. ervice valve in the gas pipe of the malfunctioning outdoor unit approximately 10 minutes after the system has started 7 Push SWO04 of the malfunctioning outdoor unit to display the pressure data MPa For each successive push of SW04 the data display changes as shown in the example below Display Example rd 11 1 20 Ps 1 20 Initial display High pressure Low pressure Select an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment as follows 8 When operating the pump down mode the outdoor unit which has the lowest unit number is selected as the outdoor unit for the pressure adjustment Unit No When SWO1 02 03 are set to 1 1 1 the number displayed on the 7 segment display indicates the unit number UZ indicates the unit number Set up all other outdoor units as follows 9 Fully close the service valves of all the other outdoor unit balance pipes Only keep the service valves of the balance pipes of the unit in which the pressure adjustment will be made and the malfunctioning unit fully open Setup for outdoor unit for adjustment of pressure 10 Set up the rotary SWO1 02 03 to 1 2 2 on the interface P C board of the outdoor unit in which the pressure adjustment will be made 11 The low pressure Ps data is displayed on the 7 segment display Slowly close the service valve of the gas pipe and adjust so that a pressure of 0 12 MPa is displayed 12 When the
222. ess setup turn off SW30 2 of the header unit except the smallest unit after Main check items check of trial operation Are indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to U1 U2 terminals Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded Is the relay connector between U1 U2 terminal and U3 U4 terminal removed Set up at shipment from the factory When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the custom air conditioner are connected Is the communication line between each outdoor units connected to U5 U6 terminal Is the terminal resistance SW30 2 on the interface P C board of the header unit turned on Set up at shipment from the factory Are TCC LINK adaptors correctly connected When the digital inverter air conditioner operates with group operation twin or triple operation are the adopters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit Is the end terminal of the shield cable grounded Note The above figure does not show all the electric cables Note The above figure does not show all the electric cables For details refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional For details refer to the installation manuals for outdoor unit indoor unit remote controller or optional devices devices 3 Connection check between Flow Selector Unit FS Unit and indoor unit Power supply
223. eturn to the usual display 121 In case of central remote controller TCB SC642TLE oE 012 Ki KV E 1234 TEST TEA A No HE 9S GROUP COUO QRORKB EN JC 4 Ble En C amp JC v 1 Confirmation and check When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the check code and the indoor unit No are displayed on the display section of the remote controller The check code is displayed while the air conditioner operates If the display disappeared operate the air conditioner and check the error based upon the following Confir mation of error history Unit No display Alarm display UNIT No A Oat D a 0H sl Alternate flashing display m piti RC No 2 Confirmation of error history When a trouble occurred on the air conditioner the error history can be confirmed with the following proce dure Up to 4 error histories are stored in memory This history can be confirmed from either operating or stop 1 Push and buttons in succession for 4 seconds or more 2 SERVICE CHECK goes on and Item code 01 goes on 3 When selecting flash the group number if there is the alarm history the UNIT number and the latest alarm history are displayed alternately n this time the temperature cannot be set up 4 To confirm the alarm history other than the latest one push tem
224. f SV circuit error which opening degree was 100 Check clogging of 4 way valve error circuit pulse or less for a certain time Check outdoor PC board I F error Check capillary clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator Check TS1 TS2 sensor error P15 P15 01 TS condition AE VF Gas leak All stop Suction temp exceeded the Check refrigerant shortage detection judgment standard temp for 10 Check full open of outdoor service valves gas side liquid side TS1 minutes or more Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 condition TS error judgment standard Check characteristics of TS1 sensor resistance value temperature Check 4 way valve error In cooling operation 60 or Check leakage of SV4 circuit higher Check leakage of SV5 circuit In heating operation 40 or Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe higher Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring between FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves 02 TD condition AE VF Gas leak All stop Discharge temperature TD1 or Check refrigerant shortage detection TD2 was continuously 108 Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 TD condition or higher for 10 minutes Check characteristics of TD1 TD2 sensor resistance value Check indoor air fil
225. f check is not executed a fire or an electric shock is caused Before test run install the front panel and cabinet Check the following items after reinstallation 1 The earth wire is correctly connected o 2 The power cord is not caught in the product Check after reinstallation 3 There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable If check is not executed a fire an electric shock or an injury is caused N CAUTION o Be sure to put on gloves during repair work If not putting on gloves an injury may be caused with the parts etc Heavy gloves such as work gloves Put on gloves sufficiently cooled As temperature of the compressor pipes and others became high due to cooling heating Cooling check operation a burn may be caused o When the power was turned on start to work after the equipment has been New Refrigerant R410A 4 Tools 1 Required Tools for R410A Mixing of different types of oil may cause generation of sludge clogging of capillary etc Accordingly the tools to be used are classified into the following three types The pressure of R410A is high 1 6 times of that of the former refrigerant R22 Accompanied with change of 1 Tools exclusive Those When cannot be used for onventional refrigerant R22 refrigerant the refrigerating oil has been also changed Therefore be sure that water dust the former refriger 2 Tools exclusive for R410A b
226. f oil colour ASTM is 4 0 or more both compressors should be replaced A CAUTION The compressor can weigh in excess of 20kg One person should not attempt to lift it alone M5 screws 2 positions Removal of defective compressor Turn off the power supply to the defective unit Remove the front panel M5 x 7 Claw for Remove the cover on the electric parts box M4 x 2 Remove the screws M5 x 2 that fix the electric parts box to the outdoor unit Remove the tabs for temporary hooking the lower part of the electric parts box Note Due to the center of gravity of the electrical box pay careful attention as the box may fall out temporary hooking Remove the tabs from the upper part of the electric parts box and move it to the valve side Note The electrical parts box may become unstable If it does disconnect all cables and completely remove the electrical parts box Remove the lower duct M4 x 4 Remove the sound insulation mat Remove the crank case heater Remove the terminal cover of the compressor the wiring to the WARNING compressor and the case thermostat unit Note Remove the cables from the compressor side only Be aware that if oil is present when brazing a fire could occur Ensure the cable ends are insulated with electrical tape Remove the discharge pipe suction pipe and oil
227. f the power supply and contact the dealer from where you have purchased the air conditioner Activation of the power supply causing the unit to operate in an unstable fashion power on power off power on power off etc The main power fuse often blows out or circuit breaker is often activated Foreign matters or water have entered the unit by mistake When the unit fails to operate after the protective device circuit breaker has been removed Not recommended Other unexplained symptoms or unit abnormalities that cannot be explained Lv Confirmation and check When a error has occurred in the air conditioner the check code and the indoor unit No will appear on the display part of the remote controller The check code is only displayed during while the unit is operating If the display disappears operate the air condi tioner according to the following Confirmation of Check code Indoor unit No in which error history for confirmation an error has occurred Confirmation of error history When a error has occurred on the air conditioner the error history can be confirmed with the follow 2 ing procedure Up to 4 errors can be stored in the memory of the remote controller The history can be confirmed from both operating status and stop status ON OFF FILTER Procedure Description TEST When pushing the 3 and buttons at the same time for 4 seconds or more the following display will
228. fan is as follows 7 segment display B Fan step 7 segment display B Fan step Clear This function is cleared by one of the following operations 1 When SW01 setting number was changed to other number 2 Push switch SWO5 was pushed for 2 seconds or more 111 8 7 8 Abnormal Outdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan Operating Function gt This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of the normal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P C board in the header unit To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system was faulty use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault Check code E28 Operation In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only 1 Check all the switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO03 on the interface P C board in the header unit are set to 1 7 segment display A B vi l Outdoor unit No Error code display 2 Push the push switch SW04 for 2 seconds or more 3 E 1 is displayed on 7 segment display A 4 The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx 10 seconds when E 1 was displaye
229. for approximately 2 to 10 minutes though this is dependent upon the load condition 3 Control for refrigerating whilst oil recovery in simultaneous operation This function is executed to recover the refrigerating oil accumulated in the low pressure gas inter unit piping regardless of all cooling operation all heating operation 1 Control condition When the combined time of the compressor ON has reached 95 minutes in simultaneous operation 2 Control contents When the conditions have been satisfied upon changing the indoor unit mode from heating to cooling stop the indoor fan the oil is recovered for a period between 2 minutes 30 seconds to 10 minutes The indoor unit in cooling operation continues operation Control for refrigerant oil recovery is per formed approximately every 2 hours Recovery lasts for approximately 2 or 3 minutes though this is dependent upon the System capacity Heating operation oil recovery is executed approximately every hour Recovery lasts for approximately 2 to 10 minutes though this is dependent upon the load condition Defrost control Reverse cycle defrost method 1 Defrost start condition The defrost function is initiated when the measurement temperature taken from the TE sensor is lower than 2 C for a period of 25 minutes after compressor initial start up and 55 minutes after subsequent start ups 2 Contents of control If the outdoor units are combi
230. from the indoor controller determines the inverter frequency control of the outdoor unit 2 The two compressors in each outdoor unit swap starting order on successive operation Remarks Min frequency 26Hz Cil level detection control 1 Measurement of sensors TK1 to TK4 is used to determine whether the correct amount of oil is present in the compressor case 2 A comparison of measurements taken from TK1 TK2 with that of TK3 TK4 is used to judge whether there is sufficient oil in the compressor case If there is insufficient oil in the compressor case the system switches to the oil equalizing control method 3 This control is performed during compressor opera tion Oil separator SV3D OFF SV41 Compressor 1 Compressor 2 n TK2 Oil tank Balance pipe Packed valve I lt 65 The detection is per formed when one or both compressors are oper ated Adequate oil level Standard 1 The oil level of com pressor 1 is adequate when TK1 TK3 gt 15 2 The oil level of com pressor 2 is adequate when TK2 TK3 gt 15 short protective control Operation explanation and applied data etc This control is provided to prevent oil shortage occurring in the compressors of each outdoor unit The control is achieved by ON OFF operation of the solenoid valves SV3A SV3B SV3C and SV3D 1 Oil short protective control The o
231. ft edges of the indoor unit until it is located Close the air inlet grille If the FILTER lamp on the indoor unit is lit push the FILTER button on the remote controller or the TEMPO RARY button on the indoor unit to turn off the lamp f Remove the air inlet grille Hold the two sides of the air inlet grille and open in an upwards direction Move the center arm to the left and remove the grille Do not use metallic scrubbing brush or other hard brushes Use of such hard objects will cause scratches on the surface of the grille and the metal coating to peel off If very dirty clean the air inlet grille with a neutral detergent for kitchen use and rinse it off with water the two sides of the air conditioner and push in completely then push in the center arm then close the air inlet grille Push the arrow locations Four at the bottom of the air inlet grille to check whether the grill is completely closed CAUTION Wipe them with a soft and dry cloth A cloth dampened with cold water may be used on the indoor unit if it is very dirty Never use a damp cloth on the main unit or remote controller Polishing Ber powder Do not use or leave a chemically treated duster on the unit for long periods of time as it may damage or alter the colour of the unit surface Do not use Do not use benzine thinner polishing powder or similar solvents for cleaning These
232. g between FS unit and indoor unit Check miswiring of SVD SVS valves misinstallation of coil Check opened status of SVS valve 6z Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Protection for oil level drop detection Status All stop Error detection condition The operating compressor detected oil shortage continuously for 2 hours Check item position Check all the outdoor units in the corresponding line Check full opening of service valve of balance pipe Check connection and installation of TK1 TK2 and TK4 sensors Check characteristics of TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 resistance values Check gas leak and oil leak in the same line Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor Check error of SV3A SV3B SV3C SV3D and SV3E valves Check clogging of oil separator oil return circuit Check clogging of oil equation circuit Check clogging of oil equation pipe between compressors gt Check TS1 TS2 sensors Miswiring and misinstallation of TS1 and TS2 Check leakage of SV6 circuit Check FS unit Leakage of check valve of bypass between liquid pipe and discharge gas pipe Mispiping of discharge suction gas connection Miswiring of SVD SVS valve Misinstallation of coil Check whether there is no setup missing of indoor unit in all cooling operation
233. g off status Procedure in ET FAN MODE 0 SWINGIFIX VENT Description Push 25 4 ES buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more and display part will flashes as shown in the figure Check that the displayed item code is 10 y TEST f the item code displayed is not 10 push button to erase the display and restart the operation En the first step After pushing the 2 button the operation of the remote controller will not function for a short period The display changes according to the indoor unit model In group control the firstly displayed indoor unit No becomes the header unit Each pushing of the UNIT button changes the indoor unit number within the group Select the indoor unit that requires setup The indoor unit selected can be confirmed at this time as the louver and fan will operate Use Cw and A buttons of the set temperature to specify the item code OF Use m and 4 buttons on the timer time to select the setup data 0001 yo ONITOND N 3 1 Setup data 0000 0001 feel ANN No Cooling Only setup Heat pump Cooling Only Push 3 button at this time if the display changes from flashing to lit this confirms setup is complete To change the setup of a different indoor unit other than the selected unit restart operation from Procedure 2 In a group control setup change of all the indoo
234. g the circuit inevitably under condition of the power ON use rubber A If touching to the charging section an electric shock may be caused Be attentive to electric shock When the refrigerant gas leaks find up the leaked position and repair it surely If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted pump down and tighten the service valve otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub room it is necessary that the density does not the Compulsion limit even if the refrigerant leaks If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused For the installation moving reinstallation work follow to the Installation Manual If an incorrect installation is done a trouble of the refrigerating cycle water leak electric shock or fire is caused After repair work has finished check there is no trouble If check is not executed a fire electric shock or injury may be caused For a check turn off o the power breaker After repair work installation of front panel and cabinet has finished execute a test Check after rerair run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound I
235. gerant shortage or clogging or pipe deformed NO B Heating Is compressor normal Note 2 Compressor error YES Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Does not refrigerant YES bypass from discharge to suction through 4 way valve Cleaning Check 4 way valve NO Repair faulty parts Is connection NO or coil normal YES Is not refrigerant bypassed YES from discharge to suction Check piping Is there clogging of the valve Replace PMV body 2 Check outdoor I F P C board Failure Replace Is indoor fan system normal Fan cracked Fan loose Is outdoor fan operating normally in heating season YES Is there clogging of outdoor heat exchanger Note 2 Check the following items mainly 1 Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or when starting 2 Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop Do not touch 3 Current of compressor during operation or starting No rapid current change YES YES Cleaning Is flow selector unit normal Check flow selector unit NO NO Is outdoor PMV normal 38 YES Refrigerant shortage A A A A clogging pipe breakage After checking there is no slogging or pipe breakage charge refrigerant again Pur n Repair faulty parts 8tL Check code Check code name Cause of operation H07 d7 TCC L AI NET
236. gh pressure circuit valve SVDD Pressure valve lt For delay gt SVS Low pressure circuit valve SVSS Reducing valve lt For delay gt Cooling thermo OFF Cooling thermo ON Heating thermo OFF Heating thermo ON E04 error is being detected 53 5 2 All cooling operation Operation of cooling only In high outside temperature 10 C or more Criterion Header unit Indoor unit Cooling Cooling EN High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant Low pressure gas refrigerant Outdoor unit 4 way valve OFF SV3A OFF SV4 n Note SV3B OFF SV5 OFF SV3C OFF SV6 Control SV3D Control SV11 SV3E SV12 OFF PMV1 2 Control Outdoor fan Control PMV3 Close Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON 54 Follower unit Cooling Stop Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Flow selector Indoor unit Cooling thermo ON Stop SVD OFF SVD OFF SVS ON SVS OFF SVDD SVDD OFF SVSS ON SVSS ON PMV Control PMV Close In low outside temperature 15 or less Criterion Header unit Follower unit Compressor 2 Inverter Inverter Compressor 1 Inverter l lt Discharge gas pipe an ks Liquid pipe J ae
237. h the compressors is 3800 A 1 Adjust the amount of oil in both the service compressors to A B cc each 2 Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equation pipe of the service compressor and then add 535 1900 of oil using a funnel 202 Installation of compressor Install the compressor in the reverse procedure of removal When removing the compressor the terminals may become loose If this happens crimp them with pliers and then check there are no looseness Note Only two hexagonal bolts are provided to fix the compressor The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolt to fix the compressor is 200kg cm If oil has been extracted from the accumulator braze the cutoff pipe after pinching Vacuuming In case of single outdoor system Connect vacuum pump to the valve charge ports on the liquid gas pipes and the check joint on the high pressure side and then vacuum Vacuum until the vacuum low pressure gauge indicates 1 mmHg Note Before vacuuming open 2 fully Vacuuming of the outdoor heat exchanger will not occur if PMV 1 and 2 are closed In case of multiple outdoor unit systems In the case of conducting the refrigerant recovery at replacing the compressor perform vacuuming as 13 3 Process after Repair Full opening of PMV1 PMV2 Turn on the power to the outdoor unit Confirm that Bit 1 on SW12 is OFF Short CN30 on I F P C board on the out
238. harge gas suction gas main pipe Check operation error of check valve of discharge gas pipe Check circuit of SV11 valve Clogging OFF at one side only Check clogging of circuit at auxiliary heat exchanger side Miswiring Disconnection Wiring missing Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and operation error Check wiring inside of FS unit SVD SVS coil miswiring etc Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit Miswiring Disconnection Wiring missing Check circuit of SV5 valve Check refrigerant overcharge SEL Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code IGBT shortage Position detection circuit error Motor lock error Motor current error detection TH sensor temp error TH sensor error Vdc error AI NET central control remote controller Detected position FAN IPDU Check code name Outdoor fan IPDU error Status All stop Error detection condition Sub code 0 Short circuit current was detected at start time Short circuit current was detected when checking IGBT short circuit before start time Check item position Check fan motor Interphase short circuit Check fan IPDU error All stop Sub code 1 The standard value of detection circuit of fan IPDU current fluctuated at start time Check fan IPDU error All stop Sub code 3 Abnormal current was detected
239. he vertical grille inside of the air outlet louver to the required direction Setup the air flow direction and swinging Refer to the description of the 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Lv Right Left air direction adjustment To change the air outlet direction to the right or left side set the vertical louver located behind the horizontal louver to the desired direction High Wall Type Adjustment of air Flow direction Upwards Downwards In Cooling operation In cooling operation use the horizontal louver with a horizontal set point so that the cold air diffuses the whole room In Heating operation In heating operation use the horizontal louver with a downwards set point so that the hot air blows towards the floor INFORMATION If cooling operation is performed with a donwards discharge dew may form on the surface of the cabinet or the horizontal louver resulting in possible dripping If heating operation is performed with a horizontal discharge the room temperature may not be equal i e there may bea large variance between one side of the room with the other REQUIREMENT If cooling operation is performed with the louver set at a down Floor Standing Cabinet Type In Cooling operation n cooling operation set the air outlet louver with a horizontal Set point so that the cold air diffuses the whole room
240. he outdoor U is displayed in 7 segment display section on the interface D600 D601 D602 D603 D604 m Which th ceritr l control is connected PC board of the outdoor unit Swo1 SWO2 SW03 At shipment from factory Connector not connected N GON INN 3 Turn on power of indoor outdoor 3 Push SW15 to start the setup of the automatic addressing 10 minutes for 1 line Usually approx 5 minutes A 2 In order of Indoor outdoor 4 When the count Auto 1 5 Auto 2 gt Auto 3 is displayed l U I 4 After approx 1 minute check that 7 segment display is in 7 segment display section and it changes from U 1 L08 U 1 flash on the interface P C board of the dS i tdoor unit U 1 U 1 flash to U 1 U 1 light the setup ou finished 5 Push SW15 to start the setup of automatic addressing HGA GGL pw et i i A 5 When performing an automatic address setup on a 5 5 10 Usually approx 2 Us U4 U5 U6 single refrigerant line with central control connect 6 When the count Auto 1 Auto 2 Auto is displayed For internal wiring of Forinternal relay connected between U1 U2 and U3 U4 89 in 7 segment display section and it changes from wining between conira coniro wiring between terminals in the header unit ED U 1 U 1 flash to U 1 U 1 light the ping beteen cro wig
241. heck TK2 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated If low temperature continues approximately outside temp or temperature does not change a clogging of strainer of oil equalization circuit clogging of capillary or malfunction of check valve is considered SV3E valve Compressor 2 No error TK3 i Error Check the NS n SV3E valve Replace SV3E valve Capillary tube Note 1 Refer to item HO7 error No error Y Y Check the clogging of SV3E valve Error Oil tank Check I F PC board e 1 Refer to item HO7 error No error Check I F P C board Replace SV3E valve 2 f OCR operates even after manual reset of OCR check whether the wiring to the current sensor TO2 of Comp IPDU is correct or not LGL Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TK4 temperature detective circuit error 1 Connection of TK4 sensor TCC L AI NET Sub code 04 Error in resistance value of TK4 sensor see 9 7 Sensor characteristics Check clogging and malfunction of SV3E valve circuit Oil equalization circuit error check capillary clogging strainer clogging Refrigerant stagnation in case of compressor shell L04 96 Duplicated setup of outdoor line address Outdoor line addresses are duplicated TCC L AI NET YES Are there duplicate line address setups Are communication wire connections of
242. idual air conditioners If a single unit of the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small room select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out its concentration does not reach the limit and in the event of an emergency measures can be made before injury can occur In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit create an opening with adjacent rooms or install mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak detection device The concentration is as given below Total amount of refrigerant kg Min volume of the indoor unit installed room m lt Concentration limit kg m The concentration limit of R410A which is used in multi air conditioners is 0 3kg m NOTE 1 If there are 2 or more refrigerating systems in a single refrigerating device the amounts of refrigerant should be as charged in each independent device Outdoor unit e g charged amount 10kg e g charged amount 15kg L L L A L la Room A Room B Room C Room D Room Ej Indoor unit For the amount of charge in this example The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A B and C is 10kg The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D E and F is 15kg NOTE2 The standards for minimum room volume are as follows 1 No partition shaded portion 2 When there is an effective opening with the adjacent room for ventilation of
243. ighten the air outlet port with the removed fixing screws so that the air outlet port does not come off Adjustment of air Flow direction rightwards leftwards To change the air outlet direction to the right or left side set the vertical louver located behind the horizontal louver to the desired direction Setup of air direction and swinging 1H series Refer to the description of 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2H series Refer to the description of Under Ceiling Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2SH Series cV Floor Standing Type Adjustment of air Flow direction upwards downwards In Cooling operation n cooling operation move the louver with your hands so that the horizontal air outlet points in a direction so that the cold air diffuses the entire room In Heating operation In heating operation move the louver with your hands so that the horizon tal air outlet points in a downward direction towards the floor Adjustment of air Flow direction rightwards leftwards In case of using unsymmetrical air directions Lift up the vertical louver lightly and direct it towards the desired direction once completed lower the louver back down In this case do not use the Swing function In case of automatic swing LIENNN In this case do not use the swing function lik ENS 1 Pushthe Ct button during operation SWING E is displayed and the air direc tio
244. il shortage protection control function stops the outdoor unit if an oil shortage continues for 30 minutes after 2 minutes 30 seconds the outdoor unit restarts If this function is activated on 3 successive occasions an error check code H07 is generated and the outdoor unit is stopped Remarks Oil accumulated in the oil separator is returned to the compressor Refrigerant Oil recovery control 1 During cooling operation this function is executed to regularly to recover the refrigerant oil from the indoor units and con necting pipe work back to the outdoor unit This function is also performed to prevent stagnated refriger ant accumulating in the outdoor heat exchanger during low ambient cooling The control is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Control conditions Cooling oil recovery operation is executed approximately every 2 hours 2 Contents of control The recovery period lasts for approximately 2 or 3 minutes though this is dependant on the system capacity 2 Refrigerant recovery control in heating room This function is executed regularly to recover the liquid refrigerant from the indoor unit It is also used to recover oil present in the outdoor heat exchanger during the heating overload operation except during defrost operation The control is managed by the header outdoor unit 1 Heating operation oil recovery control is executed approxi mately every hour 2 The period of recovery lasts
245. in the system 2 Turn on both bit 1 and 2 of the SWO6 on the interface P C board 3 Fully close the liquid service valve when the outdoor PMV is suspected to be leaking i e when the PMV will not close fully 4 Turn on the main power supplies of all of the units connected to the system If the fault is a compressor insulation error remove the wiring to the compressor before turning the power supply on After the backup set up for the outdoor unit in cooling season is complete check the system operates Turn on bit 1 and bit 2 of dip SWO6 189 12 OIL LEVEL JUDGMENT DISPLAY The judgment result of the current oil level of the compressor can be confirmed by the switch setup on the interface P C board on the outdoor unit Confirm the result using the following procedure 1 Operation procedure 2 Set PD M to 1 16 4 After confirmation return SWO01 SWO02 SWOS3 to 1 1 1 1 Start the operation 2 Set the rotary switches SWO1 02 03 on the interface P C board to 1 16 1 3 The result of the oil level judgement is displayed on the 7 segment display 7 segment display oL A00 The right 3 digits indicate the judgment result The judgment results of the oil level in compressor 1 and compressor 2 are displayed Example A O O Oil level result of compressor 1 O Oil level result of compressor 2 Display example 7 segment display A00 Oil level is good in compressor 1 and 2 oL
246. indoor control P C board or not and check connection failure of connectors Le Check failure of transformer for the indoor microcomputer swo1 swo2 SW03 Check indoor control P C board failure Rotary switches 68 8 4 3 Address Setup Procedure In this air conditioner it is required to set up address to the indoor unit before starting opera When a group control is performed over the tion Set up the address according to the following setup procedure multiple refrigerant lines be sure to turn on the power supplies of all the indoor units connected in a group at the time of address setup Group control over Example multiple refrigerant lines Cabling systematic Outdoor Outdoor diagram J CAUTION If turning on the power for each refrigerant line Set up address after wiring work It requires maximum 10 minutes Usually approx 5 minutes to set up automatically an address to 1 line To set up an address automatically the setup at outdoor side is necessary Address setup cannot be performed by power ON only To set up an address it is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to set up address a header indoor unit is set for each line Therefore an alarm code L03 Duplicated header indoor units is output in operation after address setup In this case change the group address from the wired Indoor Indoor Indoor
247. ing Real thermostat ON Compressor ON COOL output ON when operation mode is cooling system COOL DRY Cool Heat Auto cooling HEAT output ON when operation mode is heating system HEAT Cool Heat Auto cooling Fan output ON when indoor fan is ON During use of air cleaner Interlock cabling Outside error input DC12V COM DC12V COM GIGIOG IG G O G GOGO O OJOJOO Outside error input Generate check code L30 for 1 minute continuously to stop forcedly the operation CHK operation check Check mode input OV Used for indoor operation check Outdoor does not communicate with remote controller and outputs specified operation such as indoor fan drain pump ON etc DISP exhibition mode Display mode input OV Exhibition mode enables to communicate by indoor unit and remote controller only When power has been turned on Timer short Usual EXCT demand Demand input OV 183 Indoor unit forced thermostat OFF operation 10 2 Outdoor unit Positions to be checked on the interface P C board MCC 1429 BUS terminal Terminator resistor select SW30 SV61 CN309 SW41 42 CN311 SV51 CN310 SV2 CN312 SV3A CN324 SV3B CN313 SV3C CN314 SV11 CN322 Dina doctor connecting terminal CN800 SV12 CN319 Case heater 1 Case heater 2 Accumulator heater
248. ing the timer time or button set 7 to the setup data 4 Push 3 button 5 Push e button The status returns to the usual stop status 3 Wiring Relay procured locally A E EU In the figure the contact indicates a status that the card is taken out Indoor control P C board Power supply 777777777 Outside contact Card switch box etc Procured locally Note Determine the cable length between the indoor control P C board and the relay within 2m H Demand control from indoor unit When the relay is turned on a forced thermostat OFF operation starts Wiring example Relay procured locally CN73 Note Determine the cable length between the indoor or outdoor control P C board and the relay within 2m EXCT 2P plug RED Relay coil signal Indoor control P C board 79 7 2 Outdoor Unit 7 2 1 Applied Control in Outdoor Unit The following functions become available by setting the switches on the outdoor interface P C board Outdoor fan high static pressure shift SW10 Interface P C board of outdoor unit Switch position detail Sasi Faas iis TII po CONTE E 4 E sesa dwe 003 SW10 For setup of outdoor fan high static pressure shift 7 2 1 1 Outdoor fan High Static Pressure Shift B Usage Features This function is set when connecting a duct to the discharge port of the outdoor unit B Setup Turn
249. ion Displayed on each outdoor unit Display contents Error data Displays outdoor unit number U1 to U4 Displays check code Latest code only is displayed There is no check code There is sub code Check code for 3 seconds sub code for 1 second alternately lt SW04 gt push function Fan of unit with error only drives 7 segment A E1 lt SW04 SWO5 push function Fan of normal unit only drives 7 segment A EO SWO5 push function Interruption of fan operation function A B Operation mode Stop Normal cooling C Normal heating H Normal defrost J Outdoor unit HP 5HP 5 6HP 6 8HP 8 10HP 10 12HP 12 HP Compressor operation command No 1 compressor operation command is displayed Data display with Hexadecimal notation 00 to FF No 2 compressor operation command is displayed Data display with Hexadecimal notation 00 to FF lt SW04 gt push function Inverter frequency is exchanged to decimal notation 7 segment display A B H Normal display by pushing SWO5 Outdoor fan step A FP B Step 0 to 31 0 to 31 Compressor backup Displays No 1 compressor setup status Normal Backup setup C1 Displays No 2 compressor setup status Normal Backup setup C2 A B gt Control valve ou
250. ion error input COMPONENT SIDE 1FA4B1B052900 1 T301 gi OO ran a A 0 a 0 c358 357 ad OE R316 C359 Leo ue X01 CN403 c10 B Ag 00 z 2 la a A ROS Sud 0 ROS q 1 312 K ae LI 4 CR SRP50A 2 9085 9 OTCOI IC10 Bow qe 8 In i JUN ANDRIVE AN EEPROM R420 CN310 SG301 F302 ORB P301 NI OV an L ui F301 250V T6 3A LOND C301 s 1 306 T 90 T 3 TONO 1 31v3u Hdd iH t iso 35 P SENSOR 1 TCJ sensor EXCT Remote controller inter unit cable TC1 sensor DISP Used for Indoor Outdoor communication CHK J servicing Also used for communication of the central control system 1 C2sensor ngoor Outdoor communication Spare Power supply Optional power supply Remote controller power supply LED 1 Drain pump output 1 Nome for under ceiling high wall edAj nq uis Z abseyosiq sly Aem j adAj pren Y6IH adAj apun adAL puepuejs 1ong pejeeouo9 adAj enesse eDueuosiq Aem p cot L OOIN pieog 3 d 100puJ Z L 0L 181 Power supply Power transformer Secondary side AC11V 14V 20V PMV output Microcomputer operation LED EEPROM Indoor Outdoor communication Spare Indoor Outdoor communication Also used for communication of the central
251. ir direction escends from the highest position In COOL DRY operation the louver does not stop at the lowest position If stopping the louver as it directs downward In FAN operation In all modes LAND NC IN Series of operation during operation it stops after moving to the 3rd position from the highest position 4 UNIT UNIT Push c to set up the air direction individu ally in each indoor unit Then the indoor unit No in a group control is Fan Heat operation Cool Dry operation J displayed For the displayed indoor unit set up the air direction If the unit No is not displayed all the indoor units are operated at the same time Every time is ES pushed the display is exchanged as follows No display Unit No 1 1 Unit E Unit No 1 4 lt Unit No 1 3 No 1 2 OV 2 way discharge or 3 way discharge can be selected according to the configuration of the room For details consult with the dealer from which you have purchased the air conditioner INFORMATION Under Ceiling Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2SH Series When the air conditioner is stopped the horizontal louver Up Down air direction adjustment plate automatically directs upward If cooling operation has been selected while the louver is in a downward position the cabinet or surface of the louver may become wet with dew When the air conditioner is in stand by
252. ith intermittent operation for approximately 1 minute after recovery control as the outdoor unit 5 After recovery control drain pump of 4 way air discharge cassette type and concealed duct type will operate n the indoor unit which thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode D lamp goes Recovery operation is usually executed every 1 hour Short intermittent operation compensation control 1 For 5 minutes after the operation has started the operation is continued even if entering thermostat OFF condition 2 However if the thermostat has been turned off by changing the set up temp the thermostat is OFF with even the above condition The protective control has priority Drain pump control 1 During COOL operation including DRY operation the drain pump operates 2 While the drain pump operates if the float switch works the drain pump continues operation and a check code is displayed 3 While the drain pump stops if the float switch works turn off the capacity demand command stop the operation and operate the drain pump If the float switch continues operating for approx 5 minutes the operation stops and the check code is displayed 4 In heating operation if humidifier provided is judged compressor ON compressor ON fan ON and MAX TC2 TCJ gt 33 the drain pump operates Check code P10 Elimination of remaining heat 1 When the air cond
253. itioner stops in the HEAT mode drive the indoor fan with LOW mode for approx 30 seconds Auto louver control 1 When the louver signal has been received from the remote controller the louver operates if the indoor fan is operating 2 In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type the discharge louver automatically directs downward if the operation stops 3 In 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type the discharge louver directs upward if the heating operation is being prepared Filter sign display None in wireless type Provided in the separately laid type TCB AX21E 1 The operation time of the indoor fan is integrated and stored in memory and the filter exchange signal is sent to the remote controller to display on the remote controller LCD after the specified time 2 When the filter reset signal is received form the remote controller time of the integrated timer is cleared In this time if the specified time has passed the measured time is reset and LCD display disappears 62 QY and 8 display Operation and heating stand by Outline of specifications Operation standby Display on remote controller 1 POS is one of displays of power wire missing P05 of power cable is detected COOL DRY operation cannot be performed because the other indoor unit is under HEAT operation HEAT operation cannot be performed because COOL priority is set Outdoor I F P C boar
254. k characteristics of TC1 sensor resistance value Check indoor P C board error TD1 sensor error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TD1 sensor connector Check characteristics of TD1 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error TD2 sensor error TE1 sensor error All stop All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TD2 sensor connector Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error Check connection of TE1 sensor connector Check characteristics of TE1 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error TL sensor error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TL sensor connector Check characteristics of TL sensor resistance value e Check outdoor PC board I F error TO sensor error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TO sensor connector Check characteristics of TO sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error Indoor TA sensor error Corresponding unit only stops Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection cabling of TA sensor connector Check chara
255. k code Check code name Cause of operation 1 97 AI NET communication line error AI NET communication line error TCC L AI NET Are AI NET X and Y communication lines normal NO Correct communication line YES Are connections of CNO1 CNO2 and CNO3 connectors on network adaptor P C board MCC 1401 and CN309 and CN41 connectors on indoor P C board normal NO Correct connection of connectors Are remote controller communication lines A B normal NO Check connection of A B terminal Correct communication line of remote controller YES YES Is there no connection error on the power line Correct power line NO Y Is not manpower supply Turn on the main power supply NO NO Is the network YES address changed by the main remote controller NO YES Is there any noise etc Eliminate noise etc NO Can other indoor units be controlled from AI NET central remote controller or is the operation status of indoor unit the same Clear check code Unavailable Others are same Check central controller Failure Replace Can the indoor unit be controlled from the main remote controller NO Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Does the network adaptor P C board LED D01 turn on Check power transformer of the network adaptor P C board MCC 1401 Failure
256. konin H Network FW ISYNVEN i CNOT LT k lt Color identification U JANB Option RED BLK BLACK SON ge 3 mE is BUR j 2813 WHI WHITE GRY GRAY MESE Y lo faye i YEL YELLOW PINK SEE E ET cr 20 5 FE ener H BLU BLUE ORN ORANGE Ho d wi i LEER 7 l BROWN GRN GREEN mee eae R T UP Aico A an ene P x CD mime Pis LON i ee LI koi WHIP BLK WHI BLK Her Symbol Parts name pi pi ki euer Tra O UY i FM Fan motor 7607 lo e M e 1 n ZAN Outdoor unit 1 WHI IL 00 ic Dia KAZ del Wired remote controller Adaptor for wireless remote controller 1 indicates the terminal block letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at site 3 indicates the control PC board TA Indoor temp sensor TC TC2 TCJ Temp sensor RY302 Drain control relay Louver motor Drain pump motor Float switch lopow HL8rOdV HL9EOdV HLZZOdV HLtrzOdV HLSLOdV HLSLOdV DWIN edAj Jepun L L Z PNAYIYAY 4 3 Oo 2 PSP TY lt Han W Power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz Indoor unit
257. l controller NO Il i 2 orrect the communication wiring Check indoor P C board hoi uasa LA a Defect Replace For details refer to Troubleshooting in test operation YES Sending circuit error of the remote controller Replace remote controller 61 Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation E07 Indoor Outdoor 1 Outdoor communication terminal resistance E06 04 Decreased number of indoor units 1 Communication lines U1 U2 connection TCC L AI NET error between indoor and outdoor Connector connection error of communica tion for indoor P C board Connector connection error of communica tion for outdoor I F P C board Power supply of indoor unit Is power turned on TCC L AI NET communication circuit error setup error Detected at outdoor side 2 Indoor outdoor communication connection error Is setup of terminal resistance of outdoor unit normal YES Is interconnection cable U1 U2 between indoor and NO Sub code No of indoor units which received signals normally Correct setup of terminal resistance YES Is there no mis wiring YES outdoor short circuited disconnection on communication line Correct communication line betweenindoor and outdoor NO Is connection of interconnection cabl
258. late to the lowest position and then push 2525 button How to set up the air direction DON OFF 1 Push 25 button during operation SWING 2 is displayed and the air direction automatically changes upward downward In case when one remote controller controls multiple indoor units each indoor unit can be selected and TIMER SET FAN MODE CD CB the air direction can be set up again AD SWINGIFIX VENT i j i n FILTER 2 Push button again during swinging of the E TEMP ON OFF e A aa feed du d SET CL air outlet louver y ges up In cases where one remote controller controls the multiple indoor units each indoor unit can be The air outlet louver can be stopped at the required TIMER SET FAN MODE osition Cs 3 d TIME SWNGFX VENT selected and air flow direction set up UNIT RESET TEST UNIT To set up the air direction individually push button to display each indoor unit No in a group control Then set the air direction on the displayed How to stop swinging OO SWING FIX 3 Push C button again during swinging of the horizontal louver In all modes indoor unit If there is no display all the indoor units can be oper ated collectively Every pushing of the 25 button the display will change as shown in the figure 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1H Series Adjustmen
259. leaking refrigerant gas opening without a door or an opening 0 15 or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the door Lx Outdoor unit Refrigerant piping 3 If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room and the refrigerant tubing is interconnected the smallest room of course becomes the object But when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room where the density limit is exceeded the volume of the next smallest room becomes the Refrigerant piping Outdoor unit Indoor unit Mechanical ventilation device Gas leak detector NOTE 3 The minimum indoor floor area compared with the amount of refrigerant is roughly as follows When the ceiling is 2 7m high Range below the density limit of 0 3 kg m countermeasures not needed B 3 To w e w Range above the density limit of 0 3 kg m countermeasures needed Min indoor floor area 10 20 30 Total amount of refrigerant kg CONTENTS SAFETY CAUTION it n w n in ga m n e a ri ee eux n n rad d ad 4 1 OU TE T 9 2 WIRING DIAGRAM 2 2 ke kok kara koni sak ion 14 3 PARTS RATING ik as n n ex l kk a l a 30 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING 48 5 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT CYCLE
260. ling Operation Cooling heating simultaneous operation with subjective heating operation Header unit Follower unit Discharge gas pipe Damages NEC pipe EI T FS unit Indoor unit ID Ho b d Heating b d Heating Stop NI Cooling MN High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant umi Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line Low pressure gas refrigerant High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Flow selector Indoor unit 4 way valve ON SV3A OFF Cooling thermo ON Heating thermo ON SV4 n Note 1 SV3B OFF SVD OFF SVD ON SVD OFF SV5 OFF SV3C OFF SIS ON SVS OFF SVS 1 OFF Sve Contro SV3D Control SVDD OFF SVDD OFF SVDD 1 OFF SVi1 ON SV3E ON SVSS SVSS OFF SVSS i ON SV12 Close Note 2 PMV1 2 Control PMV Control PMV Control PMV Close Outdoor fan Control PMV3 Close Note 2 Note 1 SV4 on the stopped compressor is ON Note 2 May be controlled 58 5 6 Defrost Header unit Follower unit EEE L sl E T L Suction SSE pipe Discharge gas pee pipe Indoor unit Cooling Heating Heating Stop High pressure gas or condensed liquid refrigerant C Low pressure gas refrigerant Refrigerant recovery line Low pressure gas refrigerant High pressure refrigerant Push in circuit Defrost op
261. lose the balance Fully close the service valve pipes of the outdoor units of the gas pipe approx 10 other than the master unit minutes after the system has and the malfunctioning unit started 7 The header unit is Selected as the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment 1 When the low pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit is below 0 10 MPa fully close the service valve of the balance pipe Push the switch SWOS to finish the pump down operation Close service valve of the gas pipe while checking the low pressure and then adjust the pressure to 0 12 MPa 12 When the pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit manifold gauge and pressure of the header unit become almost same close valve of the gas pipe fully 10 Turn off the main power supplies of all the outdoor units Using a recovery device recover the remaining refrigerant in the outdoor unit in which pump down operation has finished and measure the amount Return all SWO1 02 03 of the header unit to 1 1 1 to complete the work 194 13 2 How to Operate the System During Repair of the Malfunctioning Outdoor Unit Procedure 1 Follow the aforementioned 13 1 Refrigerant Recovery in the Malfunctioning Outdoor Unit 2 Recover the refrigerant in the system by using a recovery device The refrigerant amount to be recovered is determined based upon the capacity of the malfunctioning outdoor unit see the following table Example
262. low 1 If the amount of oil in the defective compressor is 0 lt A 1000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the service compressor to 1000 cc Lay the service compressor down and extract 900 cc of oil from the oil equalization pipe Note Do not extract more than 900 cc as a compressor fault may be caused f the amount of oil in the defective compressor is below 500 cc a fault in the oil equalization circuit is possible Check the compressor using 15 3 Procedure to Identify the Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 If the amount of oil in the defective compressor is 1000 A 1900 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the service compressor to A cc Lay the service compressor down and extract 1900 A cc of oil from the oil equalization pipe 3 If the amount of oil in the defective compressor is 1900 A 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the service compressor to A cc Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equation pipe of the service compressor and then add A 1900 cc of oil using a funnel 201 When replacing both the defective and normal compressors Removal of normal compressor Remove the normal compressor in the same way as the defective compressor Note Be sure to apply insulation to the removed cable terminals with insulating tape etc A WARNING Be aware that if oil is present when brazing a fire eruption could occur Measurement of oil amo
263. minal outdoor unit on which error occurred Under condition that E28 is displayed on the 7 segment display on the header unit when pushing SW04 for 1 second or more the fan on the faulty outdoor unit will rotate Pushing SWO5 alone stops the fan rotation tL Check code name Check code E31 CF TCC L AI NET Cause of operation Connection error of communication line between IPDU and I F P C board I F P C board error IPDU PC board error External noise IPDU communication error Sub code 01 IPDU1 error 03 IPDU1 2 error 04 Fan IPDU error 05 IPDU1 fan IPDU error 06 IPDU2 fan IPDU error 07 All IPDU error or communication line error between IPDU I F P C boards or outdoor I F P C board error 02 IPDU2 error f the fan IPDU is abnormal be sure to check the voltage output on the fan power P C board 4 jumper lead 989 ON board correct Connect the jumper lead YES Are communication connectors between I F fan power P C board and IPDU connected Is there disconnection on communication line between IPDU and I F P C board NO Correct connection Connect the communication line I F P C board error IPDU board error Is there voltage between pin 4 and pin 5 of CN600 on I F P C board Measure with tester DCO to 5 V YES Is there voltage deflection between pin 3 and pin 5
264. minate the interfered causes Repair NO Y faulty parts Is service valve fully opened gt Open service valve fully NO Is 4 way valve normal YES Are characteristics of 2 NO Check for mispiping of Abnormal a Correct piping YES and TCJ sensor resistance ischarge suction gas main pipes Replace 4 way valve value normal Normal Abnormal 1 Check operation of PMV3 SV12 valve Replace defective parts Is SV11 circuit normal Replace TC2 Normal or TCJ sensor Abnormal YES Is the flow selector normal gt Repair the flow selector unit Repair fault it Normal SPOTS POS Is there clogging Check indoor board of the valve Failure gt Replace Replace PMV body Check with miscabling check function of outdoor unit Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition Reset power supply and start a test All cooling operation To operation corresponding to the season All heating operation gt To YES Are indoor units of different refrigerant circuit connected Check and correct the cabling Are characteristics of high pressure sensor normal All cooling operation Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate Replace the high pressure sensor Repair faulty parts NO Is there no crack or coming off of fan YES Connector connection fan IPDU fan moto
265. mode 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error Oil level detective temp sensor error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TK1 sensor connector Check characteristics of TK1 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TK2 sensor connector Check characteristics of TK2 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error All stop Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TK3 sensor connector Check characteristics of TK3 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error All stop Resistance value of Sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection of TK4 sensor connector Check characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value Check outdoor PC board I F error Compressor 2 case thermo operation All stop Compressor 2 case thermostat operated Check compressor 2 case thermo circuit Connector cable PC board Check full opening of service valve Gas and liquid side Check outdoor PMV clogging PMV1 2 Check SV42 valve leak Check miscabling misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 Check valve opening of indoor PMV Check 4 wa
266. n Check item position E01 Remote controller Communication error between indoor and remote controller Detected at remote controller side Corresponding unit only stops Communication interrupted between indoor P C board and remote controller Check remote controller inter unit cable A B Check disconnection connector contact error Check indoor power supply Check indoor P C board error Check remote controller address setup When two remote controllers operate Check remote controller PC board Remote controller Remote controller sending error Corresponding unit only stops Signal could not be sent from remote controller to indoor unit Check the communication wire of remote controller Exchange remote controller Indoor unit Communication error between indoor and remote controller Detected at indoor side Corresponding unit only stops No communication from remote controller including wireless and communication adapter Check remote controller and communication adapter wiring Indoor unit Indoor outdoor communication circuit error Detected at indoor side Corresponding unit only stops Indoor unit does not receive communication from outdoor unit Check power ON order of indoor outdoor Check indoor address setup Check inter unit cabling between indoor and outdoor Check outdoor end terminal resistance setup SW30 2
267. n Unit which is not displayed on remote controller Turn on the power Remote controller is not connected with cable Unit which is not displayed on remote controller Correct wiring Miscabling of remote controller Unit which is not displayed on remote controller Correct wiring Remote controller communication circuit error Unit which is not displayed on remote controller If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal the remote controller communication circuit fails Remove FASTON terminal connected to remote controller terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied replace board 15 to 18V usually 8 5 4 In check for No of connected outdoor units and connected Indoor units after address setup diminished No of connected units displayed There are outdoor indoor units which do not operate in a test operation Number of connected outdoor units is short Miswiring of communication line between outdoor units or unconnected cable Fig 4 Address setup operation has finished without recognition of miswired follower unit connected outdoor units Countermeasures After modification of wiring set up address again and check No of the Number of connected indoor units is short Miswiring of communication line between indoor units or unconnected cable Fig 5 Address setup operation has finished without recognition of miswired ind
268. n imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the A WARNING repair engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage may be caused on the A CAUTION engineers the third parties and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed Property damage Enlarged damage concerned to property furniture and domestic animal pet Explanation of illustrated marks Explanation Indicates prohibited items Forbidden items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents Indicates mandatory items Compulsory items to do The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents Indicates cautions including danger warning The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents Confirmation of warning label on the main unit Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions Refer to the Parts disassembly diagram Outdoor unit If removing the label during parts replace stick it as the original Turn OFF the breaker before
269. n mode 1 5 DON OFF AN FAN MODE 2 SWINGFIX VENT UNIT 2 Push SU button 3 Using button select an operation mode either COOL or HEAT Do not use any other operation modes only COOL or HEAT t Ld Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation UN Errors are detected as usual OR s ws 4 When the test operation has finished pus The same display as that in procedure 1 appears h GNF button to stop the operation 5 Push 5 button to clear the test operation mode TEST display disappears and the status returns to the normal stop status 97 Wireless remote controller Except 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type Under Ceiling type and 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type 2 Series 1 Remove the screw which fixes the name plate to the receiver part on the wireless remote controller Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a minus screwdriver into the notch at the bottom of the plate and set the Dip switch to TEST RUN ON 2 Execute a test operation with JEPE button on the wireless remote controller b and LED flash during test operation Under status of TEST RUN ON the temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is not available Ensure that this is not used for normal operation as equipment damage may occur 3 Use either COOL or HEAT operation mode for a te
270. n of the selected indoor unit turns on 2 Every pushing Cea button the indoor unit numbers in group control are displayed succes sively In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit only turns on 3 Using the setup temp W or CA button specify the item code 7 4 Using the timer time or button select the setup data At shipment 2777 The setup data are as follows Setup data Handling of operation of air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan 20202 Unavailable At shipment GGG Available 5 Push e button OK if display goes on To change the selected indoor unit go to the procedure 2 To change the item to be set up go to the procedure 6 Pushing A returns the status to the usual stop status 2 Wiring Relay DC12V procured locally 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type CN32 Outside control 1 way Air Discharge Cassette type 2 series ids l input of fan Standard type model im Duct type Under Ceiling type Indoor control High Wall type P C board Corresponds up to a relay in which rated current of the Note Determine the cable length between the operation coil is approx 75mA indoor control board and the relay within 2m Other type models Correspond up to a relay in which rated current of the operation coil is approx 16mA Does not correspond to a terminal block type relay on the market 78 B Leaving ON prevention control
271. n will automatically change rightwards leftwards TEMP DON OFF In cases where one remote controller CAD controls multiple indoor units it is possible to set each indoor unit individually so that the TIMER SET FAN MODE air flow direction can be altered C0 8 CB TIME SWING FIX VENT 2 FILTER Ca Push the 55 button again whilst the RESET TEST UNIT vertical louver is will allow you DO to stop the louver in the desired posi tion Swing button A5 To set up the air flow the direction individu ally push the button to display each indoor unit No in a group control Then set up the air flow direction to the desired indoor unit If there is no display all the indoor units can be operated collectively UNIT Every push of the C button will change the display as shown in the figure A display Unit No 1 1 Unit No 1 2 Unit No 1 4 lt Unit No 1 3 AA INFORMATION If cooling operation is performed with downward air outlet dew may form on the surface of the cabinet or the horizontal louver resulting in possible dripping of water If heating operation is performed with the horizontal air outlet actively moving unevenness of the tem perature may increase within the room Do not move the louver directly with your hands during swing operation otherwise a fault may be caused The vertical louver does n
272. nd room temperature Concealed Duct High Static Pressure type air conditioner cannot operate in drying mode Room temp control 1 Set point temperature adjustment range on remote controller Allcooling All heating Wired type 18 to 29 18 to 29 Wireless type 18 to 30 16 to 30 2 The set point temperature in heating operation can be offset using item code DN 06 Seupdata f 9 2 4 f l Setup at shipment Setup data Heating suction temperature shift Automatic capacity control 1 The difference between the temperature reading taken from the Ta room sensor and the Ts set point selected on the remote controller is used to determine the demand frequency to the outdoor unit Air volume control 1 The remote controller is used to select the modes HIGH HH MED M LOW L or AUTO 2 The difference between the temperature reading taken from the Ta room sensor and the Ts set point selected is used to control the air volume setting when in AUTO mode 60 gt gt H gt L L LL Prevention of cold air discharge Outline of specifications 1 In all heating operation the upper limit of the fan tap is set by one with higher temperature of TC2 sensor and TCJ sensor When B zone has continued for 6 minutes the operation shifts to C zone In defrost time the control point is set to 6 C A zone
273. ndoor address Service I F P C board for the outdoor unit is common to all outdoor units NO Item code D3 14 Group address The service I F P C board will need to be set up for the correct model based upon the faulty I F P C board which it is replacing Set up the model based upon the I F P C board assembly change procedure Correct indoor group address YES Is there an individual indoor unit NO Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Check code Check code name Cause of operation L17 46 Inconsistent models of There are outdoor units on the communication TCC L AI NET outdoor units line other than Super Module Multi Flex type such as Super Module Multi or Super Module Multi ice regenerative type L08 99 Indoor group address unset Indoor address unset TCC L AI NET NO is rona me Turn on the power of indoor units YES Disconnect connectors between U1 U2 and U3 U4 Are the connected outdoor units those for flex on 1 system Check model name Replace outdoor units of other models with specified models 70000 Is the check code L17 displayed even if turning power on again of all the connected outdoor units on 1 system alone Correct communication line between outdoor units Turn on the power of outdoor unit again Clear addresses Refer to Address clear
274. ndoor unit earth screw Parts name Color indication Fan motor RED RED Indoor temp sensor WHI WHITE Temp sensor Temp sensor YEL YELLOW Temp sensor BLU BLUE BLK BLACK Louver motor GRY GRAY Drain pump motor PNK PINK Float switsh ORN ORANGE Drain control relay BRN BRWN Pulse motor valve GRN GREEN Transformer RED High ceiling setup CN112 111 Motor drive circuit Flo Power supply Single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz WHI closed end WHI w selector unit earih screw connector i 3X3 RED Outdoor unit d BLU CNO3 MCC 1401 AI NET Wired Adapter for remote wireless remote controller controller Network adapter Option I 1 LI 1 j I l n BLK I 1 LI Li 1 CN309 YEL opc2ov anr oDC15V circuit 9 DC12V oDC7V Control P C board for indoor unit MCC 1402 CN50 WHI 1 O indicates the terminal bolock letter Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the wiring at side 3 indicates a control P C board CN110 WHI WHI WHI CN71 CN72
275. ndoor units NOTE After power reset it requires usually 3 minutes to power on due to the initial communication of the system In same cases it requires Max 10 minutes 107 8 7 3 Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system using switches on the interface board of the header unit Distinction procedure Be sure turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit Set the display select switches on the interface P C board of 7 segment display the header unit as follows A SWot gt 2 A1 SW02 4 SWO08 1 Operation Push the push switch SW04 on the interface P C board of the 7 segment display header unit for 2 seconds or more A A A1 Check the connected remote controller A display of the connected remote controller flashes Push the push switch SWOS5 on the interface P C board of the header unit for 2 seconds or more End Other end conditions 1 10 minutes passed for sending operation 2 SWO1 5 02 SWO3 changed to other position 7 segment display A 7 segment display B Interface P C board 108 8 7 4 Pulse Motor Valve PMV Forced Open Close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to fully open or close forcibly the PMV for 2 minutes in all indoor units
276. ned the minimum duration for the defrost operation is 2 minutes 3 Defrost stop condition The outdoor fan speed and compressor inverter frequency are determined by the measurement of Pd pressure during defrost operation 66 During the defrost operation all solenoid 4 way valves are OFF and all compressors are operating Release valve control Operation explanation and applied data etc 1 SV2 gas balance control In order to decrease the starting load on the compressor SV2 valve is opened during the time the compressor is OFF and the gas is balanced 2 SV2 high pressure release control This function limits the pressure level during the low frequency operation of the inverter 3 SV2 low pressure release control This function is used to prevent rapid pressure drop during transient operation of the unit This is performed by the header unit only The function is performed when required except during No demand status or when the system is in Standby 4 SV41 SV42 valves 1 SV41 42 low pressure release control This function is used to prevent pressure dropping to low The function is performed during defrost operation heat start up all cooling operation or mainly cooling or part heating operation Control contents Defrost heating start pattern Turn on SV41 and SV42 when PS pressure lt 0 1MPa and turn off SV41 and SV42 when PS pressure 2 0 15MPa Control contents All cooling operation Mainly
277. ng is required Heating and cooling operation are automatically selected in individual unit You can save time for operation For example when heating is required for early morning and cooling for daytime a Flow Selector Unit provides automatically a smooth selection of heating or cooling operation Therefore you can obtain a comfortable room environment without feeling somewhat out of place and moreover you can save time to select heat cool operation INFORMATION The Super Heat Recovery Multi system is different from that of the conventional Multi air conditioner in several ways such as the heating and cooling operations are mixed and only a part of the air conditioning system operates in cooling function For this reason the following table explains the operation modes of this air conditioner The following table explains the representation of the operation modes within this Manual Operation mode Operation mode Outline All Cooling All indoor units are under cooling operation only Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger is used as condenser All Heating All indoor units are under heating operation only Outdoor heat exchanger Main heat exchanger is used as evaporator Simultaneous operation MIU for simultaneous operation 3 1 Mainly cooling partly Indoor units are under heating cooling simultaneous operation with subjective cooling operation heating operation Outdoor heat exchanger Sub heat exchanger
278. nit Communication error between indoor P C board assembly Corresponding unit only stops There is any trouble in power line Indoor PC board failure 921 Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code 01 Indoor outdoor communication 02 Between outdoors communication AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Automatic address start error Status All stop Error detection condition When indoor automatic address started other refrigerant circuit system was setting automatic address When outdoor automatic address started indoor automatic address was executed Check item position Setup the address again after disconnecting communication connection with other refrigerant circuit system No corresponding indoor unit during automatic address Indoor unit is not found when indoor automatic address Start was set up Check the communication line connection between indoor and outdoor Check the electric power line error in indoor Check the noise of surrounding devices Power failure Check indoor P C board error 00 Capacity over 01 to No of connected units No of connected indoor units Capacity over All stop Total capacity of indoor units exceeded 135 of total outdoor capacity No of connected indoor units are more than 48 units Note If this code ap
279. nits are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller Mogi 2 Indoor Outdoor uil lue communication Outdoor u Power supply 1220 240V 50Hz Wireless remote controller kit Remote controller communication circuit Sensors Display section 4 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed 5 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed Floor standing I 9 te met Power 1 Powers supply f supply Outdoor Outdoor unit unit 6 Nome for 1 way discharge cassette YH type edAj Duipuejs 100 4 adAj Buipue1s 10014 adAL jouiqe5 Buipue1S 100 4 adAj oneis YIH JONG pajesouoj Soulas L edAL anessej oDueuosiq Aem p adAj oeDueuosiq sry Aem z 081 Microcomputer operation LED MCC 1402 07S R425 DC fan output R33 R423 R422 R421 IC340 E C322 AN lieu I v e 0 gt n e lt PMV output DC fan return B73 o gt LO 1 CN82 PMV 1 Float SW n 1 5 a 1 CN32 1 Fan output HA T10 TA sensor Optional output Flap Used only for 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Under ceiling type Filter Opt
280. nnectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only 8 Nome for high wall spearate Sold parts for under ceiling one unit edAj nq uus Z edAj abseyosiq Aem j adAj eM adAj apun adAL pi1epue1S jong pejeeouo9 adAj ayjassey Aem p 1 19 04 U09 B OWAJ SS9 9JIM JO UONDEUUOJ ZLI Central control X remote controller communication Option Y Indoor unit 1 Network adaptor Option ti e 1 Remote controller communication circuit AI NET circuit 8 Indoor fan motor Indoor control P C board MCC 1403 Remote controller DC20V circuit DC12V DC5V a Outside output Fan motor control circuit circuit Transformer L N U1 U1 Power supply 18220 240V 50Hz communication 4 Float input for Concealed Duct 2 Indoor Outdoor U2 communication Max 8 units are connectable 1 1 However in a case that the network Wireless remote controller kit Remote controller communication circuit Sensors Display section Power Power i 1 supply supply Outdoor Outdoor unit unit 8 Nome for concealed duct Floor standing cabinet Floor standing concealed adaptor is installed when 2 wireless remote controller kits are connected maximum 7 units
281. ntenance Please do not intend to do the daily maintenance and or Air Filter cleaning by yourself Cleaning of the air filter and other parts of the unit involves dangerous work in high places so be sure to have a qualified service person do it Do not attempt it by yourself Daily maintenance For daily maintenance including Air Filter cleaning please use qualified service personnel particularly for the following models 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 2 way Air Discharge Cassette Type 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Concealed Duct Type Slim Duct Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type P en 3 N S Under Ceiling Type NO GOOD Ce 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Type NO GOOD 2 way Air Discharge 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Cassette Type ee Concealed Duct Type Under Ceiling Type Slim Duct Type Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type 144 High Wall Type Model 1H series P Push the projection at the center of the air filter Undo the clip on the air filter pull the air filter downwards while g pushing it towards the main unit side J Model 2H series Open the air inlet grille Lift the air inlet grille up in to the horizontal position Take hold of the left and right handles of the air filter and lift it up slightly then pull downwards to remove it from the filter holder Push the air filter
282. nterrupted and held When shifting to M zone again the timer count restarts and continues If L zone is detected the timer is cleared and the opera tion returns to normal operation Reset conditions 1 TC1 gt 12 and TC2 gt 12 and TCJ gt 12 2 30 minutes passed after stop C P2 61 In a Model without TC2 TC2 is not judged Recovery control for cooling refrigerant and oil Outline of specifications 1 The indoor unit which stops operation thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening degree when cooling refrigerant or oil recovery signal is received from the outdoor unit 2 Drain pump of 4 way air discharge cassette type and concealed duct type operate during recovery control mode Remarks Recovery operation is usually executed every 2 hours Recovery control for heating refrigerant and oil The indoor unit which stops operation thermostat is OFF or operates in FAN mode performs the following controls when the heating refrigerant Oil recovery signal is received from the outdoor unit 1 Opens PMV of the indoor unit by the specified opening degree 2 Stops the fan 3 Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner rotates the indoor fan with intermittent operation for approximately 1 minute after recovery control 4 Only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type air conditioner rotates the indoor fan w
283. o 15 5 C Wet bulb temp Room temperature 15 to 28 C Dry bulb temp If the air conditioner is used outside of the above conditions the units safety protection devices may operate Do not use Super HRM for other than personal usage where the ambient temperature may go down below b5 C For example OA equipment Electric device Food Animals and plants Art object A CAUTION When outdoor temperature goes out of specified range or mark is indicated on the Wired remote controller display and the required operation will stop H amp Oy When in heating operation C When in cooling operation Notice This indication is not failure When outdoor temperature goes back to specified range will disappear and the unit will begin normal operation The unit operation may stop if the next operation request cannot be fulfilled because it falls outside the specification for Super HRM See below for the maximum cooling and heating specifications Outdoor temp DB lt 10 C Cooling mode gt 21 C Heating mode 3 14 Re Installation DANGER If the unit position is to be changed and re located to a new position ask your local dealer or installation specialist Do not attempt to move the air conditioner yourself as incorrect installation may cause electric shock or fire Do not install the air conditioner in the following places Do not install the air conditioner in
284. o that it does not 11 touch other parts or components Install the cover then turn on the power supply Check the operation Board layout of the inverter Switch layout on the P C board 1 _ 5 801 m LI IC222 Farle Ou Interface board Terminal Comp IPDU Comp IPDU CN15 O TO2 To5 104 O Uo No 1 No 2 225 17 2 7 Notice for Wiring Wiring for service shall be done according to the wiring diagram Special caution is needed for the reactor which has different connecting points on the COMP IPDU1 and COMP IPDUA COMP IPDU 1 COMP IPDU No 2 TO REACTOR 2 CN20 REACTOR 1 CNO8 REACTOR 2 CN21 REACTOR 1 CNO7 REACTOR 2 P C board interface Inverter front view DANGER The electrolytic capacitors in this panel are charged to 660 volts D C Before servicing turn off the power supply and allow the capacitor to discharge for at least 10 minutes Purpose Discharge the capacitor Discharge to a safe level of 10 volts D C or LESS Test with a D C Voltmeter as shown CN15 CAPA Comp IPDU No 1 amp No 2 COMP IPDU No 1 and COMP IPDU No 2 have the same electric potential measure both Never discharge the capacitor terminals with any metal implement Personal injury or equipment damage may result 226 Inverter Assembly Configuration Fan IPDU BUS terminal block Power supply P C board for fan Relay connector Magnet swith IPDU1
285. oard error IPDU quantity error All stop No of IPDU units detected when power was turned on were less Check model setup for outdoor I F service P C board Check connection of UART communication connector Check IPDU fan IPDU and I F P C board error Note UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Detected indoor address Interlock in indoor unit from outside Extended IC Integrated Circuit error Corresponding unit only stops Operation continues Outside error input terminal Detected signal to CN80 for more than 1 minute PC board I F parts error W Outside device is connected to connector CN80 1 Check outside device error 2 Check indoor P C board error W Outside device is not connected to connector CN80 1 Check indoor PC board error Check indoor I F P C board cel Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Indoor fan motor error Status Corresponding unit only stops Error detection condition Check item position Check the lock of fan motor AC fan Check cabling Discharge temp TD1 error All stop Discharge temp TD1 exceeded 115 C Check full opening of outdoor service valves Gas side Liquid side Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 Ch
286. ode means IGBT built in temperature sensor error Check connection of connectors CNO6 on IPDU P C board and CN600 on I F P C board If sensor is normal replace IPDU P C board TCC L AI NET This check code means detection of Open Short of TL sensor Check disconnection of connector TL sensor CN521 White and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Checkcode code Check code name Cause of operation F08 1b TO sensor error TO sensor Open Short TCC L AI NET This check code means detection of Open Short of TO sensor Check disconnection of connector TO sensor CN507 Yellow and characteristics of sensor resistance value Refer to Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics If sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board SUI Check code F15 18 TCC L AI NET Check code name Cause of operation Misinstallation and misconnection of TE1 sensor and TL sensor Resistance characteristics error of TE1 sensor and TL sensor Outdoor P C board I F error Outdoor temp sensor miscabling TE1 TL Correct installed positions of TE1 sensor and TL sensor Are installed positions of NO TE1 sensor and TL sensor correct Outdoor I F P C board YES TE1 sensor CN505 Green TL sensor CN521 White Are connection of TE1
287. of other outdoor unit was unavailable for 30 seconds or more In this model only one outdoor unit is provided to one refrigerant line Be sure to check there is no communication connection with outdoor unit in the other refrigerant line Duplicated outdoor follower address setup Outdoor addresses manually set up are duplicated Note Do not set up the outdoor address manually No of normally received outdoor units Decreased number of connected outdoor units The signal was not returned for constant from the outdoor unit which was receiving signal In this model only one outdoor unit is provided to one refrigerant line Be sure to check there is no communication connection with outdoor unit in the other refrigerant line No of detected outdoor units Outdoor follower unit error Outdoor header unit received error code from outdoor follower unit Check the check code of outdoor follower unit Convenient functions When pushing SW04 for 1 second or more under condition that E28 is displayed on 7 segment display of outdoor header unit the fan of outdoor unit which stopped abnormally starts rotating If pushing SWO4 and SWOS simultaneously the fan of normal outdoor unit operates When pushing SWO5 singly the operation of fan is cleared 921 remote controller Check code Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Sub code IPDU1 error IPDU2 erro
288. of the remote controller in page 218 n a group operation control the firstly displayed unit No indicates the header indoor unit No In this case 4 is displayed in the item code DN The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and also starts swinging in a model with flap Every pushing the indoor unit Nos in the group control are displayed successively 2 Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 Specify the indoor unit No to be exchanged The fan of the selected indoor unit operates and also starts swinging in a model with flap Using temperature setup w Ca buttons the item code DN can be moved up down one by one 3 Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 LA First change the item code DN from Z Setup of filter sign lighting time In this time make a note of contents of the displayed setup data In the next time change the item code DN using w Ca buttons Make a note of contents of the setup data as same as the above Then repeat item 5 and make a note of contents of the important setup data as indicated in the attached table Example Item code necessary at minimum The item code DN is consisted with Gi to DN No may jump on the way Contents Pus T When noting has finished push 3 button to 2 Type and capacity of 6 Indoor unit capacit
289. ompressor starts NO NO Is connection of wiring or connection of Correct power line connector on IPDU P C board normal YES Is winding resistance NO gt Correct connector connection or wiring Compressor error between phases of corresponding compressor normal Note 1 YES Motor burning etc Correct cause of overload YES Is not it an abnormal overload NO cabinet and terminal Check IPDU board Note 1 After checking the output when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal check surely there is no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal If it is loosened caulk it with pinchers etc and then connect lead to the terminal firmly It is normal if there are 10 or more Take off lead cable of compressor 1 Check resistance between windings It is normal if there are 0 70 to 0 90 S 2 Check insulation between outdoor Details of compressor power connecting section Check code Check code name Cause of operation H02 1d TCC L AI NET Compressor error Lock Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Outdoor unit power line error Compressor circuit system error Compressor error Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell IPDU board error a power voltage of NO i 1 1 outdoor unit normal 1 380 415V 10 YES
290. on PNL EMG PS ape HzzL0dV Hz600dV HecZ00dV MINIW I9POlN ve AC IN FAN IREDJBLK fe cNos3 9 CNO68 DP KX 13 WHI oY BLU 1Y T3 locok GRN 1Y2X3 RED RY007 CN104 Ait YEL 2 RY002 1 RY001 1 L CN102 1 RED A2X CN101 AX BLK A N100 KX Control P C board BAN 9 for Indoor unit MCC 1403 CNo80 A5 GRN 47 RED 42 CNo070 Aq WHI A2 Power suppl CNO081 cic BLk a CNO041 75 CN061 CN032 CN060 5 BLU WHI YEL WHI WHI 4 J VAVAPAVAPAVAPA YT CNO 4 1 0000008800000000080060000 WHI 6 T10 Fan Option AM PME MPO i drive 6 2 3 Network adapter a Y d YEL Option Sub P C board MCC 1520 Flow selector unit earth 000000 00909008 Wa Indoor unit RED earth screw Power supply single phase 220 240V 50Hz 220V 60Hz WHI a l l 1 indicates the terminal block Letter at inside indicates the terminal number 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate RYOO4 the wiring at side ZZindicates the control P C board J d NS NIA K Se j 1 E E Q N IC 4 Q EXCT Filter Color indication RED RED WHI WHITE Y
291. oor unit Is the control communication line correctly wired Indoor outdoor connection terminals U1 U2 Outdoor outdoor connection terminals U5 U6 Central control system connection terminals U3 U4 Is the power of the indoor units supplied collectively Is the earth grounded Is the insulation good 10MQ or more or more Is the main power voltage correct Within 200V 1096 V Is the diameter of the connecting pipe correct Is the branch kit correct Does the indoor unit condensate drain adequately Is the thermal insulation of pipes good Connecting pipes Branch kit For both indoor and outdoor units ensure air is not short circuited from discharge to in et ports After pressure test check that the pipework and indoor units have been vacuumed and the correct amount of additional gas has been charged Are valves of all the outdoor units fully opened Suction gas side Discharge gas side Header unit A Follower unit B Follower unit C Check the additional amount of refrigerant Liquid side Balance side Check list 2 Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the following Additional amount _ Actual liquid Additional amount of of refrigerant B length refrig
292. oor unit connected indoor units After modification of wiring set up address again and check No of the Number of outdoor units connected to group is short in group operation from remote controller Remote controller is not connected with wire Miscabling of remote controller Using the main remote controller connected to a group start a test operation specify the unit which does not operate Unit unconnected to group and then check wiring Remote controller communication circuit error If 230V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal the remote controller communication circuit fails 15 to18V in normal time 95 Using the main remote controller connected to a group start a test operation specify the unit which does not operate Unit unconnected to group Remove Fasten receptacle connected to remote controller terminals A B and check the voltage If voltage is not applied replace P C board Incorrect wiring example Fig 1 Remote controller status No response Remote controller status No response Remote controller status No response Header unit 7 segment display Header unit 7 segment display Header unit 7 segment display Status Number of connected outdoor units is short Fig 5 Status Number of connected outdoor units is short Header unit U3 U4 Indoorunit Indoorunit Header Follower unit unit
293. oor unit number 1 Header unit A 2 Follower unit B 3 Follower unit C 115 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 9 1 Troubleshooting Summary 1 Before troubleshooting 1 Applied models Super Heat Recovery Multi type models Indoor unit MMX APXXX Outdoor unit MMY MAPXXXFT8 2 Required tools measuring devices Screwdrivers Philips Flat spanner longnose pliers nipper push pin for reset switch etc Digital multimeter thermometer pressure gauge etc 3 Confirmation before check The following items are not troubles Operation Check items Compressor does not operate Is it delayed for 3 minutes 3 minutes after compressor OFF Is thermostat OFF Is the fan operating or timer Is the system initially communicating Heating operation cannot be performed under the condition that the outside temperature is 21 or higher Cooling operation cannot be performed under the condition that the outside temperature is 5 C or lower Indoor fan does not work Is cold draft prevention control operating at heating mode Outdoor fan does not rotate or Is it in low ambient cooling control fan speed changes Is a defrost operation being performed Indoor fan does not stop Is the fan operating to remove residual heat after heating operation Start stop operation on remote Is an auxiliary unit or remote controller being operated controller is unavailable None Are the wire connections on the indoor units and
294. oor units turned on ofindoor unit YES gt i Check indoor P C board Check indoor address Failure gt Replace Check code name Check code E19 96 Cause of operation Header outdoor units quantity error 1 Misconnection of interconnection cable between indoor and outdoor 2 Outdoor I F P C board error TCC L AI NET Sub code 00 No header unit 02 Two or more header units Are communication lines U1 U2 between indoor and outdoor connected to multiple outdoor units Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor to one unit per 1 system Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor Reference When the power supply of the outdoor unit is first turned on the check code E19 00 is displayed until the power supply of the indoor units are turned on However is not an error When the power supply of the indoor units are this turned on the check code is automatically reset NO Is communication line between indoor and outdoor connected to one unit per 1 system YES Check I F P C board cv Check code Check code name Cause of operation E20 42 TCC L AI NET Unit connected to other line during automatic address When starting automatic indoor address a device in another refrigerant system is connected Check code Check code name Cause of operation E25 15 TCC L AI NET Duplicated address se
295. or Fan Operation Check Function This function is provided to check operation of single indoor unit without using communication with the remote controller or outdoor unit This function can be used regardless operating or stopping of the system However if this function is used for a long time a trouble of the air conditioner may be caused Therefore using of this function should be restricted to several minutes Operation 1 Short circuit CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board If short circuiting DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board while short circuiting CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board the indoor PMV only becomes the minimum opening 30 pulse When opening DISP pin it becomes the maximum opening again Clear Open CHK pin If the system is operating it stops once but automatically restart after several minutes For the details of CHK pin CN71 on indoor P C board and DISP pin CN72 on indoor P C board refer to 11 Control circuit configuration Indoor unit 2 Indoor P C board MCC 1402 and MCC 1403 8 7 11 Indoor Fan Only Operating Mode When operating an air conditioner with indoor units and remote controller only in fan operation etc this function can be used A group operation is also available Operation 1 Short circuit DISP pin CN72 on the indoor P C board However if CHK pin CN71 on the indoor P C board has been previously short circuited this function is unavailable 2 In a group oper
296. ot stop immediately even if the 555 button is pushed SWING FIX To adjust the stop position push the 777 button 3 10 Timer Operation The type of timer operation can be selected from the following three types OFF timer The operation stops when the time on the timer has reached the set time Repeat OFF timer The unit will stop every time the set time period has elapsed ON timer The unit will start when the time on the timer has reached the set time Timer operation DON OF FAN MODE CE SWING FIX VENT 1 Push the TIMER SET button Or co wo The timer display type changes for every push of the button OFF timer Repeat OFF timer ON timer SET TIME and timer time displays flash No display 2 Push the pa buttons to select the SET TIME For every push of the 4 button the set time increases in the unit of 0 5 hr 30 minutes The maximum set time is 72 0 hr For every push of the W button the set time decreases in the unit of 0 5 hr 30 minutes The minimum set time is 0 5 hr 3 Push the SET button The display disappears and the timer time display goes on When the ON timer 0 is activated the chosen time period will be displayed Once the time has been reached all displays except the ON light will disappear Cancel of timer operation 4 Push the CL button TIMER display will disappear NOTICE
297. outside device connected to connector CN80 YES Does outside device correctly operate YES Interlock in indoor unit from outside Outside error was input Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Check cause of the operation Check code L31 TCC L AI NET Are there any faults with the outdoor unit power supply NO Check outside device Failure Replace Check code name Cause of operation Extended IC error 1 Outdoor unit power error 2 Outdoor I F P C board error Check outdoor I F P C board Check power voltage and line Check auxiliaty noise etc Check code Check code name Cause of operation P01 11 Indoor fan motor error 1 Cabling error TCC L AI NET 2 Check fan motor For the models installed with AC fan motor only Is there a connection error or disconnection of CN076 connector NO YES Is not there mechanical lock of fan motor YES Correct cabling circuit for the connector connection Replace fan motor Check indoor P C board Failure Replace Check code Check code name Cause of operation P03 1E TCC L AI NET Are service valves of Discharge temp TD1 error 1 Service valve of outdoor unit closed 2 Outdoor PMV1 2 error 3 TD sensor error 4 Refrigerant short clogging in pipe 5 4 way valve error 6 SV4 circuit leakage misinstallation 7 SV5 ci
298. ower supply take off connector of SV3A valve and then start a test operation after power ON Check the temperature change at secondary side of SV3A valve during operation 1 in the figure on the next page If temperature is increased it is a leakage of SV3A valve Replace SV3A valve b Leakage check for SV3C valve Turn off the power supply take off connector of SV3C valve and then start a test operation after power ON After operation for several minutes check temperature at secondary side of SV3C valve 2 in the figure on the next page If temperature is high equivalent to discharge temperature TD it is a leakage of SV3C valve Replace SV3C valve Even if there is leakage from SV3C valve does not occur temperature of SV3C valve at secondary side rises during operation When the checked temperature is equivalent to TD temperature it is a leakage of SV3C valve Replace SV3C valve c Clogging check for SV3B valve for multiple outdoor unit system While outdoor unit is operating set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 to 7 segment display Hr and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more Hr 2 is displayed Set SWO2 9 and turn SV3A SV3B SV3C valves 7 segment display Hr 3 While outdoor unit is operating check temperature change at secondary side of SV3B valve 8 in the figure on the next page If temperature does not rise equivalent to suction temperature it is a clogging of SV3B valve Replace
299. ox resulting in malfunction SLALOZLdVIN 8LALOOLdVIN 814 080d VIN AININ Flow Selector unit RBM Y1802FE only reap Supplied wire Power supply RBM Y2802FE RBM Y2802FE only only e r ZO 4 UC X3 UX X5X X7X X9 Control P C board for indoor unit Control P C board 21345 CN81 1431 112131415 BLK _ GRN _ LU Power supply single phase A 220 240V 50Hz Supplied wire Control wiring earth screw FIZOSZA FIZOSLA FIZZI LA WAY HOPON S3 s0109 as MOIJ S Z 3 PARTS RATING 3 1 Indoor Unit 4 way Air Discharge Cassette Type Model MMU AP 0181H Fan motor SWF 230 60 1 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 TA sensor Lead wire length 155mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF Louver motor panel Model MMU AP MP24GA 0481H Fan motor SWF 200 90 1 Drain pump motor ADP 1409 Float switch FS 0218 102 TA sensor Lead wire length 155mm TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 26 size lead wir
300. p set a J C Y Jto select Item code 01 to 04 GROUP 5 To confirm the alarm in the other group push and gt to select the group number Do not push button because all the alarm histories of the currently selected group are deleted 6 To finish the service check push button Unit No display Alarm display UNIT No A tr xL n n 2 l Alternate flashing display TV pui RC No 122 In case of AI NET central remote controller 1 Operation for CHECK display When pushing the CHECK switch the indoor unit No Network address No including the check data is displayed in the UNIT No display section and the check code is displayed in the set up temp display section CHECK switch WE XEBH on GE UTD RS Push for 0 5 seconds to display CHECK code PRIIPIIPTRESUIS Bh iC Push for 3 seconds to reset indoor microprocessor MED Li While indoor microprocessor is locked by ALL STOP alarm Push for 10 seconds to clear check data MANUAL MONITORISET ALLZONE ZONE UNIT ON CENTERLOCKED MODE E TEMP pried CHECK o 9 a e pesem BEAN lt gt LOWER H gt RESET switch 6 v 5 Push the switch in the hole with pin The remote controller resets initialized All data is cleared 2 Reading of CHECK monitor display
301. p the driving part head removed from the PMV body as the valve will be closed and may result in damage or failure due to sealed liquid compression 4 When refitting the driving part head to the body of the PMV apply pressure until a click sound can be heard complete the process by resetting the power to the system Release control list Release item Operation SV2 ON SV41 SV42 ON High pressure release PMV3 45 pulses All heating operation 60 pulses All cooling operation Operation frequency limit Low pressure release SV2 ON SV41 SV42 ON Operation frequency limit Discharge temp release SV6 ON Operation frequency limit Current release Operation frequency limit Heat sink release Outdoor fan speed up Operation frequency limit 69 Cil equation control schematic diagram Header outdoor unit Follower outdoor unit MMY MAP1202FT8 MMY MAP1202FT8 Unit to send oil 70 7 APPLIED CONTROL 7 1 Indoor Unit 7 1 1 Setup of Selecting Function in Indoor Unit Be sure to Execute Setup by a Wired Remote Controller lt Procedure gt Execute the setup operation while the unit stops WON OFF SWING FIX VENT Q UNIT 1 Push 5 A 2 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more The firstly displayed unit No indicates the master indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fan of the selected indoor unit
302. pe liquid can be charged without inverting the cylinder Cylinder with siphon Cylinder without siphon Gauge manifold Gauge manifold OUTDOOR unit OUTDOOR unit Jepui o jueJeDujeu Electronic balance cylinder Electronic balance R410A refrigerant is consisted with HFC mixed refrigerant Therefore if the refrigerant gas is charged the composition of the charged refrigerant changes and characteristics of the equipment changes 6 Environmental concern Use Vacuum pump method for an air purge Discharge of air in the connecting pipe in installation time Do not discharge flon gas into the air to protect the earth environment Using the vacuum pump method clear the remaining air Nitrogen etc in the unit If the air remains the pressure in the refrigerating cycle becomes abnormally high and an injury could occur through failure of the product 1 OUTLINE Super Heat Recovery Multi System is a multi air conditioning system which enables each indoor unit in a refrigerant line to independently select cooling or heating operation As it is able to operate simultaneously in cooling and heating modes further heat recovery becomes possible This system is most suitable for a building etc where cool and hot air mixed such as a building where there are large temperature differences between rooms caused by the influence of daylight or where used in a server room and permanent cooli
303. pears after backup setup of outdoor unit trouble set up No capacity over detection Setup method of capacity over detection Turn on SWO9 Bit 2 on I F P C board of outdoor header unit Check the connection capacity of indoor unit Check the HP capacity of indoor unit Check the indoor outdoor capacity setup Check the No of connected indoor units Check the outdoor I F P C board error Communication error between indoor header and follower units Corresponding unit only stops Regular communication between indoor header and follower units Check cable of the remote controller Check power cabling of indoor Check board of indoor No header unit Two or more header units Outdoor unit quantity error All stop There are multiple outdoor units in 1 line There is none of outdoor unit in 1 line The outdoor unit connected with communication cable between indoor and outdoor U1 U2 is the outdoor unit Check connection of communication line between indoor and outdoor Check outdoor PC board I F error Connection of outdoor of other line Connection of indoor of other line Other line unit connected during automatic address Unit of other line was connected when indoor automatic address started Separate the cable between lines according to automatic address setup method in Address setup Communication sending error between outdoor units Transmission
304. pened YES Is outdoor PMV1 2 normal 1 Connector connection 2 Cabling NO Open the service valves fully 3 Coil 4 Valve body 5 Outdoor I F P C board Connectors CN300 301 White YES NO Are characteristics of Repair outdoor PMV TD1 TD2 sensor resistance normal sensor characteristics 4 YES x Refer to outdoor unit temperature Replace TD1 or TD2 sensor Is SV4 valve circuit normal NO Coil misinstallation valve leakage YES NO Are there indoor units connected Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits wi Coil valve body coil eae disconnection of cable etc in different refrigerant circuit YES Abnormal Check leakage of Correct cabling SV5 and SV11 circuits Normal Check for mispiping of discharge Abnormal Replace defective parts gas suction gas main pipes Normal Correct piping Abnormal Is the flow selector unit normal Normal Y Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage Repair the flow selector unit Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant Check code Check code name Cause of operation P17 bb TCC L AI NET Discharge temp TD2 error 0 NO Outdoor unit service valve closed Outdoor PMV error TD sensor error Refrigerant shortage clogging of refrigerant cir
305. peration 2 Wiring diagram using remote control interface TCB IFCB 4E Input IFCB 4E No voltage ON OFF serial signal Output No voltage contact for operation error display Contact capacity Below Max AC240V 0 5A Indoor control P C board Remote location ON OFF control box TCB IFCB 4E ON OFF serial signal input COM Operation signal output n gt Error signal output Power supply 220 240 50Hz 77 B Ventilating fan control from remote controller Function The start stop operation can be operated from the wired remote controller when air to air heat exchanger or ventilating fan is installed in the system The fan can be operated even if the indoor unit is not operating Use a fan which can receive the no voltage A contact as an outside input signal n a group control the units are collectively operated and they can not be individually operated 1 Operation Handle a wired remote controller in the following procedure Use the wired remote controller during stop of the system Be sure to set up the wired remote controller to the header unit Same in group control n a group control if the wired remote controller is set up to the header unit both header and follower units are simultaneously operable 1 Push concurrently 3 E A buttons for 4 seconds or more The unit No displayed firstly indicates the header indoor unit address in the group control In this time the fa
306. peration Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 2 Group operation A In case that power of the exchanged indoor unit only can be turned on Turn on power of the exchanged indoor unit only and proceed to Procedure 3 B In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually Case 1 a Remove temporarily the group wire connected to the terminal blocks A and B of the exchanged indoor unit b After connecting the remote controller wire only to the removed terminal block turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 When the above methods cannot be used follow to the two cases below C In case that power of the indoor units cannot be turned on individually Case 2 a Remove all CN41 connectors of the indoor units in the same group except those of the exchanged indoor unit b Turn on power of the indoor units and proceed to Procedure 3 After Procedure 3 operation has finished be sure to return the temporarily removed group wire or CN41 connector to the original connection Indoorunit Indoorunit Indoorunit Service P C board of board P C board the unit to be changed L L Sa S Case 1 Ea AIB AIB AJB A si emove the group wire of the Sf 5 Af L BN terminal blocks A and B of the Group wire Remote changed indoor unit and then controller install the remote controller only
307. pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V Between 4 and 5 5V Replace indoor fan motor Check indoor P C board MCC 1402 Failure gt Replace 291 Check code Check code name Cause of operation P13 47 TCC L AI NET Outdoor liquid back detection error Are connections of outdoor NO PMV1 PMV2 error Pd sensor Ps sensor error Clogging of SV2 circuit Clogging of SV3B circuit balance pipe Leakage on main discharge pipe Outdoor I F P C board error Correct connector connection PMV1 PMV2 connectors correct YES Are operations of outdoor NO CN300 CN301 PMV error PMV1 PMV2 normal YES NO Pd sensor Ps sensor Are characteristics of Pd sensor Ps sensor error output voltage normal Correct connector connection YES NO Is SV2 valve coil correctly connected YES YES Is there any miswiring or CV2 CN302 misinstallation on TS1 and TS2 sensors NO Check I F P C board Correct miswiring installation Check code Check code name Cause of operation P15 AE TCC L AI NET Gas leak detection TS condition Sub code 01 Outdoor unit service valve closed Outdoor PMV error TS1 sensor error Refrigerant shortage clogging refrigerant circuit 4 way valve error SV4 circuit error Open service valves full
308. r Capillary tube tube To indoor To indoor liquid side gas side Functional outline Solenoid valve SVD Discharge gas block valve 1 High pressure gas circuit during heating operation SVS Suction gas block valve 1 Low pressure gas circuit during cooling operation SVDD Pressure valve 1 For pressurizing when No of heating indoor units increases SVSS Reducing valve 1 For recovery of refrigerant of the stopped indoor unit of which cooling thermo OFF 2 For reducing pressure when a No of heating indoor units decreases 51 4 3 Indoor Unit Liquid side Gas side Capillary tube Air heat exchanger at indoor side Pulse Motor Valve PMV Distributor Sensor Sensor TCJ Fan Sensor TA Fan motor 8 NOTE MMU APOO71YH to APO121YH type air conditioners have no TC2 sensor Functional part name Functional outline Pulse Motor Valve PMV Connector CNO82 6P Blue 1 Controls super heat in cooling operation 2 Controls under cool in heating operation 3 Recovers refrigerant oil in cooling operation 4 Recovers refrigerant oil in heating operation Temp sensor Connector CN104 2P Yellow 1 Detects indoor suction temperature Connector CN100 3P Brown 1 Controls PMV super heat in cooling operation Connector CN101 2P Black 1 Controls PMV under cool in heating operation Connector CN102 2P Red 1 Controls PMV super hea
309. r IPDU1 2 errors Fan IPDU error IPDU1 Fan IPDU error IPDU2 Fan IPDU error outdoor I F P C board error All IPDU error or communication error between IPDU and I F PC board or AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Indoor uni Check code name IPDU communication error Indoor TCJ Sensor error Status All stop Corresponding unit only stops Error detection condition Communication of each IPDU PC board in inverter box interrupted Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check item position Check connection of communication connector and disconnection between IPDU and I F P C board Check outdoor PC board I F IPDU Fan IPDU error Check external noise Check power supply P C board for fan error Check connection cabling of TCJ sensor connector Check characteristics of TCJ sensor resistance value Check indoor P C board error Indoor uni Indoor TC2 Sensor error Corresponding unit only stops Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection cabling of TC2 sensor connector Check characteristics of TC2 sensor resistance value Check indoor P C board error Indoor uni Indoor TC1 Sensor error Corresponding unit only stops Resistance value of sensor is infinite or zero Open Short Check connection cabling of TC1 sensor connector Chec
310. r wiring Are there any obstructions in the operation of the indoor heat exchanger 1 Air filter clogging 2 Heat exchanger clogging 3 Air short circuit NO Is SV2 circuit normal YES YES Check code Check code name Cause of operation Eliminate the interfered causes P05 AF Open phase negative phase 1 Power supply open phase TCC L AI NET 2 Power supply negative phase NO gt Repair SV2 circuit Check the phase power line of outdoor unit Check error of outdoor I F P C board Check there is no looseness etc of terminal Coil error clogging disconnection of wiring etc 991 Check code Check code name Cause of operation P07 1C TCC L AI NET Heat sink overheat error Sub code 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side YER NO Power voltage error Outdoor fan system error Heat sink installation error Clogging of hear sink cooling duct IPDU board error TH sensor error Is power voltage normal 880 415V 10 YES Is wiring of IPDU normal NO Correct power line YES i NO Is indoor fan normal Correct wiring such as cable to compressor YES a YES Is fixing between IPDU and heat sink loose gt Check fan and fan motor NO l YES Is there blocking of heat sink cooling duct Tighten screws NO Check IPDU P C
311. r fan normally operate YES NO Is indoor PMV normal 3 Y YES Y Is connector connection coil normal YES Is there a clogging YES Replace PMV body NO Is check valve of main NO Repair faulty parts Is connector connection of indoor heat exchanger fan or fan motor normal Repair faulty parts Are characteristics NO of sensor TC2 and TCJ resistance normal YES Replace TC2 or TCJ sensor Check indoor P C board Faulty Replace Repair check valve Replace discharge pipe normal YES Are there any obstructions to the operation of the heat exchanger YES Repair check valve Replace Eliminate the interfered causes 1 Air filter clogging 2 Blocked heat exchanger 3 Air short circuit NO NO Is SV5 circuit normal YES Abnormal Repair SV5 circuit Coil error choke disconnection of cable eto Check operation of 4 way valve Normal Abnormal Replace 4 way valve Check clogging of SV11 circuit Normal Are there indoor units connected NO Replace defective parts to different refrigerant circuits YES of outdoor unit Y Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition Use the mis wiring check Check and correct cabling Check code Check code name Cause of operation P2
312. r type 0000 0 C Existence of AUTO mode 0000 Not provided Automatic selection from connected outdoor unit 0001 Provided 0001 Not provided Follows operation mode of the header unit 0000 Follows 0001 Does not follow 0000 Not provided Cooling only 0000 0001 Heat pump Cooling only No display of AUTO HEAT 0000 Heat pump Type 0000 0001 1 way air discharge cassette 4 way air discharge cassette to 0037 According to model type Indoor unit capacity 0000 Unfixed 0001 to 0034 According to capacity type Line address 0001 No 1 unit to 0030 No 30 unit 0099 Unfixed Indoor unit address 0001 No 1 unit to 0064 No 64 unit 0099 Unfixed Group address 0000 0002 Individual Follower unit of group 0001 Header unit of group 0099 Unfixed Louver type Adjustment of air direction 0000 Not provided 0004 0001 Swing only 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type and Under Ceiling type According to type Temp difference of AUTO mode selection COOL gt HEAT HEAT 0000 0 deg to 0010 10 deg For setup temperature reversal of COOL HEAT by Data value 2 0003 3 deg Tst1 5 Automatic restart of power failure 0000 None 0001 Restart None Operation condition of humidifier 0000 Usual 0001 Condition
313. r unit Power supply Earth screw Earth screw 220 240V 50Hz Symbol Parts name FM Fan motor 1 O indicates the terminal bolock Letter at inside indicates the terminal number TA Indoor temp senso 220V 60Hz 1 2 Temp sensor 2 A dotted line and broken line indicate the RY302 Drain control relay ko UA A wiring at side PMV Pulse motor valve DN M S 3 indicate a control P C board Da Drain pump motor FS Float switch ci eie 777 Outdoorunit A 4 E AN 1 2 7 Wired remote controller lopow edAj jonq WIS ZL L Z HdS1810dV HdSISLOdV HdSIZLOdV HaS1600dV HdS Z00dV CININ 8 epou 100pinO Z z
314. r unit turn n Check power connection status of wer turn n in order NO ini s power ofeach indoor unit turned a indoor unit Turn on power again Turn on power agaih in order of YES YES Y Is connection U1 U2 terminals of indoor outdoor interconnection cable normal Is power applied to remote controller NO Check indoor P C board AB terminals Approx DC18V Defect Replace YES Correct interconnection cable YES Are two remote controllers used without the correct identification YES Change one to main other to sub Remote controller address connector Is the end terminal resistance setup of outdoor unit normal Correct the end terminal resistance setup NO YES Check remote controller P C board Defect gt Replace NO Is address setup correct Set up address again YES Check connection of interconnection cable Is power applied to fuse F03 NO between indoor and outdoor is correct and i on indoor P C board then connect communication line connector Check code Check code name Cause of operation on indoor P C board CN40 to CN44 EMG E02 Remote controller sending error Signal could not be sent to indoor unit YES TCC L AI NET Check the communication wire of the remote controller YES F m Is there no noise etc Check noise etc and eliminate it if any t is not displayed on 7 segment display of the central contro
315. r units in the group is necessary To change the setup of the group other than the selected one restart operation from Procedure 2 iue Cooling Only and Heat pump cannot be connected the same group Pushing O button clears the set up contents which has been previously set In this case restart from Procedure 2 When the setup has completed push A button The setup is determined TEST Pushing the button deletes the display and returns to the normal stop status For some time after A button has been pushed the operation of the remote controller will not function for a short period 74 7 1 3 Setting When Connecting Multiple Indoor Units to a FS unit Cautions to connection of indoor unit When connecting multiple indoor units to a single FS unit it is necessary to set up the Item code This should be done after the addressing of the units When connecting multiple indoor units to a single FS unit only group control is available Remote controllers cannot be connected to individual units FS unit Indoor unit Control wiring between indoor unit and FS unit Remote controller Group control B Usage Features It is not possible to group control indoor units that Indoor units off of a single FS unit cannot be indi are connected to more than one FS unit vidually controlled Piping FS unit FS unit Piping FS unit Piping unit Control wiring Control wiring between betwe
316. ration corresponded to the season All heating operation To All cooling operation Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate Repair the flow selector unit 1 Pressure by pressure gauge Check joint 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F P C board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor is considered If 2 and 3 are different check I F P C board NO YES YES Correct faulty parts Is there no fan crack or coming off NO Is outdoor PMV1 2 normal NO Correct faulty parts Connector connection fan IPDU fan motor wiring YES Are there any obstructions to the operation of the heat exchanger Connector connection wiring coil mounting valve clogging etc YES Correct faulty position 1 Blocked heat exchanger 2 Air short circuit Is SV2 circuit normal NO Eliminate the interfered causes z YES Is SV4 circuit normal NO Repair SV2 circuit Coil error clogging disconnection of cable etc YES Does the check valve of the main Repair SV4 circuit Coil error clogging disconnection of cable etc discharge pipe operate normally YES Refrigerant overcharge clogging pipe breakage abnormal overload condition Repair check valve gt Replace 091 Y All heating operation NO Does heating indoo
317. rcuit leakage 8 SV6 circuit clogging 9 Discharge gas Suction gas pipes mispiping 10 Flow selector unit error NO outdoor discharge gas suction gas and liquid pipe fully opened Are outdoor PMV1 and PMV2 normal 1 Connector connection 2 Wiring Open service valves fully NO 3 Coil 4 Valve itself 5 Outdoor P C board YES Y Is resistance characteristic Repair outdoor PMV Connector CN300 301 White NO of TD1 sensor normal YES Refer to Outdoor unit temperature Replace TD1 sensor characteristics 4 i NO Is there any refrigerant leakage on discharge gas to suction side on the 4 way valve Check 4 way valve YES SVA circuit NO 1 Are not coils of SV41 and Correct mounting of valve coils SV42 valves mounted reversely or replace SV41 valve 2 Is no leakage from SV41 YES Abnormal Check leakage of SV5 circuit Replace defective parts Normal Abnormal Check clogging of SV6 circuit Replace defective parts Normal mmm Abnormal Check mispiping of discharge gas W suction gas main pipes Correct piping Normal NO Is the flow selector unit normal Repair flow selector unit YES ai NO Is not indoor unit in other m refrigerant line connected YES Refrigerant short clogging pipe breakage Check there is no pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant 991 Check
318. re switch is connected to the IPDU board and is in the normally closed condition When the high pressure switch is activated the compressor is stopped Whenever this condition occurs a 1 count is added to the System error count After a period of 2 minutes and 30 seconds the drive to the compressor is reactivated and the error count is cleared if the operation continues with further error for a period of 10 minutes or more If the error count reaches 4 the check code P04 is displayed 68 Other cautions 1 Cooling operation in low ambient temperatures 1 The indoor unit freeze prevention control system TC sensor may decrease the command frequency to the outdoor unit when low coil temperatures are detected 2 The cooling capacity control may decrease the command frequency to the outdoor unit when low ambient temperature is detected 3 When the discharge temperature sensor value reaches 60 C or below the frequency may be increased above the required demand from the indoor unit 2 PMV Pulse Motor Valve for outdoor unit 1 When the system power is turned on an audible clicking sound is omitted due to the PMV initialising this is a normal condition When the outdoor unit is situated near other sources of noise this sound may not be noticeable 2 Do not remove the driving part head of the PMV during operation as it may cause the PMV to malfunction 3 When transporting or replacing the outdoor unit never kee
319. red 13 1 1 Before Refrigerant Recovery Operation Pay attention to the following items during pump down operation 1 The refrigerant recovery rate changes with the outside temperature in the pump down operation When the pump down operation has finished recover the remaining gas using a recovery device and measure the amount of recovered refrigerant 2 Executing the pump down operation when heating the accumulator of the malfunctioning outdoor unit improves refrigerant recovery rate 3 While both outdoor PMVs are closed the refrigerant in the heat exchanger cannot be recovered If executing brazing after pump down operation recover the refrigerant in the heat exchanger before starting 13 1 2 Refrigerant Recovery Procedure If no backup operation for the outdoor unit has been implemented Procedure Turn on the power supply to the system and ensure system operation is stopped If the fault is an insulation error in the compressor remove the wiring to the compressor before turning on the power supply Set up the malfunctioning outdoor unit as follows 1 Using a charge hose connect the check joint of the liquid pipe and the check joint at the low pressure side then purge the air in the hose to recover refrigerant in the heat exchanger and the liquid tank 2 Fully close the service valve of the liquid pipe of the malfunctioning outdoor unit Keep service valves of the gas pipe and the balance pipe open 3 If it is thought
320. remote controllers correct 2 Troubleshooting procedure When a fault has occurred follow the procedure detailed below Check the check display p on the interface P C board position or part in of the header unit which trouble occurred NOTE A malfunction of the microprocessor may be caused by power supply inconsistencies and external noise If there are any noise sources move remote controller and signal wires away from the noise sources or shield them 116 9 2 Check Method If an trouble occurs the error code can be retrieved from the main remote controller central remote controller LCD display or the header unit interface P C board 7 segment display Using this self diagnostic function the trouble can be identified using the table below Check code list The following list shows all fault codes f check code is from indoor remote controller See Main remote controller display in the list f check code is from outdoor unit See Outdoor 7 segment display in the list f check code is from AI NET central control remote controller See AI NET central control display in the list f check code is from indoor unit with wireless remote controller See Sensor display of receiving unit in the list IPDU Intelligent Power Drive Unit O Lighting amp Flashing Goes off ALT Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM Simultaneous flashing when there are two fla
321. removing the front panel and cabinet otherwise an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury During operation a high voltage with 400V or higher of circuit at secondary circuit of the high voltage transformer is applied If touching a high voltage with the naked hands or body an electric shock is caused even if using an electric insulator For details refer to the electric wiring diagram Turn off breaker voltage capacitor terminals If discharge is not executed an electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury After turning off the breaker high voltage also keeps to apply to the high voltage capacitor o When removing the front panel or cabinet execute short circuit and discharge between high Execute discharge between terminals Do not turn on the breaker under condition that the front panel and cabinet are removed An electric shock is caused by high voltage resulted in a death or injury Prohibition e Check earth wires Before troubleshooting or repair work check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs If the earth wire is not correctly connected contact an electric engineer for rework 2 Prohibition of modification Do not modify the products Do not also disassemble or modify the parts It may cause a fire electric shock or injury
322. rom the outdoor unit using a suitable refrigerant recovery device 1 Remove the lower cabinet Front side 2 Remove the inverter box according to the item How to remove the inverter box 3 Remove the brazed sections on PMV assembly at 3 positions Refer to the figure below 4 Remove the brazed sections on the 4 way valve at 4 positions When brazing prepare a shield plate etc So that the brazing flames do not burn the wires Remove brazed sections at 3 positions on the 4 way valve Remove brazed sections at 1 position under 4 way valve Before removal of After removal of PMV assembly PMV assembly 216 17 17 1 Indoor Unit 17 1 1 Exchange of P C Board for Indoor Service Part code Model type P C board model Label display on P C board MMU AP F1WH series MMU AP 1 Si series MMU AP E F1SH series 431 6V 207 1 series MCC 1403 MML AP F1H series MMU AP F1BH series 1 series 431 6V 210 MMD AP k k1BH series MCC 1402 03DD M02 MMU AP 1H series MMC AP E K1H series 431 6V 269 1 series MCC 1402 03DD M03 MMD AP F k1SPH SH series 25 series Requirement when exchanging the P C board assembly for indoor service The fixed memory herein EEPROM IC10 stores the model type and capacity code which are set upon shipment from the factory Data set upon installation i e lin
323. rubber Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc Disassembling 1 Squeeze the band either side of the clip to release 2 Pushing in the tab side of SUS band the tab comes off from square hole Remarks Compress the rubber to release the cup 1 n Push in the band towards the arrow mark Assembly 1 Individually fit each rubber bracket to the relevant pipe 2 For assembly align the tab side of the SUS band to the slit side of the rubber bracket 3 Attach the rubber band so that there is no gap between the SUS band and the the fixing rubber bracket Pay special attention no to create a gap at the hair pin of the rubber band 4 Squeeze the rubber bracket and band so that the hook part of the band clips into the square hole 214 Align the direction of the slits and then attach to each pipe IS Matching the tabs the slide them Align the tabs to the slit side of the rubber 2 Slide m Push the band against the rubber to eliminate any gaps Slide the square hole side towards the arrow mark an Push the tab side up against the rubber Part to be exchanged Exchange of accumulator Work procedure Remarks REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury e
324. sensor connector Check pressure sensors Pd and Ps error Check outdoor PC board I F error Check compression error of compressor Ps sensor error All stop Output voltage of Ps sensor was zero Misconnection of Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors Check connection of Ps sensor connector Check Ps sensor error Check compression error of compressor Check 4 way valve error Check outdoor PC board I F error Check SV4 circuit error Indoor Pd sensor error Indoor other error All stop Corresponding unit only stops Output voltage of Pd sensor was zero Sensor Open Pd 4 15MPa during stop of compressor Indoor P C board did not operate normally Check connection of Pd sensor connector Check Pd sensor error Check outdoor PC board I F error Check indoor PC board error EEPROM error VF Outdoor EEPROM error All stop 1 Outdoor P C board I F did not operate normally Check power voltage Check power noise Check outdoor PC board I F error 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side Compressor breakdown All stop Inverter current detection circuit detected over current and stopped Check power voltage AC220 240V 10 Check compressor error Check cause of abnormal overload operation Check outdoor PC board IPDU error 1 All stop only in case of the header unit 01 Compressor 1 si
325. sensor connector NO and TL sensor connector normal Correct connection YES NO Are resistance characteristics of TL sensor and TE1 sensor normal Correct connection YES Outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics See TE1 sensor Characteristics 5 See TL sensor Characteristics 3 Check outdoor I F P C board Defect Replace TE1 sensor Outdoor heat exchanger temp sensor TL sensor Temp sensor between liquid tanks of outdoor P M V 1 2 Check code F16 43 Outdoor pressure sensor miscabling 1 High pressure Pd sensor and low TCC L AI NET Pd Ps pressure sensor Ps are exchanged 2 Output voltage of each sensor is zero Check code name Cause of operation NO Correct connection of connectors Are connection of Pd sensor and Pd sensor CN501 Red Ps sensor connectors correct Ps sensor CN500 White YES Y Are output voltage characteristics of Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal NO Sensor error Replace AN SO YES 1 Pressure Check joint by pressure gauge 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F P C board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor itself is considered If 2 and 3 are different check interface P C board NO gt Check compressor Value can be confirmed by 7 segment display function on outdoor I F P C board Pd SW01 02 03 1 1 2 Ps SW01 02 03 1 2 2 Are Pd Ps outp
326. shell YES YES Has TK2 sensor become detached Correct installation of sensor TK3 sensor become detached NO NO Correct installation of sensor Correct wiring installation Correct wiring installation Is there incorrect wiring or installation YES gt m xis Is there incorrect wiring or installation YES TRU cipe on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK3 CN516 on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors TK3 CN516 TK4 CN523 TK4 CN523 NO NO Y m isti NO Wl en gt Sensor error Are feaitanee value normal Sensor error Replace _ Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 E Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 YES After power reset Y check capillary choke of SV3C valve bypass Reset OCR manually 2 Error Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode Replace clogged part Capillary YES YES Does OCR of MG SW operate gt NO After power reset TK3 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 13 2 Check TK3 sensor temp approx 10 minutes after compressor 2 has operated If low temperature continues approximately outside ambient temp Strainer temperature does not change a clogging of parallel capillary is considered No error Start a test operation in COOL or HEAT mode Error Replace clogging part TK2 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 12 2 C
327. shing LED Check code Wireless remote controller Sensor block display AI NET central of receiving unit Check code name Detecting device control display Operation Timer Read Auxiliary code tb Gin y Flash Main Outdoor 7 segment display remote controller display Communication error between indoor and remote controller Detected at remote controller side Remote controller Remote controller transmission error Remote controller Communication error between indoor and remote controller Detected at indoor side Indoor e ajaja Communication circuit error between indoor outdoor Detected at indoor side Indoor No of indoor units in which sensor has been normally received Decrease of No of indoor units VF Communication circuit error between indoor outdoor VE Detected at outdoor side Duplicated indoor addresses Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor I F Duplicated main remote controllers Remote controller Communication error between indoor Indoor 01 Indoor Outdoor communication 02 Communication between outdoor units Automatic address start error F Indoor is nothing during automatic addressing F 100 Capacity over 101 No of connected units Capacity over No of connected indoor units F Communication error between indoor units 00 Header is nothing 102 Two or more header units em
328. sponding unit only stops Indoor unit capacity was unset Set up indoor capacity DN 11 Corresponding indoor address Outdoor capacity unset Inconsistent models of outdoor units FS unit system error Duplicated central control addresses All stop Corresponding unit only stops All stop On the I F PC board for service jumper line was not cut according to the model 1 and 2 series outdoor units have been mixed An indoor unit which is not connected with a FS unit is operating without setup of cooling only mode Duplicated central control addresses Check model setup on outdoor I F P C board A ssy for service Check outdoor units Check setup of remote controller DN OFF Check FS unit Check pipe connection to FS unit Mispiping between discharge gas and suction gas Check miswiring misinstallation of SVS SVD valves Check central control address Check network adaptor P C board In case of AI NET Quantity over of connected outdoor units All stop There were more than four outdoor units Check of connected outdoor units Max 4 units per 1 system Check communication line between outdoor units Check outdoor PC board I F error IPDU1 error IPDU2 error IPDU1 2 errors Fan IPDU error IPDU1 Fan IPDU error IPDU2 Fan IPDU error All IPDU error or communication error between IPDU and I F PC board or outdoor I F P C b
329. st operation Receiver unit Note The outdoor unit does not operate for approx 3 minutes Spacer After power ON and after operation has stopped M4 x 25 screw 2 pieces 4 After the test operation finished stop the J air conditioner using the wireless remote controller and return the Dip switch to its original setting A 60 minute timing function is designed into the sensor section in order to prevent a continuous test operation o NE Notch Nameplate Small screw Wireless remote controller 4 way Air Discharge Cassette type 1 Turn OFF the power to the air conditioner Remove the adjust corner cap and the attached with sensor section from the ceiling panel For removal method follow to the installation instructions attached to the ceiling panel Be careful to handling the sensor section because cables are connected to the sensor Remove the sensor cover from the adjust corner cap 1 screw 2 Change Bit 1 TEST of the switch S003 on the sensor P C board from OFF to ON Mount the sensor cover and attach the adjust corner cap with sensors to the ceiling panel Turn on power of the air conditioner 3 Push button of the wireless remote controller and select an operation mode COOL or HEAT with CS button All the display lamps of the wireless remote controller sensor section flash during the test operation Do not use operation mode other than CO
330. standing 0 Cooling Auto mode existence Cooling only Heat pump select by connected outdoor unit 0001 No auto mode cooling heating Automatic ed 0000 Heat pump Type According to model type Indoor unit capacity According to capacity code Line address 0099 Undefined Indoor unit address 0099 Undefined Group address 0099 Undefined Louver type Air direction adjustment According to type Temp width between cooling and heating automatic selective control points 0003 3 deg Ts 1 5 Automatic restart from power failure 0000 None HA terminal T10 selection 0000 Normal Sensor select 0000 Body sensor High ceiling selection 0000 Standard Timer setup Wired remote controller Type Item code 10 1 way Air Discharge Cassette 4 way Air Discharge Cassette 2 way Air Discharge Cassette 1 way Air Discharge Cassette Compact type Concealed Duct Standard MMD AP k ick Slim Duct MMD AP3isisk SPH Concealed Duct High Static Pressure MMD AP k k kH Under Ceiling High Wall MMK APtckicH Floor Standing Cabinet 0000 Possible Indoor unit capacity Item code 11 Setup data Model Invalid 007 type 048 type 056 type 009 type 012 type 072 type 015 type 096 type 018 type
331. t in cooling operation 2 MMU AP0071 to APO121YH only Controls PMV under cool in heating operation 52 5 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT CYCLE DRAWING 5 1 Refrigerant Piping Systematic Diagram in System Selection of operation mode For the selection of each operation mode refer to the below table Stop Once this means the system does not operate for 3 minutes after operation before update has stopped All cooling operation After update All cooling operation OFF Mainly cooling partly heating cooperation ON Operation continues OFF gt ON Mainly heating partly cooling operation ON Operation continues OFF ON All heating operation ON Stop Once OFF gt ON Mainly cooling partly heating cooperation ON Operation continues ON gt OFF Operation continues As ON Operation continues As ON Mainly heating partly cooling operation ON Stop Once ON gt OFF Operation continues As ON Operation continues As ON All heating operation ON Stop Once ON gt OFF Operation continues As ON Operation continues As ON Note Phrases in the parentheses of the table indicate the status of the 4 way valve ON OFF list of Flow Selector Unit FS Unit valve Indoor operation mode Stop Remote controller OFF lt All system stop gt Outline of control valve output of FS unit Basic operation SVD Hi
332. t of air direction upward downward In Cooling operation n cooling operation use the air outlet louver in a position that will defuse cool air throughout the room In Heating operation n heating operation use the air outlet louver in a downward position so that the air is directed to the floor 1 2 A display gt Unit No 1 1 Unit No 1 2 Unit No 1 4 lt Unit No 1 3 25 4 The horizontal louvre can be stopped at the desired position The air direction can be again set up from the uppermost position by pushing 2 button While the horizontal louver is set downward in cooling drying operation it does not stop If stopping the horizontal louver which directs downward during swinging it will stop after reaching the 3rd position from the upper position UNIT UNIT Push to set up the air direction individually in each indoor unit Then the indoor unit No in a group control is displayed For the displayed indoor unit set up the air direction If the unit No is not displayed all the indoor units are operated at the same time po D Series of operation Fan Heat operation Cool Dry operation Every time c is pushed the display is ex changed as follows No display Unit No 1 1 Unit No 1 2 Unit No 1 4 lt Unit No 1 3 AN Adjustment of air the direction rightward leftward To change the discharge direction from the right or left position set t
333. t operation procedure of indoor remote controller The operation does not start approx 3 minutes after power ON or after operation stopped NOTE After power ON it may require Max 10 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communication of the system Check operation status of the compressor Check direction of the louver Execute a test operation using Function of start stop the indoor unit from outdoor unit in Service support function Is the temperature difference between suction and discharge good YES Is the operating voltage correct Rated voltage 10 YES NOTE 2 Is the operating current normal YES NOTE 3 Is the operating pressure normal YES NO 100 Check power voltage of the main power supply Check cable size of the power supply Check temperature load of the indoor room outdoor ambient Check pipe length and refrigerant charge amount Check operating Hz of compressor Check abnormal sound in the outdoor unit Abnormal sound etc of compressor and others NOTE 1 Criteria for judging difference between suction and discharge temperature 1 Cooling After operation for a minimum of 30 minutes in COOL mode check the dry bulb temperature difference Temperature difference 8 C or more between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit In Max Hz operation 2 Heating After operation for a minimum of 30 minutes in
334. tatus turn off Turn off power to the troubled outdoor unit power to the outdoor unit within 2 minutes Remove the troubled compressor Measure oil amount in the troubled compressor Check oil color of the troubled compressor ASTM Is 4 or more Judge the oil status based on the oil color NO Exchange the malfunctioning compressor only and then decide to exchange the troubled compressor only or both compressors YES Replace both the malfunctioning compressor and the normal compressor Measure the oil amount in the normal compressor Adjust oil amount based upon the measured oil amount This flowchart is the standard for replacing compressors Each case must be considered on individual circumstances Install two compressors Replace the compressors based on the following conditions of judgement 1 Oil of 1900 cc is charged in a compressor for service Check for leakage in the malfunctioning outdoor unit 2 The amount of oil is 3800 cc in an outdoor unit at shipment 3 When a compressor is removed it usually contains 800 to 1400 cc of oil Vacuum the malfunctioning outdoor unit Oil separator usually holds 0 to 1000 cc of oil Charge the refrigerant END 199 15 2 Replacing Compressor Exchanging a compressor When changing the compressor extract oil from the defective compressor and based on the quality of the oil make the decision of whether to change one or both compressors I
335. tc Before beginning the procedure ensure the refrigerant has been reclaimed from the outdoor unit using a suitable refrigerant recovery device 1 Remove the lower cabinet rear side 2 Remove the fixing screws M6 x 3 pcs from the accumulator leg base board 3 Remove the accumulator fixing board lt fixing screws on accumulator M6 x 2 pcs The accumulator fixing board is fixed to the middle partition board Take off only the screws which fix the accumulator unit 4 Remove the pipe brazing part connected to the SV2 valve 5 Remove the discharge cabinet fan and motor base 6 Remove the accumulator cover e fixing screws M5 x 4 pcs of the middle partition board and then pull it upwards 7 Using a pipe cutter cut off the entrance exit pipe of accumulator at the specified posi tion For the cut off position refer to the Manual attached to the repair parts 8 Pull the accumulator upwards 6 Accumulator cover V 7 Cut pipe at 1 6 entrance exit ports 3 Accumulator J p 6 Two screws each fixing board 4 at front and rear a 8 Miadle partition board Accumulator 2 Three screws 4 Brazing part with SV2 assembly 215 Part to be Work procedure Remarks exchanged Exchange of 4 way valve REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc Before beginning the procedure ensure the refrigerant has been reclaimed f
336. te 3 indicates the control P C board FM Fan motor TA Indoor temp sensor TC1 Temp sensor TCJ Temp sensor TC2 Temp sensor LM1 LM2 Louver motor Color identification DM Drain pump motor RED BLK BLACK WHITE GRY GRAY FS Float switch YELLOW PNK PINK Drain control relay BLUE ORN ORANGE Pulse Motor Valve BROWN GRN GREEN CN60 WHI 120340516 CN40 1 BLU 1X2 CN41 BLU 009 OX X3 CN309 YEL CN20 CN70 A4 BLU WH 2 213415 i 4 Network adaptor i WHI 1123 Option NI n n n n 1 i i Wired remote controller Adaptor for wireless remote controller 3Y2Y1 RED 9 Filter input HL9SOdV H18H0dV HL9EOdV HLOEOdV HLZZOdV NWNIN I PON HLtZOdV HLSLOdV HLSLOdV HLZLOdY HL600dV NNIN od anossej ab1seyosiq sly 1 1 2 JoOopuI L g INVH9VIGO DSNIYIM 91 e 609086 oT 4 X25 NYC PMV BLU 080680 Nose CN104 A1 T1
337. tected by TCC LINK central control device Check code Wireless remote controller Central control device indication Outdoor 7 segment display Auxiliary code AI NET central Sensor block display of receiving unit Check code name Sending error in TCC LINK central control device Detecting device TCC LINK Receiving error in TCC LINK central control device TCC LINK Batch alarm of general purpose equipment control interface General purpose equipment VF Differs according to error contents of unit with occurrence of alarm Group control branching unit error L20 is displayed 119 Duplicated central control addresses TCC LINK New check code 1 Difference between the TCC LINK and AI NET check code The displaying method of the check code changes in this model and onwards AI NET check code TCC Link Used characters Hexadecimal notation 2 digits Alphabet Decimal notation 2 digits Characteristics of code Few classification of communication Many classification of communication incorrect setup system classification incorrect setup system Block display Indoor P C board Outdoor P C Communication Incorrect setup 4 ways Indoor protection board Cycle Communication Outdoor protection Sensor Compressor protection etc a Displa Classification Display in wired remote controller Pa e ZAN is displayed UNIT No Ch
338. ter clogging Check pipe clogging Check SVA circuit Valve leakage misinstallation Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring between FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves vel Check code Main remote controller Check code Outdoor 7 segment display Sub code AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Status Error detection condition Check item position P17 P17 bb VF Discharge temp TD2 error All stop Discharge temperature TD2 exceeded 115 C Check full opening of outdoor service valves gas side liquid side Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 Check characteristics of TD2 sensor resistance value Check 4 way valve error Check leakage of SV42 circuit Check SV4 circuit Miscabling and misinstallation of SV41 and SV42 Check leakage of SV5 valve circuit Check SV6 circuit Clogging Valve operation error Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring be
339. tes During defrost operation fans of the indoor and the outdoor units will stop Protection for 3 minutes The outdoor unit will not operate for approximately 3 minutes after the air conditioner has been immediately restarted after being stop or the power supply has been turned on This is to protect the system Main power failure f a power failure occurs during operation all operations will stop When restarting the unit push the ON OFF button again Fan rotation of stopped unit When other indoor units within the same system are in operation the fan on the indoor units that are on stand by will rotate to protect the machine once per approximately 1 hour for several minutes Protective device High pressure switch The high pressure switch will stop the unit automatically when excessive load is applied to the air conditioner If the protective device operates the operation lamp will stay lit but the operation will stop When the protective device operates check characters N on the remote controller display The protective device may operate in the following cases When suction or discharge port on the outdoor unit is blocked When strong wind blows continuously against the discharge port of the outdoor unit When dust or dirt is excessively adhered to the air filter of the indoor unit When the discharge port of the indoor unit is blocked Cooling heating operation of a Heat Recovery Multi air condition
340. that the oil has deteriorated due to a faulty compressor take off the SV3A valve connector of the malfunctioning outdoor unit so that the oil does not flow in the other outdoor units 4 Setthe rotary switches SWO1 02 03 to 2 11 1 on the interface P C board of the malfunctioning outdoor unit rd is displayed on the 7 segment display 5 Press SWO4 for 5 seconds or more rd FF is displayed on 7 segment display and then pump down starts When interrupting the operation turn off the power supplies to all of the outdoor units or push SWOS on the interface P C board 1 Connected with check joint of the liquid pipe and check joint at low pressure side by a charge hose and purge Malfunctioning outdoor unit 3 If oil deteriorates due to a faulty compressor remove SV3A connector 2 Close fully service valve at liquid side Keep gas and balance side opened 4 Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 11 1 P board of the malfunctioning outdone ui i P UNA eae L Jj E Push the push SWO4 for 5 seconds or more TEETE E ji E 5 rd FF are displayed s FUTT i Operation during pump down operation Outdoor unit Operation contents Gompressor Stops CUM utdoor fan ON Outdoor unit with trouble PMV1 and PMV2 open SV3A 3B 3C 3D 3E ON Other outdoor units Operates in test COOL operation 191 6 Fully close the s
341. the compressor 3 Using a tester check the winding resistance between each phases of each compressor and resistance of the outdoor cabinet s not grounded It is normal if there are 10MQ or more s not short circuited between windings It is normal if there are 0 1Q to 0 30 Use a precise digital tester 17 2 3 How to Check Outdoor Fan Motor 1 Turn off the power supply 2 Remove three fasten terminals U V W of the fan motor from IPDU P C board for the outdoor fan 3 Turn the fan with hands If it is not turned a fan motor error Lock is considered Replace the fan motor with a new one When it is turned measure the winding resistance between each phases of the fasten terminal motor winding with a tester It is normal if the winding resistance between phases are 13 to 339 Use a precise digital tester Part name Procedure Outdoor fan motor Measure resistance of each winding with a tester Red U 13 330 13 330 13 330 Normal temp 222 17 2 4 How to Check Fan Power Supply P C Board and Fan IPDU The fan power supply P C board supplies DC power It supplies DC280V for the fan IPDU and DC12V and DC7V for the control power supply respectively If the control power is not supplied a communication error Error code E31 is out 1 How to check fan power supply P C board MCC 1439 As shown in the following table measure the voltage of the check positions with a digital tester Ch
342. the screws on the support M5 x 10 3 pcs 6 Remove the screws on waterproof board M4 x 10 3 pcs 7 Remove the brazing section on the con nected pipe 8 positions 8 Remove the screws on the support at the rear side and then pull out the heat ex changer M5 x 10 2 pcs 208 Remarks 2 Motor base 5 Support 7 Brazing section 4 positions at header side 7 Brazing section 4 positions at distributor side d Support Draw it out it backwards Draw it out forwards in case of a left side heat exchanger Part to be exchanged Helnverter assembly Removal of box Work procedure REQUIREMENT Wear protective clothing on your hands as other components may cause and injury etc 1 Stop the unit operation and turn off the power supply to the unit 2 Remove the inverter cover M4 x 10 2 pcs 3 Remove the fixing screws on the box 1 pc each at upper and lower sides 4 Lightly push down the fixing tab at the lower side to enable the box to be re moved 5 Remove the hooking tab at the upper side while holding the ceiling board with both hands Remarks Reassembly and cautions 1 Hook the upper tab 2 Push in the lower part Be sure to check there is no pinching of the cables at the corners on the rear side 3 Tighten the fixing screws on the upper and lower sides 1 pc each at upper lower part 209 2 When pushing in the lower p
343. timer time m buttons Change the setup data to a new address 5 Push 5 button to determine the setup data 6 Every pushing button the indoor unit numbers in the identical pipe are successively displayed Only fan of the selected indoor unit operates Repeat the procedure 4 to and change all the indoor addresses so that they are not duplicated 7 Push button All the displays on LCD go on 8 Push 5 button to finish the procedure Ga 1 900 0 Ce Ca UNIT a 6 3 Cancel of line selection 5 7 To finish the set Operation procedure 25354 567 8 End Here if the unit No is not called up the outdoor unit in this line does not exist Push Dupon and then select a line according to procedure Clearance of address Return to status Address undecided at shipment from factory Method 1 An address is individually cleared from a wired remote controller 0099 is set up to line address indoor address and group address data from the remote controller For the setup procedure refer to the abovementioned address setup from the remote controller Method 2 Clear the indoor addresses in the same refrigerant line from the outdoor unit 1 Turn off the power of the refrigerant line to be returned to the status at shipment and change the header unit to the following status 1 Remove the relay connector between U1U2 and U3U4 If it has been already remove
344. tion 3 Check for solenoid valve of outdoor unit for multiple outdoor unit system a Clogging check for SV3A valve While outdoor unit is operating set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 to 7 segment display Hr and push SW04 for 2 seconds or more Hr 2 is displayed Set up SWO2 4 and turn on SV3A valve 7 segment display Hr If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change clogging of valve or check valve is considered 1 in the figure H08 d4 Oil level detective TK1 to TK4 sensor Open Short TCC L AI NET temperature sensor error Sub code 01 TK1 sensor error 02 TK2 sensor error 03 TK3 sensor error 04 TK4 sensor error This error is an oil level temperature sensor error b Clogging check for SV3C valve Check for disconnection of the wiring and resistance value of the sensor While outdoor unit is operating set up SW01 02 03 2 1 3 to 7 segment display Hr and push SW04 If the sensors are normal replace the outdoor I F P C board for 2 seconds or more Hr 2 is displayed Set up SWO2 6 and turn on SV3C valve 7 segment display Hr 3C If temperature does not increase clogging of valve or strainer is considered 2 in the figure Circuit Connector TK1 CN514 Black TK2 CN515 Green TK3 CN516 Red TK4 CN523 Yellow 4 a Clogging check for oil equalization circuit Operate the outdoor unit dri
345. tion Cooling unit be hot Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from SVDD valve All heating operation All Mainly cooling part heating operation Heating unit Mainly heating part cooling operation Heating unit Indoor unit In start time when exchanging mode from cooling to heating after flow selector unit defrost operation refrigerant shock sound may be heard cL Part name SVSS valve Trouble mode Clogging Operation mode Single cooling Simultaneous Simultaneous hea ing Indoor cooling ing Indoor cooling Correspon ding indoor unit Not cooled Phenomenon which appears as result Corresponding indoor unit or flow selector unit Not heated May become almost normal capacity Abnormal cooling sound O Circulating sound indoor unit Selector unit Single heating Simultaneous Simultaneous heating ing Indoor heating Indoor heating indoor unit Selector unit Detection of check code Judgment and position to be checked Operation is changed from heating to cooling Refrigerant impact sound is heard at defrost time Example of refrigerant flow Leakage Single heating Simultaneous Simultaneous heating ing Indoor heating Indoor heating SVSS circuit Refrigerant sound may be heard from SVSS valve circuit Temperature of suction gas pipe at outdoor si
346. tioner has fixed the operation to either COOL or HEAT but a request demand contrary to this setup operation is requested When the fan operation is stopped to prevent the discharge of hot air Since refrigerant is flowed temporarily to prevent the stay of oil or refrigerant in the stand by indoor unit the sound of flowing refrigerant Kyururu or Shaa may be heard When indoor unit operates in HEAT mode and cold air in COOL mode white steam may be blown out Sound is generated when the expansion valve operates when power supply has been turned on Is the timer ON or OFF Does not operate Is there a power failure to the unit Has the power supply been turned off Has the power fuse or breaker blown Has the protective device operated The operation lamp goes on Is the timer ON The operation lamp goes on Has the outdoor temperature gone out of the specified range for the outdoor unit Is the suction port or discharge port of the outdoor unit obstructed Are there any doors or windows open Is the air filter clogged with dust Is the discharge louver of the indoor unit set at appropriate position Is the air selection set to LOW or MED and is the opera tion mode set to FAN Only Is the setup temp the appropriate temperature Has the outdoor temperature gone out of the specified range When the following symptoms are found stop the unit operation immediately turn of
347. tput data Displays control output status of solenoid valve 4 way valve ON 4 way valve OFF SV2 ON SV5 OFF SV2 OFF SV5 ON SV3A ON SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B ON SV3C OFF SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C ON SV3D OFF SV3A OFF SV3B OFF SV3C OFF SV3D ON SV41 SV42 OFF SV41 OFF SV42 ON par ice PMV1 PMV2 opening Displays opening data Decimal Total opening Oil level judgment status oL SWO5 push SW function The following data is displayed for 2 seconds During oil shortage in compressor 1 L during oil shortage in compressor 2 L Initial display Oil level judgment result A Judgment result of compressor 1 in 4 compressor 2 in 0 Normal 1 2 Shortage is displayed 165 3 Data display of outdoor cycle Displayed on each outdoor unit Display contents Pd pressure data Pd pressure MPaG is displayed with decimal data MPaG Approx 1 10 value of kg cm G data Ps pressure data Ps pressure MPaG is displayed with decimal data PL pressure conversion data Estimated pressure of liquid line MPaG is displayed with decimal data TD1 sensor data Temperature sensor data C is displayed Symbol with decimal notation Data Symbol display for 1 sec and
348. tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue 4 size lead wire length 600mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black 26 size lead wire length 800mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 32 6 size lead wire length 800mm Vinyl tube Red Floor Standing Cabinet Model MML AP Fan motor AF 200 19 4F AF 200 45 4F AF200 70 4K Running capacitor for fan motor AC450V 1 2 AC400V 1 8uF AC450V 2uF Transformer TT13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF TA sensor Lead wire length 818mm Vinyl tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Black TCJ sensor Floor Standing Concealed Type Model 0071BH 6 size lead wire length 1200mm Vinyl tube Red 0091BH 0121BH 0151BH 0181BH 0241BH Fan motor AF 200 19 4G AF 200 70 4K Running capacitor for fan motor AC450V 1 5uF AC450V 1uF AC450V 2uF Transformer TT 13 Pulse motor EDM MD12TF 3 Pulse motor valve EDM B25YGTF EDM B40YGTF TA sensor Lead wire length 818mm Vinyl tube TC1 sensor 4 size lead wire length 2000mm Vinyl tube Blue TC2 sensor 6 size lead wire length 2000mm
349. tup of termi Addresses are duplicated by manual setting of nal outdoor units outdoor address Sub code 01 Connection of outdoor of another system 02 Connection of indoor unit of another system Separate the wire between systems according to address setup method Check code Check code name Cause of operation E23 15 TCC L AI NET Is there miscabling or disconnection on communication line YES Communication sending error between outdoor units Interconnection cable error between outdoor unit Communication error between outdoor units I F P C board error Terminal resistance setup error between outdoor units between outdoor units NO NO Is connection of CNO3 connector Correct communication line on outdoor I F P C board normal YES YES Is main power of Correct wiring of cable connector outdoor unit turned off NO Is the terminal resistance between outdoor units turned on NO Turn on main power of outdoor unit Turn the terminal resistance to ON SW30 Bit 1 YES Did power failure occur YE N S Clear fault code YES Is there no noise source etc NO Check outdoor I F P C board Defect gt Replace Check and eliminate noise etc TIT Never set up the outdoor address manually Check code Check code name Cause
350. tween FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves Detected outdoor unit No 4 way valve operation error All stop When abnormal refrigerating cycle data was detected in heating Error of 4 way valve error Check coil error and connector connection of 4 way valve Check characteristics of TS1 TE1 sensor resistance value Check characteristics of Pd Ps pressure sensor output voltage Check misconnection of TE1 and TL sensors Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas High pressure protective operation All stop Pd sensor detected 3 6MPa or more Check Pd pressure sensor error Check full opening of service valves Gas side Liquid side Check outdoor fan error Check outdoor fan motor error Check clogging of outdoor PMV PMV1 2 Check clogging of indoor outdoor heat exchangers Check air short circuiting in outdoor unit Check clogging of SV2 circuit Check outdoor PC board I F error Check indoor fan system error Cause of air volume decrease Check valve opening of indoor PMV Check miscabling of communication line between indoor and outdoor Check operation error of check valve of discharge pipe Check circuit of gas balance SV4 valve Check mispiping of disc
351. uction port Sold Separately Parts Main remote controller RBC AMT31E x 2 e c o o o g o E o L n 3 o RBC AS21E2 TOSHIBA cru OF w DI A EST s Wireless remote controller kit RBC AX22CE2 RBC AX21U W E2 TCB AX21E2 Concealed Duct Type Air outlet flange L Discharge duct connection Earth screw Earth screws are situated lt inside the electric parts box Air filter Filter dust and other trash l Air filter is situated in the air inlet grille Air filter is situated in the air grille Concealed Duct High Static Pressure Type Air outlet Discharge duct connection Earth screw Earth screws situated in the electric parts box Air inlet Suction duct connection Drain pan Slim Duct Type Air inlet Suction duct connection Earth screw Situated in the electric parts box IW SS SN SSS NAN S Air filter Air filter is not supplied on N re certain models within the series Air outlet u Discharge duct connection Under Ceiling Type Button Button to open close the inlet grille Air inlet grille Earth screw Situated inside the electric parts box Air filter is situated in the air grille Filters dust and other trash Air outlet Air outlet louver Change the direction of the air to be discharg
352. uid pipe in the malfunctioning outdoor unit keep the service valves of the gas pipe and the balance pipe open Set up the unit selected as the header unit as follows 3 Set up the rotary SWO1 02 03 to 2 5 1 on the interface P C board of the selected header outdoor unit C is displayed on 7 segment display 4 Push SWO4 for 5 seconds or more the system operates in the test cooling operation when C C is displayed on the 7 segment display Set up the rotary SW01 02 03 to 1 2 2 on the interface P C board of the selected header outdoor unit to display the low pressure data MPa on the 7 segment display 5 Push the SW04 for 2 seconds the low pressure MPa is displayed on 7 segment Header unit Unit selected as with trouble the header unit Connect check joint of the liquid pipe and I E low pressure side by the gauge manifold and then purge air inside of the hose Close fully service valve of the liquid pipe Keep gas valve of pipe and balance pipe opened 4 Set rotary SW01 02 03 to 2 5 1 ME EE C are displayed mta 4 Pg te i hee seen Push SW04 for 5 seconds or more 5 5 C C are displayed Test cooling operation starts J 6 Low pressure MPa is displayed by pushing the push SW04 Pd gt Ps Td1 gt Td2 gt TS gt TE gt C C 6 Fully close the service valve of the gas pipe on the malfunctioning outdoor unit approximatel
353. units with priority Two or more indoor units with priority TCC L AI NET Displayed on the indoor unit other than are duplicated one with priority and on the outdoor unit Check code Check code name Cause of operation Sub code No of indoor units with priority 03 96 Duplicated indoor header units There were two or more indoor header mm TCC L AI NET units within the same remote controller When indoor unit with priority is duplicated this fault code is displayed on the unit other than the setup indoor unit group and outdoor unit As only one indoor unit with priority is valid change the setup 1 Check the connection of the remote controller after the connection has been changed 2 If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode Re setup of address Refer to Address setup 91 Check code Check code name Cause of operation Check code Check code name Cause of operation L07 99 Group line in individual indoor unit The group line is connected in the L10 88 Outdoor capacity unset The model selection jumper of the outdoor I F TCC L AI NET individual indoor unit TCC L AI NET P C board does not match the model Check setup item code Item code D1 12 Line address Is there group wiring DN 12 13 and 14 addresses code D2 13 I
354. unt in the normal compressor As with measurement of oil amount in the defective compressor place the defective compressor on a scale and use the weight to calculate the oil quantity Oil amount of the normal compressor B cc Removed compressor mass kg 23 5 x 1042 Specific gravity of oil 1042 cc kg Note When the compressor holds no oil the compressor mass is 23 5kg Adjustment of oil amount in the service compressor Adjust the oil amount in the service compressors based on the amount of oil found in the defective compres Sor A cc and normal compressor B cc by following instructions below 1 If the total amount oil in both the compressors is 0 lt B lt 2000 1 Adjust the amount of oil in the two service compressors to 1000 cc each Lay the two service compressors down and extract 900 cc of oil from each of the oil equalization pipes f the amount of oil in the defective compressor is below 500 cc a fault in the oil equalization circuit is possible Check the compressor using 15 3 Procedure to Identify the Cause of Compressor Oil Shortage 2 If the total amount of oil in both the compressors is 2000 lt A B lt 3800 1 Adjust oil amount in the two service compressors to A B cc each 2 Lay the two service compressors down and extract 3800 B cc of oil from each oil equalization pipe 3 If the total amount of oil in bot
355. ure 167 B Pressure sensor characteristics O cable connection table High pressure side Pd Low pressure side Ps Input Output name OUTPUT Lead wire color Input Output name Lead wire color OUTPUT GND GND 45V 45V Output voltage Pressure 0 5 to 3 9 V DC 0 to 3 33 MPa 0 5 to 3 5 V DC 0 to 0 98 MPa Output at high pressure side V Output at low pressure side V 3 33 4 41 5 1 Pressure MPa Pressure MPa 9 7 2 Indoor Unit B Temperature sensor characteristics Characteristic 1 40 200 20 Indoor TA sensor Im m 2 Characteristic 2 o 30 2 150 3 ges 8 20 S 100 SE Q go 2 o 0 8 go a cL 10 2 50 oc 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Temperature Temperature 168 9 8 Pressure Sensor Output Check 9 8 1 Outdoor Unit B Pd sensor characteristics 0 to 4 41MPa 0 5 to 5V output with 0 to 4 41MPa Voltage check between CN501 and pins on the outdoor unit I F P C board Tester rod at Q pin side 169 B Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 1 48MPa 0 5 to 5V output with 0 to 1 48MPa Voltage check between CN500 and pins on the outdoor unit I F P C board Tester rod at
356. urn on power of the outdoor unit pressure gauge pressure gauge Short CN30 on I F P C board of the outdoor unit Connected to x Turn off power of the outdoor unit within 2 minutes after shorting CN30 indoor unit Valve fully closed V Wc M wm gas side L VH Gauge _ manifold ore Center unit ___ Open fully the handle on the Low side of the gauge manifold and j a ing Brazed then turn on the power of vacuum pump for vacuuming raze 2 service port ge 4 77 valve TET Fully Copper pipe e 6 When the pressure has lowered until indication of the compound tightened gauge pointed 0 1 76cmHg open fully the handle Low and Service port A turn off the power of vacuum pump a Valve fully closed Full i liquid side tightened D i D Never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount CH B64 Do not charge the additional refrigerant Copper pipe If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas redd closed leaks the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle Bonne isit changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteris terminal units tics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury 4mm hexagonal wrench is required D Set the equipment so that liquid refrigerant can be charged When using a cylinder with siphon pi
357. use of operation TCC L A NET indoor and remote controller communication adaptor Detected at indoor side E01 Communication error between Remote controller interconnecting cable TCC L AI NET indoor and remote controller error Detected at remote controller side 2 Indoor power supply error Indoor board error This error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive a signal from the remote controller Check communication wiring of the remote controllers A and B As communication is impossible this fault code E03 is not displayed on the main remote controller It is displayed on TCC LINK central controller Remote controller address setup error Remote controller P C board error Is the interconnection cable of Correct interconnection cable of remote controllers A B normal remote controller l Check code Check code name Cause of operation Is there no disconnection or Correct connection and check circuit cabling connector contact error on harness out E04 04 Indoor Outdoor Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on TCC L AI NET communication circuit error Connection error of communication line NO Detected at indoor side between indoor and outdoor Terminal resistance setup error on outdoor No Is a group control operation header unit Address setup error of terminal block of indoor unit YES Y Is power of each indoo
358. ut can be also used for conventional refrigerant R22 ant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refriger 3 Tools commonly used for R410A and for conventional refrigerant R22 ant during installation work or service work If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed there is a The table below shows the tools exclusive for R410A and their interchangeability possibility to cause a serious accident Use the tools and materials exclusive to R410A to purpose a safe work This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant R410A which does not deplete the ozone layer 1 Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant Tools exclusive for R410A The following tools for R410A are required Tools whose specifications are changed for R410A and their interchangeability 2 Cautions Installation Service 1 Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil For the tools exclusive to R410A shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the R410A Conventional air former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them air conditioner installation conditioner installation 2 As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are Used tool Usage Existence of Whether conven Whether new equipment specified for R410A new equipment tional equipment can can be used with for R410A
359. ut values Pd Ps during compressor operation YES Check outdoor I F P C board Defect Replace f Check code Check code name Cause of operation F23 43 TCC L AI NET Is connection of Ps sensor NO connector correct YES Ps sensor error Output voltage error of Ps sensor Correct connection Connector CN500 White Are output voltage characteristics NO of Ps sensor normal Sensor error YES 1 Pressure Check joint by pressure gauge 2 Pressure display on 7 segment display 3 Output voltage of I F board If 1 and 2 3 are different an error of pressure sensor itself is considered If 2 and 3 are different check interface P C board Check compressor Is not refrigerant by passed from discharge to suction of 4 way valve Check 4 way valve Is there no leakage from SV4 valve YES Y Replace SV4 valve Check code F24 43 TCC L AI NET Check code name Cause of operation Pd sensor error Output voltage error of Pd sensor It is output voltage error of Pd sensor Check disconnection of connection of connector Pd sensor CN501 circuit and output voltage of sensor If the sensor is normal replace outdoor I F P C board Check code Check code name Cause of operation Indoor other error F29 12 TCC L AI NET Indoor P C board error EEROM error This error is dete
360. utdoor unit or in one of the compressors in an outdoor unit the malfunctioning unit or compressor stops and a backup operation emergency operation is available through the other function ing outdoor units and compressors A backup operation can be set up following the procedure below 11 1 Before Backup Operation The method of the backup operation will differ depending on the type of trouble Refer to the following table Trouble contents Backup operation method Setup procedure When trouble occurs on one of the compressors in the same unit Note 1 Compressor backup To item 2 When a trouble occurs on the both compressors in the same unit Trouble of the compressor coil Such as defect of compressor coil Outdoor unit backup or outdoor unit To item 3 or item 4 When a trouble occurs on the refrigerating system backup during cooling season Note 2 parts fan system parts or electric system parts When a trouble occurs on the temperature sensor pressure sensor Note 1 When a trouble of the compressor coil etc has occurred deterioration of the oil will be high Therefore do not perform a backup operation as other units within the system may be damaged Note 2 Only one outdoor unit within a given system can be subjected to the backup procedure 11 2 Compressor Backup Setup Outline When a trouble occurs on one of the two compressors follow the procedure below If it is necessary perform a
361. ve both compressors in the unit After operating for 10 minutes check temperature of TK1 and TK2 sensors and temperature of oil equal ization circuit capillary 7 in the figure have increased Check code Check code name Cause of operation H16 d7 TK1 temperature detective circuit error 1 Connection of TK1 sensor Error in TCC L AI NET Sub code 01 resistance value of TK1 sensor Oil equalization circuit error Check valve capillary clogging strainer clogging Refrigerant stagnation in case of compressor shell YES Has TK1 sensor become detached Correct installation of sensor NO Criteria TK1 TK2 Td1 Td2 temperature Approx 10 to 30 C Oil equalization capillary tubes should be significantly higher than outside air temperature and suction temperature If temperature is low a malfunction of capillary strainer or check valve is to be considered Repair the defective parts High pressure sensor Check joint Oil separator P n YES Is there incorrect wiring or installation on TK1 TK2 TK3 TK4 sensors e Characteristics 4 Solenoid valve Are characteristics of TK1 sensor NO resistance value normal Sensor error Outdoor unit temp sensor characteristics 4 YES Error Start a test ann COOL or HEAT mode Replace clogged part TK1 sensor temp is displayed on 7 segment display with SW01 02 03 1 11 2 Correct wiring installation TK1 CN514 TK2 CN515
362. within 30 seconds after start time Check fan motor Lock phase missing Check cause of abnormal overload at start time Check connection of connector to fan motor All stop Sub code 4 Short circuit current was detected when 2 seconds or more passed after start time Over current was detected when 30 seconds or more passed after start time Check power supply voltage Check fan IPDU error All stop Sub code C Heat sink sensor TH of fan IPDU detected 95 C error Check outdoor fan system Check fan IPDU error Check fixation between fan IPDU and heat sink All stop Sub code D Heat sink sensor TH of fan IPDU detected short circuiting or open Check fan IPDU error All stop Sub code E Input power supply voltage of the fan IPDU over the setup value was detected Input power supply terminal of the fan IPDU was unconnected Power supply board error of the fan IPDU Check input power supply voltage of the fan IPDU Check power supply P C board error of the fan IPDU Check error of external electrolytic condenser 01 Compressor 1 side 02 Compressor 2 side G Tr short circuit protection error All stop Instantaneous over current was detected when compressor started Check connector connection and wiring on IPDU PC board Check compressor error and defect of compressor coil Check outdoor board IPDU error
363. y Are service valves at gas and NO liquid side fully opened Is outdoor PMV1 2 normal 1 Connector connection NO 2 Wiring PR bad Connectors CN300 301 White 5 Outdoor I F P C board YES Are characteristics of NO Repair outdoor PMV TS2 sensor resistance normal YES Does not discharge Refer to outdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics 3 YES Replace TS2 sensor Check and replace 4 way valve and coil refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4 way valve NO Is there no leakage of NO SV41 and 42 valve circuits YES Check mispiping of discharge gas Abnormal Repair SV41 and SV42 circuits Coil valve body disconnection of cable etc Correct piping suction gas main pipes Normal Y Abnormal Repair the flow selector unit Is the flow selector unit normal Normal Refrigerant shortage clogging pipe breakage Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant 891 Check code Check code name Cause of operation P15 AE TCC L AI NET Gas leak detection TD condition Sub code 02 Outdoor unit service valve closed Outdoor PMV error TD sensor error SV4 circuit error Refrigerant shortage clogging refrigerant NO circuit Are service valves on gas and the liquid sides fully o
364. y circuit LED Power Power i supply supply Outdoor Outdoor Max 8 units are connectable 1 unit unit 1 However in a case that the network adaptor is installed maximum 7 units are connectable 2 The network adaptor is installed to only one unit edAj nq uus Z abseyosiq Aem j adAj pren Y6IH adAj Buras apun adAL pi1epue1S ong pejeeouo9 adAj ayjassey eDueuosiq Aem p 3 The weekly timer cannot be connected to the simple wired remote controller 4 Nome for high wall spearate sold parts for under ceiling 49 041uO9 SS9J89JIM pue J9 04 UOO 621 Wired remote controller Indoor unit 1 Function setup Weekly timer Function setup DCBSV unc circuit circui Key switch Network adaptor Option Indoor control board MCC 1403 ladaptor P C board controller communication MCC 1401 Commune SON controller communication circuit Central control DC12V remote controller DC5V Option Power circuit Power circui A Outside output Start Alarm control circuit COOL HEAT Indoor TCI sensor TCI sensor H8 3039 Driver Float input None for Concealed Duct AC signal input circuit Transformer Max 8 u
365. y 10 minutes after the system has started Select an outdoor unit for pressure adjustment as follows 7 Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment Set up all other outdoor units as follows 8 Fully close the service valves of the other outdoor unit balance pipes Only keep the service valves of the balance pipes of the header unit and the malfunctioning unit fully open 193 Setup for header unit 9 The low pressure Ps data is displayed on the 7 segment display Slowly close the service valve of the gas pipe and adjust so that a pressure of 0 12 MPa is displayed 10 When the manifold gauge pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit is almost the same as that of the header unit in which the pressure adjustment has been made fully close the service valve of the gas pipe in the header unit Set up the malfunctioning outdoor unit as follows 11 When the manifold gauge pressure of the malfunctioning outdoor unit becomes below 0 1 MPa fully close the packed valve of the balance pipe and then push SWOS5 on the interface P C board to finish the pump down operation 12 Turn off the power supplies of all of the outdoor units and use a refrigerant recovery device to recover the remaining refrigerant in the outdoor unit in which the pump down operation has been completed Be sure to measure the recovered refrigerant as the same amount of refrigerant will be required to be re charged after the repair 8 Fully c
366. y select switches SW01 SWO2 and SWO3 on the interface PC board of the header unit to 1 1 1 respectively a 33 individually 48 49 individually 64 NOTE The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes 105 8 7 2 Error Clearing Function 1 Clearing from the main remote controller Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units oper ated by the remote controller Error of the indoor unit is not cleared For clearing errors the service monitor function of the remote controller is used Method 1 Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing 2 buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more 2 Using w Ca buttons set FF to item code The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as 225 a 5 711171207 71711712 5 KAN D 1711117117 93 LILILI LILILI D ws DA VLE When the count arrives 4 the error is cleared However counting from Z 7 5 is repeated on the display 3 When A button is pushed the status returns to the normal status Operation procedure 15253 The status returns to the normal status Section A DON OFF FAN MODE SWING FIX VENT l r
367. y the indoor unit are return to the normal stop status Line address necessary to set up the revolution frequency of the fan Corresponds to number of the operation diagram of the remote controller in page 218 It requires approx 1 minute to operate the remote controller Indoor address Group address Remote controller operation diagram gt DON OF o TIMER SET FAN MODE 4 a TIME SWING FIX VENT us PO 4 Ca RESET TEST SET CL UNIT OO POO 9 GD OQ 218 Procedure 2 Exchange of P C board for service 1 Exchange PC board with a P C board for service In this time the jumper line cut setup or the short circuit connecting connector setup on the previous P C board should be reflected on P C board for service See the blow figures MCC 1402 JP1 CN41 MCC 1403 JP001 CNO41 From the left CN112 111 110 When short circuited plug is mounted to P C board before change re mount the short circuited plug as previons 2 It is necessary to set Indoor unit to be exchanged Remote controller 1 1 Based upon the system configuration turn on power of the indoor unit with one of the following items 1 Single Individual o
368. y valve error Check refrigerant shortage Check SV11 circuit Wiring OFF at one side only Check mispiping of discharge gas suction gas main pipe Check Flow selector unit Check leakage of SVD valve and SVS valve Check leakage of SVDD valve and SVSS Check mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe Suction gas Discharge gas wiring between FS unit and indoor unit and connection of connectors Check miswiring of SVS SVD valves OEL Check code Main remote controller Outdoor 7 segment display Check code Sub code AI NET central control remote controller Detected position Check code name Status Error detection condition Check item position H16 H16 01 TK1 oil circuit system error 02 TK2 oil circuit system error 03 TK3 oil circuit system error 04 TK4 oil circuit system error d7 VF Oil level detective circuit system error MG SW error OCR operation Duplicated indoor center units All stop Corresponding unit only stops Temperature change of TK1 could not be detected after compressor 1 started operation Check TK1 sensor coming off Check characteristics of TK1 sensor resistance value Check TK1 TK2 TK3 and TK4 misconnection Check operation error of SV3E valve Check capillary clogging of oil equation circuit and operation error of stop valve Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor Check MG SW or OCR Temperature change of T
369. ylinder Refrigerant charge Note 2 Note 1 When flaring is carried out for R410A using the conventional flare tools adjustment of projection margin is necessary For this adjustment a copper pipe gauge etc are necessary Note 2 Charging cylinder for R410A is being currently developed lt Piping gt The pipe thickness flare finishing size flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type When using a long copper pipe for R410A it is recommended to select Copper or copper base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg 10m or less Also do not use crushed deformed discolored especially inside pipes Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes lt Flare nut gt General tools Conventional tools can be used Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit In addition to the above exclusive tools the following equipments which serve also for R22 are necessary as the general tools 1 Vacuum pump 7 Screwdriver 2 Joint Use vacuum pump by 8 Spanner or Monkey wrench The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe The joints are rarely used for installa attaching vacuum pump adapter 9 Hole core drill tion of the air conditioner However clear impurities when using them 2 Torque wrench 10 Hexagon wrench Opposite side 4mm d dn cutter 11 Tape measure eamer 5 Pipe bender SA ERI 6 Lev

Toshiba MMU-AP0091H Two

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents